Exam Questions Flashcards

1
Q

Which of the following is proper procedure for preparation of platelet concentrates?

One light spin followed by one hard spin
One light spin followed by two hard spins
Two light spins
Two hard spins

A

Answer: One light spin followed by one hard spin

Whole blood-derived Platelets are prepared by a light spin to separate the red blood cells from the platelet-rich plasma (PRP), followed by a heavy spin of the PRP to concentrate the platelets.
Platelets are prepared by first centrifuging the whole blood with a light spin which pack the RBCs, but leave the platelets suspended in the plasma above as platelet rich plasma (PRP). The PRP is then separated, and centrifuged with a hard spin which will pack the platelets against the side of the bag, and then the excess plasma may be removed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

Irradiation of donor blood is intended to prevent which type of adverse transfusion reaction?

Febrile Nonhemolytic (FNHTR)
Transfusion Related Acute Lung Injury (TRALI)
Transfusion associated Grat vs Host Disease (TA_GVHD)
Transfusion Associated Sepsis (TAS)

A

Correct answer: Transfusion associated graft vs host disease (TA-GVHD)

The disease occurs due to the co-transfusion of viable lymphocytes in cellular blood products, such as whole blood, red blood cells, platelets, granulocytes and fresh plasma. If the immune system of the recipient cannot recognize and destroy the co-transfused lymphocytes, they can engraft and mount an immunologic response against the host. A number of technologies can eliminate the risk of TA-GVHD in these include irradiation of the product and pathogen-reduction and both of these methods render the DNA in the co-transfused lymphocytes incapable of participating in cell division.

Be aware of those products which would benefit from irradiation (cellular, rbc, platelet) vs those which would not (non cellular plasma, cryo).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

A unit of whole blood should yield a minimum of…

150 IU of Factor VIII and 80 mg of fibrinogen
25 IU of Factor IX and 150 mg of fibrinogen
80 IU of Factor VIII and 150 mg of fibrinogen
80 IU of Factor VIII and 100 mg of fibrinogen

A

Answer: 80 IU of Factor VIII and 150 mg of fibrinogen

AABB STANDARD 5.7.4.17 CRYOPRECIPITATED AHF

Cryoprecipitated AHF shall be prepared by a method known to separate the cold insoluble portion from Fresh Frozen Plasma and result in a minimum of 150 mg of fibrinogen and a minimum of 80 IU of coagulation Factor VIII per container or unit. In tests performed on prestorage pooled components, the pool shall contain a minimum of 150 mg of fibrinogen and 80 IU of coagulation Factor VIII times the number of components in the pool.
Note that AABB standards necessitate a minimum of 150 mg Fibrinogen in each bag of cryo, but the average is considered to be 250 mg (use 250mg for dosage calculations).
On the SBB exam, you might see a variation of this question asking about a platelet yield. If you can remember the QC requirements for Platelets and Cryo derived from whole blood, then you can use recall abilities to answer this type of question.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q

Which of the following phenotypes will react with an Anti-f?

rr
R1R1
R1R2
r’r”

A

Correct: rr

Anti-f reacts with cells that have c and e on the same chromosome (r). Of those gentoypes listed, only the rr has c and e on the same chromosome.

(rr) dce/dce

R1R1 DCe/DCe

R1R2 DCe/DcE

(r’r”) dCe/dcE

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
5
Q

The use of EDTA plasma prevents activation of the classical complement pathway by _____________________.

Causing rapid decay of complement components
Chelating Mg ions which prevents the assembly of C6
Chelating Ca ions which prevents assembly of C1
Enhancing the actions of C1 inhibitor

A

Answer: Chelating Ca ions which prevents assembly of C1

The classical pathway is one of three activation pathways of the complement system, which is a major contributor to the defense of infections, clearance of pathogens, removal of apoptotic/necrotic cells, and maintenance of homeostasis.

The classical pathway is activated by an antigen-antibody reaction. The binding of C1q initiates the sequential activation of the eleven proteins. The classical pathway has a calcium-dependent step (C1q, C1r, C1s)

EDTA anticoagulant chelates Calcium ions (Ca+) so that the classical complement cascade cannot initiate

in the IRL serum (red top not containing EDTA) is sometimes preferred as complement dependent antibodies can be detectable!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q

An individual is born lacking the GYB protein. Which phenotype below would you expect to see as a result of this deletion?

M+N-S+s-U+
M+N+S-s-U+
M-N-S-s-U-
M+N-S-s-U-

A

Answer: M+N-S-s-U-

Homozygous deletion of glycophorin genes generate null phenotypes. The S–s–U– phenotype is present in approximately 1% of individuals of African heritage and the predominant GYPB deletion alleles have been identified.

The M and N antigens reside on Glycophorin A (GYA), and the S, s and U antigens reside on Glycophorin B (GYB). While both C and D are technically correct answers, you would not expect to see M-N-S-s-U-, since there is no clue in the question indicating the patient lacks both GYA and GYB. The individual with the completely null phenotype would have some other type of abnormality, such as MkMk, which is an extremely rare occurance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q

Which choice below best represents the genes and substances present in saliva, for an individual who is Group A, Le(a+b-)?

A, H, Lea, Leb, Se: Saliva contains A, H, Lea, Leb substances
A, H, Le, Se: Saliva contains A, H, Lea substances
A, H, Le, sese: Saliva contains NO substances
A, H, Le, sese: Saliva contains Lea substance

A

Correct response A, H, Lea and saliva contains Lea only

This person is a group A, so she had to inherit both the A and H genes. She is also Le(a+b-), so she only inherited the Lea gene. There is NO Leb gene.

The presence of Leb is determined by the interaction of the Le gene and the Se gene. If a person inherits Lea then she is capable of making a Lea antigen. If she also inherits the Se gene, the Lea will be converted to Leb on the RBC membrane.

So because this person is phenotyped as Le(a+b-), we know she is NOT a secretor. A person who inherits the Le gene, will only produce Leb substance if he is also a secretor.

So now we think about what substances are present in the saliva. Please remember that Lewis antigens are soluble substances. They are produced first in the body fluids then they adhere to the RBC membrane. So a person who inherits the Le gene will always have Lea in the saliva regardless of secretor status.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q

An Xg(a+) woman who marries an Xg(a-) man can bear:

Xg(a-) daughters
Xg(a+) daughers
Xg(a+) sons
All of the above

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q

An African-American patient has the following Rh phenotype:

D:+ C:+ c:+ E:+ e:+ f:–

Which of the following is her most likely Rh genotype?

R1R2
R0Rz
R2r’
Rzr
R0ry

A

Answer: R1R2

Remember that “f” is an antigen present when both “c” and “e” are present in the same allele (in other words, when a person inherits an RHce allele). So, you can exclude any of these choices that include either the R0 (Dce) or r (dce) haplotypes. So, choices B, D, and E are excluded. Now, we are left with choice R1R2 and R2r’.

The four most common Rh haplotypes (the “Big Four”) are R1, R2, R0, and r. These four haplotypes occur with differing frequencies in Caucasians and African-Americans, as follows:

Caucasians: R1 > r > R2 > R0
African-Americans: R0 > r > R1 > R2

So, R1R2 is most likely, and you didn’t even need to know the race of the patient to establish that fact in this case

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q

Which of the following is an indirect cost of laboratory operation?

Technologist labor
Benefits
Equipment
Reagents

A

Answer: Benefits

Direct costs are expenses that are associated with output of the operation such as reagents, quality control, and technologist labor. Indirect costs—also known as overhead costs—are associated with the operation, but not directly with its output. Examples of overhead costs include rent, utilities, benefits and manager salary.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q

In anti-HIV 1 ELISA testing, the conjugate contains:

HIV antigen
Anti-HIV 1 and Anti-HIV 2
Anti-IgG
HIV P24 DNA

A

Correct: anti-IgG

For ELISA questions, it is best to consider first what the test is trying to detect to determine what kind of conjugate is present (also remember that ELISA assays and IMMUNOsorbent, meaning they use antibodies to detect an analyte- therefore the answer to this question can only be anti-HIV or anti-IgG). Since we are trying to detect the anti-HIV, the conjugate must be anti-IgG.

In the HIV antibody elisa tests, the conjugate is anti-IgG. Remember that we are trying to detect anti-HIV1 in the patient’s serum. Therefore, the ELISA occurs as follows:
step 1: incubate pt serum with solid phase (solid phase has HIV-1 antigen on it)
step 2: wash to remove unbound antibody
step 3: incubate washed solid phase with conjugate (anti-IgG). Solid phase should be covered with patients’ anti-HIV-1 from the first step (if patient actually has antibody) Conjugate is anti-IgG, not anti-HIV-1, so that the sensitivity of the test is improved.
step 4. wash to remove excess conjugate
step 5. add color developing substrate
step 6 add stop solution and read results spectrophotometrically.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q

The expected frequency of an inherited gene combination is 35%. Population testing reveals that the observed frequency of the same gene combination is 55%. This is an example of:

Independent segregation
Hardy-Weinberg Law
Crossing Over
Linkage disequilibrium

A

Answer: Linkage disequilibirum,

Linkage disequilibrium (LD) is the correlation between nearby variants such that the alleles at neighboring polymorphisms (observed on the same chromosome) are associated within a population more often than if they were unlinked.

a simpler explanation:

linkage disequilibtirum occurs when two genes are inherited together more often that expected statistically.

Linkage disequilibrium is a characteristic of MNSs blood group system which performs more frequent association of linked alleles than it is expected in comparison with their allelic frequencies.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q

Most deaths from acute hemolytic transfusion reactions are associated with…

Pretransfusion testing
Clerical Errors
Undetected RBC alloantibodies
Abnormally high ABO isoagglutinin titers

A

Answer: Clerical Errors

The vast majority of AHT related deaths are due to clerical errors in which the wrong blood is given to the wrong person.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q

Hemosiderosis is an unfavorable effect of long term transfusion therapy. Which of the following are administered to remove excess iron from the body?

Furosemide
Diazepam
Deferoxamine
Nitrofurantion

A

Answer: Deferoxamine

Deferoxamine is an iron chelator, which will remove free iron from the peripheral blood stream

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q

In a given population, 16% of individuals are tested as Rh-. What is the gene frequency of the D antigen?

0.4
0.6
0.16
0.32

A

Answer: 0.6

Remember HW equations:
1. for GENOTYPE frequency, p + q = 1
2. for PHENOTYPe frequency, p^2 + 2pq + q^2 = 1

We know that 16% of the population is dd (D-) (phenotype), which is q^2.

Square root of 0.16 = 0.4, which is frequency of d gene.

Remember that p + q = 1.0, or that the frequency of the two genes dd = 100%

so, we know that q = 0.4 from above.

Therefore, 1-q=p, or 1-0.4 = 0.6

Frequency of D gene is 0.6 or 60%

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q

Calculate the combined phenotype frequency of Fya-, K-, Jka- individuals.

0.02
0.04
0.07
0.10

A

correct response 0.07

You will likely see a question like this, in which you are expected to recall the frequencies of antigens from memory.

To calculate, you multiple the frequencies of the negative phenotypes.

Fya-= 0.32 (32%)

K- = 0.91 (91%)

Jka- = 0.24 (24%)

therefore, multiply (0.32)(0.91)(0.24) = .069 Round off to .07.

For the SBB exam, if not mentioned, assume that the donor population is caucasian, since the majority of donors are in fact caucasian.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q

Reagents used to differentiate IgG from IgM antibodies include

2-ME and DTT
AET and Ficin
Chloroquin Diphosphate and Citric Acid
EDTA and Papain

A

Answer: 2-ME and DTT

2-ME and DTT are sulfhydryl reagents, which dissolve disulfide bonds (found heavily in the j chain of IgM antibodies). Observations of antibody activity before and after sulfhydryl treatment are useful in determining immunoglobulin class. Sulfhydryl treatment can also be used to allow detection of coexisting/”hidden” IgG antibodies.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q

This blood group antigen serves as a receptor for Plasmodium vivax malaria parasites….

Lewis
Kidd
Duffy
Rh

A

Correct: Duffy

The Duffy blood group antigen serves not only as blood group antigen, but also as a receptor for a family of proinflammatory cytokines termed chemokines, and as a receptor for Plasmodium vivax malaria parasites.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q

A donor who experiences tingling while donating apheresis platelets is most likely experiencing:

Calcium depletion from the anticoagulant
hypovolemia
anxiety over the donation process itself
Low platelet count

A

Correct: Calcium depletion from the anticoagulant

Anticoagulants used in apheresis can chelate calcium in the donor blood, resulting in hypocalcemia. One of the signs of this is tingling, others signs include chills and tingling in the lips.

Most donors respond to oral calcium supplements to counteract the effect of the anticoagulant. Another tactic is to slow the rate of infusion of anticoagulant

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q

Which of the following observations suggest that the patient’s blood is the McLeod phenotype?

K-, k+
K-, k-
K-, k+w
K+w, k+w

A

Correct: K-kw+

McLeod phenotype individuals typically type as weak + for k, Kpa, and Jsb. You don’t see K+ reactions in McCleod

The McLeod phenotype is very rare. The inheritance is X-linked through a carrier mother. McLeod phenotype RBCs lack Kx and the Kell system high-prevalence antigen, Km, and have marked depression of all other Kell antigens. The weakened expression of the Kell antigens is designated by a superscript w for “weak”—for example, K–k+w Kp(a–b+w).

Recall that the Kell antigen expression is dependent on the presence of Kx, so if the Kx is missing, the Kell antigens cannot be expressed at normal levels.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q

To confirm the specificity of a serum containing Anti-P, an inhibition study was performed and the following results were obtained:

See image

What conclusions can be made from these results?

Anti-P is confirmed
Anti-P is ruled out
The Anti-P was inhibited
The test is not valid

A

Answer: This test is NOT valid

When an inhibition study is performed, the control mechanism is ran in parallel. The inhibitor in this case is the hydatid cyst fluid where (typically) 2 drops of ‘hydatid substance’ is added to the patient’s serum and allowed to neutralize the suspected alloanti-P1. To ensure the addition of the ‘hydatid substance’ did not DILUTE the suspected anti-P1, 2 drops of an inert control (such as albumin) is added to the patien’t plasma in a separate tube and ran in parallel with the inhibition study. The inhibition/dilution control should ALWAYS be positive (if it’s not your test is invalid)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

A positive control is tested 20 times. The mean result is 16. The standard deviation is 2.5. What is the appropriate acceptable range to establish for the control results?

11-21
14-18
14.5-18.5
13.5-18.5

A

Answer: 11-21
The standard for most laboratories allows for an acceptable range within +/- 2 standard deviations of the mean. Since the mean is 16, 2SD is 2 x 2.5 (11-21).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q

A patient receives 3 units of FFP without incident. 1 hour after infusion of a 4th unit of FFP the patient experiences dyspnea, hypotension, and an increase in temperature of 2C. The radiological picture is of bilateral pulmonary infiltrates without evidence of cardiac compromise. The most likely cause is:

Allergic reaction
Patient has HLA antibodies
TRALI
Fluid overload

A

Answer: TRALI
The key is pulmonary infiltrates without evidence of cardiac compromise. In TRALI, the donor plasma contains antibodies which react with leukocytes in the patient. This antibody reaction stimulates the complement system to produce C3a and C5a. These proteins then stimulate the tissue basophils and platelets to release histamine ad serotonin, resulting in leukocyte emboli which aggregate in the lungs. Because there is no cardiac compromise, we can rule out volume overload. Allergic reactions will often manifest with hives as well as respiratory distress.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q

A blood specimen from a pregnant woman is found to be group B negative and the plasma contains anti-D with a titer 1:512. What would be the most appropriate type of blood to have available for a possible exchange transfusion for her infant?

O Neg
O Pos
B Neg
B Pos

A

Answer: O Neg
O neg is always given for exchange transfusion since we don’t know the ABO or Rh type of the fetus.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
Q

A 70 kg patient with severe hemophilia has a hematocrit of 40% and an initial factor VIII of 2 units/dL (0.02 units/mL). How many bags of cryoprecipitate should be given to raise the factor FVIII level to 50 units/dL (0.5 units/mL)?

10
14
19
22

A

19 bags

contants to know: blood volume 75mL/kg, avg 80 IU FVIII/cryo

TBV = 70 kg x 75 mL/kg = 5250 mL
Plasma volume = 5250 mL x (1-0.40) = 3150 mL
3150mL x 0.48 units needed = 1512 units needed
1512 units needed/80 units per bag = 18.9 or 9 bags needed

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
26
Q

A unit of FFP was mistakenly thawed and then immediately refrigerated at 4C on Monday morning. On Tuesday evening, this unit may be still transfused as a replacement for:

All coagulation factors
Factor V
Factor VIII
Factor IX

A

Answer: Factor IX
The unit of plasma could only be used to provide the stable coagulation factors. V and VIII are both labile.
Once a unit of FFP is thawed, the labile clotting factor levels decrease to below normal after 24 hours.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
27
Q

A unit of RBCs is prepared in CPD2 with an AS-3 additive. What is the expiration date of the RBCs?

24 hours
21 days
35 days
42 days

A

Answer: 42 days

CPD2 units are good for 21 days. If you add the additive solution, then the expiration is extended to 42 days.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
28
Q

A group A positive patient was transfused 25 units of group O platelets. Pretransfusion testing revealed no unexpected results. The day after the transfusion, the patient reactivity was documented below. Which of the choices is the most probable explanation for these results?

a. Patient had a positive DAT that was not detected in pretransfusion testing
b. Isoagglutinins in patient serum coated transfused platelets
c. Isoagglutinins in platelet’s serum coated patient cells
d. Patient is developing a warm autoantibody in response to platelet transfusion

A

with repeated platelet transfusions we are concerned with trace amounts of red cells that could stimulate the patient to make an anti-RBC antibody (most commonly anti-D in Rh negative recipients), OR substances in the donor plasma (in which the platelets are suspended) that could affect the recipient

correct: c. Isoagglutinins in platelet’s serum coated patient cells

The 25 units of platelets being group O, had both anti-A and anti-A,B (issoagglutinins), both of which could bind with patient RBCs, causing a positive DAT. Group O platelets are titered for anti-A, anti-B, and anti-A,B, and should be labelled as such if they have a high titer and therefore are unacceptable for group A/B recipient transfusions, but patients receiving multiple transfusions of low-titer group O can still suffer the same effects

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
29
Q

A blood specimen from a pregnant woman is found to be group B, Rh-negative and the plasma contains Anti-D with a titer of 1:512. What would be the most appropriate type of blood to have available for a possible exchange transfusion for her infant?

A: O, Rh negative
B: O, Rh positive
C: B, Rh negative
D: B, Rh positive

A

Correct: A: O, Rh Negative

O Negative is always given for exchange transfusion, since we don’t know the ABO and Rh type of the fetus.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
30
Q

A 70 kg patient with severe hemophilia has a hematocrit of 40% and an initial factor VIII level of 2 units/dl (0.02 units/ml). How many bags of cryoprecipitate should be given to raise the factor VIII level to 50 units/dl (0.5 units/ml)?

A: 10
B: 14
C: 19
D: 22

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
31
Q

A donor gives a unit of plateletpheresis. His post-donation platelet count is 135,000/uL. When can this donor give whole blood?

A: 48 hours
B: 7 days
C: 4 weeks
D: 8 weeks

A

A: 48 hours

Donor must have at least 150,000 platelet count in order to donate plateletpheresis. If the post donation count is less than 150,000, then defer donor for 8 weeks before donating platelets again.

However, the donor need only be deferred for 48 hours before giving whole blood, after which their deferral is 8 weeks (56 days).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
32
Q

A technologist opens a new vial of Anti-C and performs testing on 3 units of RBC and two control specimens. The positive control is an Ror cell, and the negative control is a rr cell. Should the tech issue the 3 RBC units which were confirmed C negative?

A: No, testing should be repeated using a new vial of Anti-C
B: Yes, nothing appears out of the ordinary.
C: Yes, the units should first be labeled C negative and then issued
D: No, testing should be repeated using different controls

A

Correct: D: No, testing should be repeated using different controls

The positive control was not properly selected. The Ror cell would have the Dce antigens, and as such is C-. All testing is considered invalid including the units. Quality control failures must be properly evaluated and resolved before issue of units. Any event where a unit has left the control of the facility and may not meet appropriate quality standards MUST be reported to the FDA and thoroughly investigated. In this case, the technologist must select a proper C+ cell, and repeat the testing. Ideally a cell that is C+c+ would be the positive control of choice. We always want to use a cell with a weaker expression of the antigen to determine that the reagent can detect a single dose expression of the antigen

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
33
Q

Two companies have been asked to submit bids for a specific machine. Each bid is listed below with the cost of installation, the specific equipment, and the reagents for one year.

How long would it take for Company A and Company B to be equal in overall costs?

Company A: Install = $500, Equipment = $6500, Reagents (annually) =$1500

Company B: Install = $1500, Equipment = $7000, Reagents (annually) = $750

A 6 months
B 1 year
C 2 years
D Never

A

C: 2 years

Costs for Company A for year one = 500 + 6500 + 1500 = $8500

Costs for Company B for one year = 1500 + 7000+ 750 = $9250

Add reagent cost only for year two:

       Company A = 8500 + 1500 = $10,000            Company B = 9250 + 750 = $10,000

Therefore, in two years, the overall costs will be the same.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
34
Q

Which of the following would be the best source of platelets for transfusion in the case of alloimmune neonatal thrombocytopenia?

A Father
B Mother
C Pooled platelet rich plasma
D A platelet donor who is HPA-1 negative

A

B: mother

In this case, the Mom will have the platelets that are negative for antigen which corresponds to the specificity of the anti-platelet antibody. The HPA-1 negative platelets are not the BEST answer, since we are not certain that the NAIT is due to an antibody with anti-HPA-1 specificity, although that is the most common. What is certain is that the antibody is directed against an antigen inherited paternally, meaning the mother’s platelets will be unaffected by the antibody. These units should be irradiated.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
35
Q

A family has been typed for HLA antigens because one of the children needs an HPC transplant. Results are below:
Father: A1, A3; B8, B35
Mother: A2, A23; B12, B18
Child 1: A1, A2; B8, B12
Child 2: A1, A23; B8, B18
Child 3: A3, A23; B18, BY
Antigen Y in Child 3 is:

A: B1
B: B12
C: B18
D: B35

A

Correct: B35

First, determine the haplotypes of the parents, from child 1 and child 2 results. Remember that HLA types are inherited as haplotypes. Only the father has A1 and B8, and both child 1 and child 2 inherited A1 and B8, so one of the father’s haplotypes is A1, B8. Therefore, the father must be A1, B8/ A3, B35The mother looks to be A2, B12/A23, B18, since she passed on the A2, B12 haplotype to child 1.

Therefore, the child 3 must be:A23, B18/A3, B35

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
36
Q

A 20 year old male has an inherited bleeding disorder characterized by a prolonged bleeding time (including a recent knee scrape), a normal platelet count, a variably prolonged PTT, and a normal PT. The most likely diagnosis is:

A; Factor VII deficiency
B: Factor VIII deficiency
C: Factor IX deficiency
D: vonWillebrand disease

A

D: von willebrand disease

The PT measures the extrinsic pathway, and the PTT measures the intrinsic pathway. In this case, the PT falls within the normal range thereby eliminating factor VII as a potential correct answer.

The second clue within this question is that the patient has a prolonged bleeding time specifically citing a knee scrape injury. The patient has clear complication with primary coagulation which involves the formation of the platelet plug. Bleeding time would be normal in a VIII and IX patient and abnormal in a vWD patient. This would be why vWD patient’s are sensitive to knee scrapes whereas hemophiliacs are prone to joint and internal bleeding episodes (involving secondary coagulation/formation of fibrin).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
37
Q

The most effective component to treat a patient with a fibrinogen deficiency is:

A: fresh frozen plasma
B: platelets
C: cryoprecipitated AHF
D: fresh whole blood

A

C: cryoprecipitated AHF

Although both FFP and Cryo have fibrinogen, cryo is more effective. Cryo is a concentrated form of fibrinogen and clotting factors including VIII and XIII.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
38
Q

Which of the following is an established indication for the use of leukocyte-reduced blood components?

A: to guard against the immunomodulary effect of transfusion
B: prevent graft vs host disease
C: prevention of TRALI
D: prevention of CMV transmission

A

D: prevention of CMV transmission

CMV is a leukocyte associated virus, and reducing the leukocytes to less than 5 X 10(6), has been shown to prevent most CMV transmission. However, it is still common for providers to request confirmed CMV-negative units via EIA testing for immunocompromised patients at high risk for complications from CMV.

The immunomodulary effect of transfusion (transfusion-related immunomodulation/TRIM) describes the transient depression of immune system function following transfusion of blood/blood products that occurs in many patients, leaving them at higher risk of developing infection or certain cancers. The mechanisms for immunomodulation are not well-defined, although cytokine release via residual aging WBCs is a strong hypothesis.

TAGVHD is prevented by irradiation, which inactivates any residual DNA in a blood product, including in remaining donor lymphocytes that could engraft and mount an immune response against the recipient.

TRALI is prevented by transfusion of plasma products that are tested as anti-HLA negative or from male donors (IE have no risk of pregnancy-related HLA immunization and therefore low risk of HLA immunization overall).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
39
Q

This pedigree shows an example of which type of inheritance?

A: autosomal dominant
B: autosomal recessive
C: Y-linked inheritance
D: X-linked inheritance

A

A: autosomal dominant

We know that this is not Y-linked inheritance, as there are daughters born affected by the trait.

We know that this is not X-linked inheritance, as there are sons born affected with the trait.

It does not look recessive, as the original mother is not expressing the trait.

Autosomal dominant inheritance is spread equally between males and females, and is usually expressed in every generation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
40
Q

A pregnant woman’s serum contains hemolytic Anti-Lea. Her husband’s RBC type is Le(a+). What is the chance that the fetus will develop immune-mediated HDN?

A: 100%
B: 75%
C: 25%
D: 0%

A

D: 0%

Lewis antigens are not expressed on infant’s RBCs at birth. No documented case of HDFN due to Lewis antibodies has been reported. Remember also that Lewis antigens are soluble and so they can come off the RBC membrane. fetal RBCS will often be compatible with the mother’s phenotype.

Fetuses can produce Lewis antigens. The issue here is that the antigens are first produced in fluids, and then adhere to the RBC membrane (this attachment is reversible). So while they are producing antigens, the antigens are not adhering to the RBC membrane.

So when we talk about expression of fetal RBC Lewis antigens, we want to think only of what is on the RBC membrane, and not what genes were inherited by the fetus or which Lewis substances may be in the fetal body fluids.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
41
Q

What coagulation factor may be deficient based on the following lab values:

Platelet Count: 275,000

PT: 60 seconds

aPTT: 30 seconds

Bleeding Time: normal

A: Factor V
B: Factor VII
C: Factor VIII
D: Factor XIII

A

B: Factor VII

First, recall the coagulation cascade. Now recall that the PT (prothrombin time) measures deficiencies in the extrinsic pathway

The aPTT measure the intrinsic pathway so a deficiency of Factor VII will NOT affect the PT

Then recall the normal ranges for each test.

PT normal = 11-13.5 seconds

aPTT normal = 30-40 seonds

Most often, normal ranges are provided on the SBB exam. In this case it’s good to have a sense of what prolonged means within the context of coag studies.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
42
Q

A Kleihauer Betke acid elution can be used to determine the dose of Rh Immune Globulin in cases of fetomaternal hemorrhage. The test allows for the detection of:

A: D antigen
B: Hemoglobin F
C: I antigen
D: Anti-D

A

B: Hemoglobin F

Fetal hemoglobin can withstand the denaturing effect of acid solution. Fetal cells resist acid elution, and appear bright pink and refractile, and the maternal hemoglobin is eluted, and those cells appear as ghost cells, with intact membranes.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
43
Q

Which of the following HIV western blot patterns should be interpreted as positive?

A: p24 and gp41 bands are present
B: p31, p17, p55 bands are present
C: p24, p31, p17, p55 bands are present
D: gp120/160, p31, p55 bands are present

A

A: p24 and gp41 bands are present

Recall the structure of the HIV virus. Interpretation is as follows for HIV western Blot

Negative: No bands present

Positive: at least two bands from p24, gp41, or gp120/160

Indeterminate: presence of bands, but do not fulfill criteria for positive result

You may see some sources that include gp31 as a requirement for interpreting the WB as positive. The CDC has done some research and its recommendation is to NOT require the presence of gp31 as a condition of calling it positive. The CDC believes that requiring the presence of gp31 to call the Wb positive is not sensitive enough for public health and clinical practice, and results in too many interpretations of “indeterminate” which only serve to confound clinicians and patients.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
44
Q

Anti-Fy3 can be distinguished from Anti-Fy5 based on reactions with which type of RBCs?

A: Fy(a-b-)
B: Rh null
C: Fy(a+b+)
D: Enzyme treated Fy(a-b-)

A

B: Rh null

Fy5 antigen is expressed on 32% of Blacks and 99.9% of Caucasians and Asians. Fy5 is NOT expressed on Rh null RBCs because it is formed as a result of interaction between the Rh complex and the Duffy glycoprotein; the only people who do NOT make the Fy5 antigen are Fya-b- and Rhnull. Therefore, anti-Fy5 will NOT react Rh null cells, but anti-Fy3 will react with Rh null cells.

Many institutions will not differentiate between Fy3/Fy5 unless there is academic interest, for transfusion purposes these patient’s are provided Fy(a-b-) RBCs.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
45
Q

The following phenotypes are obtained in a paternity case:
Child: M-N+S-s+, Fy(a-b-)
Mother: M+N+S-s+, Fya(a-b+)
Alleged Father: M+N-S+s-, Fy(a+b-)
Which additional test should be requested?

A: Typing for the Mk gene
B: Typing with Anti-Fy5
C: Titration with Anti-M
D: Titration with Anti-Fya

A

A: Typing for Mk gene

The Mk gene is rare and results in phenotype silence. Inheritance of an Mk gene represents a single, near-deletion of the glycophorin A and glycophorin B. MkMk genotype results in the null phenotype of the MNS system (M-N-S-s-U-Ena-Wra-Wrb-).

The Dad could be MS/Mk. which would give the phenotype M+N-S+s-. It’s possible the child could have inherited the Ns from the mother, and the Mk from the father, resulting in the phenotype M-N+S-s+

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
46
Q

The results of this panel are consistent with the presence of which antibody(ies)?
A; Anti-Fyb and Anti-K
B: Anti-G
C: Anti-D and Anti-Fya
D: Anti-D and Anti-Jkb

A

B: anti-G

The specificity is consistent with anti-C, anti-D and/or anti-G. To determine which antibody is present, adsorption elution studies are necessary. Recall the classic “double adsorption”:
1. Adsorb serum with D+C-G+ cells (adsorbs anti-D and/or anti-G); anti-C, if present, remains in the adsorbed serum.
2. Elute Anti-D and/or Anti-G from first test cells.
3. Adsorb the eluate from step 2 with D-C+G+ cells (adsorbs anti-C and/or anti-G); anti-D, if present, remains in the adsorbed serum.
4. Elute and test the eluate against a panel; only antibody that COULD react in this scenario is anti-G, if present (Anti-D and Anti-C remain in their respective adsorbed serums).

These Adsorption/elution studies are indicated for mothers of child bearing age with reactivity on D+ and C+ cells who are capable of developing alloanti-D. Adsorption/elution studies help to determine if the mother has already developed alloanti-D or has developed anti-G and may require ongoing RhIg support to prevent D alloimmunization. If she has anti-D, RhIG is not indicated; if she has anti-C or anti-G, RhIG is indicated.

Based on the answer selections, the most appropriate answer is anti-G

Cell 8 rules out anti-Fya

Cell 9 rules out anti-Fyb and anti-K

Cell 6 rules out anti-Jkb

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
47
Q

A potential donor states that they had Rubella vaccine 3 weeks ago. The most appropriate course of action to take with this donor is:

A: Accept the donor
B: Defer the donor for 4 weeks from the date of vaccination
C: Defer the donor for 1 year from date of vaccination
D: Defer the donor permanently

A

B: Defer the donor for 4 weeks from date of vaccination

Rubella (german measles) is a 4 week deferral from date that vaccine is received.

My friend Rubella lives in Germany, and it would take me 4 weeks to sail across the ocean to see her.

Rubeola (Measles) Defer 2 weeks after last injections, unless part of MMR, then four week wait.

My friend Ruby lives in America, and it would take me 2 weeks to get across the country to see her (unless she travelled to the MMR, 4 weeks away!).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
48
Q

Which of the following is not allowed by law on employment application forms?

a: Previous employer
b: Educational background
c: ASCP certification number
d: Age or date of birth

A

d: age or Date of birth

Your hiring process must be free from discrimination under all applicable federal, state, and local employment laws. This means that generally you may not ask applicants questions that would reveal characteristics that are protected under the law, such race, color, age, national origin, religion, sex, veteran status/military status, disability, and genetic information. Many states and local jurisdictions protect applicants and employees based on additional characteristics. Check your state law to ensure compliance. After hire, you may legally obtain this information

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
49
Q
A

B: Tn polyagglutination

While we rarely see polyagglutination due to the extensive use of polyclonal, non-human source ABO testing reagents, it remains important for SBBs to distinguish between A and B subgroups and each type of polyagglutination.

First, we can rule out A subgroup with anti-A1. While the anti-A result was weakly positive with the patient cells, both the A1 and A2 reverse cells were strongly positive. This rules out anti-A1 because if it really were a group A, the reaction with the A2 cell would be negative.

Now we look to the type of polyagglutination.

You are given the results of testing the patient cells with adult and cord blood group AB sera, but this really does not help, because ALL types of polyagglutination are negative with group AB cord serum. (They chose group AB because it lacks ABO antibodies which could interfere with testing.

So we look to the lectins.

Glycine soja is a good lectin to use to distinguish. Only three types of polyagglutination are positive with Glycine soja: Tn, T and Cad (which is only weakly positive). So we already can narrow down to 2 because there is no notation that the GS result is weak.

To distinguish between T and Tn polyagglutination, we next look at the Arachis hypogea reaction. T is positive with AH and Tn is negative with AH.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
50
Q

An antibody identification panel is performed on the serum of a patient who has a history of previous antibodies. 11 cells and an auto control are tested. 2 of the 11 cells are weakly positive, and the auto control is negative. 5 type specific RBCs were crossmatched, and one units was weakly positive at the AGT phase of the crossmatch, and the other 4 were compatible.
Which of the following antibody specificities below is the MOST likely cause for these results?

A: Anti-JMH
B: Anti-Bga
C: Anti-Cha
D: Anti-Yta

A

B: anti-Bga

The other antibodies listed are HTLA antibodies, and have higher frequencies and affinity towards most RBCs. Anti-Bga reacts with donor cells whose HLA antigens are expressed at higher densities across the RBC membrane and is the only logical choice out of the options.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
51
Q

The statement “a direct antiglobulin test will be performed upon completion of training” is an example of what type of objective?

A: Psychomotor
B: Behavioral
C: Affective
D: None of the above

A

A: psychomotor

A psychomotor objective measures that the participant can perform a specific physical task

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
52
Q

Testing is performed on the four samples below. Select the specimen which has results consistent with a diagnosis of PNH.

A

sample 1

Paroxysmal Nocturnal Hemoglobinuria PNH is an intrinsic RBC membrane defect which results in shortened RBC survival due to hemolysis. PNH is characterized by reticulocytes on the peripheral smear, and a positive HAM and Sucrose Hemolysis Test.

This is not to be confused with PCH (paroxysmal cold hemoglobinuria, in which a biphasic IgG with autoanti-P specificity hemolyses red cells in vivo, frequently seen in children following viral infections, diagnosed via the Donath Landsteiner test)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
53
Q

A 10 year old child is admitted to the hospital for an investigation of unexplained hemolysis. The mother reported that the child recently had a mumps infection. The child had been playing in the snow, and after he came in from the cold the mother reported he had red urine. The next best test to perform to determine the clinical significance in addition to the antibody specificity is:

A: Antibody ID panel
B: Ham’s test
C: Donath Landsteiner Test
D: Elution

A

C: Donath Landsteiner test

This is a classical pattern of Paroxysmal Cold Hemoglobinuira (PCH). An auto-anti-P antibody develops after a viral infection, and this antibody is biphasic. The antibody binds complement to the RBCs in a cooler temperature, and then causes hemolysis when the temperature rises. These examples are typically seen in children and young adults. A donath landsteiner test is performed to prove the biphasic antibody is present. The clinical signifcance of the auto-anti-P would be best determined by the Donath Landsteiner test to determine if rapid hemolysis is present at colder temperatures.

A rough SOP of donath landsteiner is as follows:

3 sets of three test tubes, (A-C 1-3) containing fresh aliquots of patient SERUM (not plasma - we need fresh complement) maintained at 37C after collection are incubated at various temperatures with group O RBCs that express the P antigen. Tubes 1 and 2 of each set contain 10 drops patient serum. Tubes 2 and 3 of each set contain 10 drops of fresh normal control serum as a complement source; IE each tube 2 will have both normal and abnormal serum. The group O, P+ cells are added. The ‘A’ tubes are placed on ice for 30 minutes and then transferred to a 37C water batch for 1 hour (biphasic). The ‘B’ tubes are kept on ice for 90 minutes. The ‘C’ tubes are kept at 37C for 90 minutes. After 90 minutes, all tubes are spun and examined for hemolysis. A positive test is indicated by hemolysis in tubes 1A and 2A.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
54
Q

How does cyclosporin work in preventing rejection of transplanted organs?

A: Cyclosporin suppresses B cell response in transplanted organs
B: Cyclosporin enhances B cell response in transplant recipients
C: Cyclosporin suppresses T-helper cell function in transplant recipients
D: Cyclosporin enhances T-helper cell function in transplanted organs

A

C: It suppresses T -helper cell function in transplant recipients

Cyclosporine is an immunosuppressive drug that selectively attacks T lymphocytes in the recipient

While this question seems to be asking you to recall the drug mechanism of cyclosporin, there are many applications we have learned which should help us determine the correct answer. We know the drug is used in the rejection of transplanted drugs.

The question, therefore, is challenging our understanding of T-helper/B cell immune function and donor/recipient differentiation. Keyword: recipient. Immune function is not a concern in a donor organ but rather in the intended recipient. In terms of immunity, we would not want to enhance but we would want to suppress our immune response whether it is adaptive or immune. A foreign item is being introduced into our bodies and our bodies will naturally assemble an attack on the foreign item.

recall:

T helper cells participate in adaptive immunity and “help” the activity of other immune cells by releasing cytokines.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
55
Q

What is the component of choice to transfuse to a patient who is deficient in fibronectin?

A: Cryoprecipitated AHF
B: Platelets
C: Fresh Frozen Plasma
D: Fresh Plasma

A

A: cryoprecipitated AHF

Fibronectin is involved in the healing of wounds. The most concentrated source is in CRYO

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
56
Q

A 65 year old male is admitted to the hospital for a osteomyletis. He has been taking oral penicillin for the past two months. His type and screen give the following results: ABO/Rh = O positive, Antibody screen: SCI, SCII, and Auto 3+ at AHG. A DAT is performed and the results are PS = 2+, IgG = 2+, C3 = NEG. An elu-kit elution is performed and the panel cells are all 3+.
The antibody is most likely:

A: Anti-penicillin
B: Broad-spectrum warm autoantibody
C: Broad-spectrum cold autoantibody
D: Antibody to a high frequency antigen

A

B: broad spectrum warm autoantibody

Although the patient is on penicillin, he is taking oral medication, which is not implicated in the production of an anti-penicillin antibody. Those antibodies are typically seen in patients taking large amounts of IV penicillin. In addition, the penicillin antibody reacts only in the presence of drug coated cells. This is most likely a warm autoantibody of broad specificity. The screen is positive at AGT with all cells tested. The eluate is positive with all cells tested (which would be negative in drug induced hemolytic anemias), and the DAT is positive due to IgG.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
57
Q

Quinidine is most commonly associated with which mechanism of drug induced hemolysis:

A: membrane modification
B: drug adsorption
C: immune complex
D: warm auto antibody production

A

C: immune complex

Quinidine is most commonly associated with immune complex mechanism. In immune complex, the drug-antibody complex adheres to the surface of the RBC causing a positive DAT

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
58
Q

Red blood cells from a patient with HEMPAS typically exhibit which characteristic?

A: increased amounts of i antigen
B: decreased amounts of i antigen
C: increased amounts of H antigen
D: increased amounts of sialic acid

A

A: increased amounts of i antigen

HEMPAS (Hereditary Erythroblastic Multinuclearity with a Positive Acidified Serum test) is a congenital anemia in which the rbc membranes are abnormal. These cells typically have increased amounts of i antigen, decreased amounts of H antigen, and decreased sialic acid.

Anti-i is also associated with infectious mononucleosis and other lymphoproliferative disorders. Enhanced expression of i antigens is associated with HEMPAS, Diamond Blackfan anemia, myeloblastic erythropoiesis, sideroblastic erythropoiesis, and any condition that results in stress hemopoiesis.

HEMPAS is important in blood banking due to the finding of polyagglutination when red cells from these patients are exposed to human serum in a minority of cases. Like other forms of polyagglutination, HEMPAS is associated with incomplete glycosylation of surface red cell antigens, leading to exposure of an underlying antigen that is not normally visible (cryptantigen). Antibodies against the cryptantigen are not as common as those present in T activation, so polyagglutination is only seen with exposure to about one third of non-self human sera. When present, however, the antibodies will lyse HEMPAS red cells when incubated at 37C.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
59
Q

Which ABO blood type averages the lowest level of factor VIII?

A
B
AB
O

A

Group O

Normal ranges for vWF vary among ABO types. The typical normal ranges are:

ABO Type vWF:Ag
O 36-157
A 49-234
B 57-241
AB 64-238

It is important to remember that Group O individuals have the lowest amount of vWF. It is said that the ABO locus accounts for 30% of the genetic determinants of vWF. Remember that vWF proteins express ABH antigens. While this is not typically a problem in transfusion, a person who is group O, having inherited two amorphic genes, will have less vWF than non-group O people.

SO this can affect the diagnosis of vWF deficiency. If you are trying to diagnose someone, then you need to think about the expected levels in ABO types. Since group AB has the highest level, it is important to note that a vWF of 38 in a group AB would be a deficiency, while that same value in a group O would be in the normal range. It is important to look at someone’s entire clinical picture before we rule in, or eliminate a diagnosis of vWF (or any other condition for that matter!)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
60
Q

Review the panel below and select the choice that lists the antibody specificities that are most likely present:

A: Anti-D and Anti-K1
B: Anti-M and Anti-K1
C: Anti-K1 and Anti-Fya
D: Anti-M and Anti-E

A

D: anti-M and anti-E

Anti-D ruled out on cell 11Anti-K1 ruled out on cell 2Anti-Fya ruled out on cell 2Cells 1, 6, 7, 8 are all positive at IS, and are also M+. Cells 3, 4, 10 are positive at AGT and are E+. While not conclusively proven, anti-M and anti-E is the only combination listed that fits the pattern on the antibody panel.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
61
Q

In this diagram, which letter is pointing to the macrophage binding site?

A

E

The Fc portion can bind to macrophages. The Fab portion is the specific antigen binding site.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
62
Q

A patient’s pre-transfusion platelet count is 10,000 and the 1-hour post-transfusion count is 35,000. A total of 6 x 1011 platelets were transfused and the patient’s body surface area is 2 m2, What is the interpretation?

A: Adequate platelet increment because the count is 15,00
B: Adequate platelet increment because the count is 8,300
C: Unacceptable platelet increment because the count is 7,500
D: Unacceptable platelet increment because the count is 5,000

A

B

CCI = (post count - pre count) x (BSA in m2) / (plt count of product in 10^11 plts). Inadequate CCI = <7500, twice.

CCI = 35k - 10k = 25k. 25kx2 / 6 = 8333.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
63
Q

You are a supervisor at a hospital that collects 2000 units of leukoreduced red blood cells per year. You are evaluating leukoreduction filters for in line filtration. There is a chart below with the QC and cost data. Select the most appropriate filter to implement in your facility (consider both QC and cost).

A

filter 3

This may seem like a very subjective question, but a similar question has appeared on previous SBB exams. It is imperative that SBBs are able to select methods and supplies when given several options. Your job is the pick the method that gives acceptable QC results for the lowest cost. There may be several options that are acceptable for the lab, but you should pick the most cost effective method, that meets established criteria.

Filter 1 does not pass for WBC count. After filtration, the leukocytes should be reduced to less than 5.0 X 10(6).

Filter 2 does not pass for RBC recovery. The AABB standards state that at least 85% of original RBCs be retained.

Filter 3 and Filter 4 both pass for QC. Filter 4 clearly surpasses the QC minimimum values, but it is $6.50 more than fitler 4. Filter 4 meets the minimum criteria, and is the least expensive, so that is the choice you should make for your hospital.

Again, this may seem like an unfair question to you, but you need to keep in mind that SBBs make tough decisions every day, and saving money is not a bad thing, and is even encouraged, as long as the safety, purity, potency requirements are met. It is also a good way to test you on your knowledge of the standards for producing leukoreduced components.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
64
Q

Which of the donors below is eligible to donate whole blood?

A: Donor had two previous repeat reactive results for Anti-HBc
B: Donor had unexplained jaundice at age 9
C: Confirmed positive HBsAg test at age 12
D: Donor lives with husband who has hepatitis C infection

A

B: unexplained jaundice at age 9

AABB standards state that viral Hepatitis and/or jaundice before age 11 does not necessitate deferral. Two positive anti-HBC results confer inedfinite deferral. Confirmed positive HBsAg test confers permanent deferral. Sexual contact with person who has active Hepatitis infection is deferring for 12 months from last date of contact.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
65
Q

A mother who is Lu(a-b+) and a father who is Lu(a+b-) have three children. Their lutheran phenotypes are: Child 1 Lu(a+b+), Child 2 Lu(a+b+), Child 3 Lu(a-b-).
The result of child 3 can best be described by which situation?

Inheritance of In(Lu)
lulu genotype
non-paternity
crossing over

A

correct: lulu genotype

The mother is probably Lub lu and the father is probably Lua lu In this situation, the child 3 could have inherited two copies of the lu gene, which is an amorph. A lulu genotype results in a Lutheran phenotype of Lu(a-b-).

Because neither of the parents have the null phenotype, In(Lu) would not be suspected. In(Lu) is a dominant gene that results in the inhibition of lutheran expression (Lua-b- phenotype) and is associated with mutations in EKLF transcription factor. Note that individuals with this genotype do carry trace amounts of the lutheran antigens and cannot make anti-Lu3. In(Lu)s also have weaked expression of P1, i, AnWj, MER2, and Inb.

There is no proof of non-paternity , since the child could in fact have inherited two copies of the recessive lu gene, which is an amorph.

Crossing over is a rare genetic event, and is not the most likely explanation.

Note: there is also an X linked inhibitor that has been rarely reported.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
66
Q

Which of the following employees should be offered the Hepatitis B vaccine upon hire?

Blood Bank Technologist
Lab assistant who accessions samples
Driver who packs and delivers blood components
All of the above

A

correct: all of the above

All of the employees listed have a defined risk of exposure to blood and body fluids, and as such should be offerred Hepatitis B Vaccine free of charge

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
67
Q

In the graph below, which marker represents immunity to Hepatitis B?
HBsAg
IgG Anti-HBc
Anti-HBs
Anti-HBe

A

Correct: anti-HBs

Anti-HBs is the marker which is formed specifically in response to the Hepatitis B surface antigen. The presence of anti-HBs confers immunity to Hepatitis B

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
68
Q

A patient is being transfused and after the infusion of 20mL of RBCs, the patient begins to complain of fever, chills and back pain. The FIRST step the nurse should take is to:

Take the patient’s pressure, pulse and temperature
Check the blood bank label against the patient’s ID band
Stop the transfusion
Contact the blood bank

A

correct: stop the transfusion

If the patient is experiencing signs of a transfusion reaction, the FIRST step is to immediately stop the transfusion. Monitoring the vital signs, rechecking tags, and notifying the blood bank are all important steps, but the first critical step is to stop the cause of the reaction-the blood itself

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
69
Q

A patient is being transfused with an autologous whole blood. After approximately 30ml of blood has been infused, the patient complains of fever, chills, pain and nausea. The nurse stops the transfusion and contacts the blood bank. The most likely cause of this transfusion reaction is:

an IgG antibody was missed in the pretransfusion antibody screen
the patient is having an allergic reaction to the anticoagulant in the whole blood unit
the patient is having a febrile reaction
the wrong unit was transfused

A

correct: the wrong unit was transfused

These are classic signs of an acute hemolytic transfusion reaction. These reactions occur rapidly usually within the first minute to hour of transfusion. Remember that most transfusion fatalities are caused by clerical mistakes. Therefore, the choice “the wrong unit was transfused” is the most likely cause of an HTR.

The presence of an undetected IgG antibody would not cause such an immediate reaction, nor would it matter if the unit truly were the correct autologous unit.

An allergic reaction would also likely involve hives and respiratory distress.

If the unit were the correct autologous unit, then we would not expect a febrile reaction in this patient.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
70
Q

A Kelihauer Betke test indicates 10 fetal cells per 1000 adult cells. For a woman with 5000ml of blood volume, the proper does of RHIg is:

one regular dose vial
three regular dose vials
one microdose vial
two microdose vials

A

maternal cells

Correct: three regular dose vials

The calculation is as follows

(#fetal cells X maternal blood volume) = volume of fetomaternal hemorrhage

Therefore, the calculation for this problem is:

(10 fetal cells X 5000ml blood) = 50 ml FMH

1000 maternal cells

Each regular dose of RHIg will counter 30ml of WB and 15ml of packed RBCs (know these for the SBB exam!).

Lastly, determine the number of vials by dividing 50 FMH/30ml WB = 1.6.

Round up to the next highest number, then add one vial (always round up and add 1!), to give a total of 3 vials

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
71
Q

An individual types as M-N-S+s-, and has reduced sialic acid concentration. This individual is most likely:

Ena-
Rh null
MgMg
Inab

A

correct: Ena-

Antigens in the MNS system are carried on GPA, GPB or hybrids. GPA and GPB are type I transmembrane sialoglycoproteins which traverse the RBC membrane lipid bilayer once and are orientated with their amino-termini to the outside of the RBC membrane.

GPA and GPB contribute most of the carbohydrate on the RBC membrane. The O-glycans on these two glycophorins carry most of the sialic acid and contribute to the net negative charge of the RBC. The negatively charged glycocalyx keeps RBCs from sticking to each other and to the endothelial cells of the blood vessels and protects the RBC from invasion by bacteria and other pathogens. GPA-deficient RBCs are more resistant to invasion by Plasmodium falciparum merozoites because sialic acid appears to be essential for adhesion of the parasite to the RBC.

An absence of GPA results in the Ena- phenotype. There are various deletions that give rise to the rare null phenotypes of En(a–). Alloanti-Ena has been reported to cause severe and even fatal hemolytic anemia.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
72
Q

According to AABB standards, what is the correct interpretation of the plateletspheresis quality control results below?

Unit # Platelet Count pH
1 3.2 X 1011 6.2
2 3.0 X 1011 6.4
3 3.4 X 1010 6.4
4 3.0 X 1011 6.4

QC passes
QC fails for platelet count
QC fails for pH
QC results are invalid

A

Correct: QC fails for platelet count
Unit #3 fails for platelet count, as such, the QC does not have a 90% pass rate for platelet count.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
73
Q

What are the minimum requirements for autologous units that are collected and transfused by the same facility?

ABO and Rh only
ABO, Rh, Antibody Screen
ABO, Rh, Antibody Screen, Crossmatch
ABO, Rh, Antibody Screen, Crossmatch, HBSAg testing

A

Correct: ABO and Rh

If the autologous unit is collected and transfused within the same facility, then only the ABO and RH need be performed.

You would still have to crossmatch the unit prior to transfusing, but this question is asking which donor tests are required.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
74
Q

Red Blood Cells of the Inab phenotype, have membranes that are deficient in:

Decay accelerating factor (DAF)
Glycophorin A
sialic acid
phospholipids

A

correct: Decay Accelerating Factor (DAF)

DAF is a rbc membrane protein that protects cells from complement mediated damage. RBCs which are null for Cromer system antigens, are known as the Inab phenotype, and these cells are deficient in DAF.

Inab = cromer negative, cromer antigen is on DAF

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
75
Q

A patient was crossmatched with 9 units of RBCs, one of which was incompatible. The patient has a negative antibody screening test. If all of the pretransfusion tests were valid, which of the following explanations is NOT a plausible cause for the incompatibility:

Patient has an antibody directed against a low frequency antigen
Incompatible donor has a positive DAT
Patient has an anti-Bga
Patient has an antibody directed against a high frequency antigen

A

correct: Patient has an antibody directed against a high frequency antigen

An antibody directed against a high frequency antigen would have all or almost all panel cells positive, as well as all or almost all crossmatches as incompatible.

The question asks which choice is NOT a possible cause.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
76
Q

An SOP is written for a blood donor center regarding ABO and Rh testing of donors. The section on Rh testing specifies that the Rh control must be tested along with the anti-D for each donor, and the results read and interpreted at immediate spin.
Which statement below best describes this SOP?

SOP must not include use of Rh control
SOP must include instructions for the testing for weak D
SOP is acceptable as written
SOP must include DAT testing on all donors

A

correct: SOP must include instructions for the testing for weak D

For blood donors, results which are negative at immediate spin must be tested for weak D, and the interpretation made from the weak D test results.

An Rh control need not be tested for donors, but this is not the best description for this SOP.

It is not un-safe to use Rh control for donors, although it is not cost effective. Facilities may use procedures which are more strict than the standards and regulations.

It IS unsafe not to perform weak D testing, as a D+ donor may be mistakenly labeled as Rh negative, if only the IS results are read.

SO for this question, you are tasked with deciding what needs to be in the SOP. And the short answer is, if your policy requires you to do something, then the SOP(s) must include specific instructions on how to do the required element.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
77
Q

A patient is tested for type and screen and gives the following results.
ABO: anti-A = O anti-B = O
Rh: anti-D (IAT results) = 2+ Rh Control = 2+
Antibody Screen (IAT results): SCI = 2+ SCII = 2+ AC = 2+

What is the most likely explanation for these results?

patient has an alloantibody directed against a low frequency antigen
patient has a warm autoantibody
patient has multiple allo-antibodies
patient has an alloantibody directed against a high frequency antigen

A

correct: patient has a warm autoantibody

The SCI, SCII and AC are all 2+, and the positive Rh control suggests a positive DAT.

Of the choices listed, the warm autoantibody is the best selection.

Multiple alloantibodies would not give a positive autocontrol (unless the person were transfused recently, which we do not suspect, since it was not mentioned for this problem).

An antibody to a high/low frequency antigen, would not typically cause a positive auto control

Because the patient has a probable WAA, the interference at IAT in the anti-D testing makes sense.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
78
Q

Monoclonal antibodies are produced by:

Adsorbing out other antibodies
Hybridomas
T-cells
Cancer cells

A

correct: Hybridomas

A hybridoma is a cell created by fusing two cell lines. A hybridoma will produce numerous copies of the same antibody, and is used to produce monoclonal antibodies.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
79
Q

Characteristics of PCH include:

The antibody is usually IgM
The antibody has P specificity
The antibody is nonreactive with enzyme treated cells
All of the above are true

A

correct: antibody has P specificity.

PCH is caused by a biphasic, IgG antibody, which does react with enzyme treated cells.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
80
Q

Which is the correct interpretation of the results derived from the saliva inhibition study?

A cells B cells O cells

saliva + anti-A + O O
saliva + anti-B O O O
saliva + anti-H O O O

Group A secretor
Group A non-secretor
Group B secretor
Group B non-secretor

A

correct: group B secretor

In agglutination inhibition tests, the presence of either antigen or antibody is detected by it’s ability to inhibit agglutination in a system with known reactants. The saliva from a secretor contains soluble blood group antigens that combine with anti-A, -B,or -H.

The indicator system is a standardized dilution of antibody that agglutinates the corresponding cells. If the saliva contains blood group substances, incubating the saliva with antibody will wholly or partially abolish agglutination of cells added to the incubated mixture.

The absence of expected agglutination indicates the presence of soluble antigen in the material under test. Agglutination of the indicator cells is a negative result. (Tech Manual page 257)

In this question, the individual’s saliva is incubated with anti-A, anti-B, and anti-H. A, B, or O cells are added to the corresponding tube of antibody and saliva. If the individual wasn’t a secretor, all the tubes would have shown agglutination.

The anti-A plus the saliva and A cells showed agglutination, that indicates no A substance in the saliva. The anti-B plus the soluble B substance in the saliva binds the anti-B, so when the B cells are added, there’s no antibody left to agglutinate the B cells, indicating the presence of B substance.

The secretor also has soluble H substance which results in binding the anti-H, so the H antigen on the O cells can’t agglutinate either.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
81
Q

Transfusion of Ch+ (Chido +) red cells to a patient with anti-Ch has been reported to cause:

clinically significant immune red cell destruction
no clinically significant red cell destruction
decreased Cr51 red cell survival
febrile transfusion reaction

A

correct: No clinically significant red cell destruction

Anti-Ch is not clinically significant, and does not cause significant red cell destruction, reduced Cr51 survival or febrile transfusion reactions

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
82
Q

Which marker below is an adequate marker to determine the success of an apheresis peripheral stem cell collection?

CD34
Lea
IL-&
HPA-1

A

Answer: CD34

CD34 is a surface marker on hematopoietic stem cells. It can be used to promote collecting stem cells from the cord blood or peripheral circulation by use of columns that preferentially attract the CD34 markers.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
83
Q

A 50 year old female is admitted for elective surgery. She has no history of transfusion, and two previous pregnancies, both of which ended in miscarriage. Her pretransfusion testing results are as follows:

ABO/Rh O Positive

Antibody Screen:

                	37C	AHG Screen cell I	O	2+ Screen cell II	O	2+ Screen cell III	O	2+ Autocontrol	O	2+

Crossmatch

37C AHG

Donor 1 O 2+
Donor 2 O 2+
Donor 3 O 2+

Which step below will be the most efficient and provide the most useful information in determining the transfusion recommendations for this patient?

perform an elution
Perform a pre-warm antibody screen and crossmatch
Perform a warm autoadsorption and test for underlying alloantibodies
perform a warm allo-adsorption using selected rr cells and test for underlying alloantibody

A

Correct; Perform a warm autoadsorption and test for alloantibody

The question asks for the next BEST step.

This patient appears to have a warm reacting broad spectrum autoantibody. All screen cells, crossmatches and the autocontrol were all positive.

If you perform an elution, what result would you obtain? Most likely every cell will be 2+ or stronger. This patient has not been transfused, so we are not going to see any alloantibodies in the eluate. SO if the eluate only serves to further illustrate the warm autoantibody, it is not giving you NEW information. You might do the eluate to have a complete antibody ID profile, but the eluate is not the NEXT step.

The best next step will give you a new piece of information, not simply confirm your presumptive warm autoantibody. The woman has had previous pregnancies, so she is capable of producing allo antibodies, having been exposed to foreign RBCs.

There is no reason to do a pre-warm technique. The antibody is not reacting at 37C, not did it interfere with the ABO testing. And how do we know that? Simple-because the question did not reference any discrepancy in ABO testing.

There is no reason to alloadsorb this patient’s serum. She has not been recently transfused. In the presence of a warm auto, we would not use just one cell to adsorb-we would use typically three cells, with varied phenotypes for common blood group antigens, in order to separate out antibody specificities. But there is no evidence that any allo antibodies are present. Still too early to tell.

SO the best approach is to do a warm autoadsorption. This will remove autoantibody and leave behind any underlying alloantibodies which may be present.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
84
Q

A pregnant female of 32 years types as O negative. Reactivity is consistent with anti-D and anti-C identified in the plasma. Sandy Squirrel decides to perform adsorption/elution studies. Sandy adsorbs neat patient plasma onto selected r’r cells and runs the adsorbed plasma with the cells below (2nd reaction column). Sandy then eluates the r’r cells and labels the final column as r’r adsorbed eluate.

Based on the reactions below, what is the initial assessment of the adsorption/elution studies?

probable anti-C only
probable anti-D and anti-C
probable anti-G only
probable anti-D, anti-C and anti-G

A

Correct: probable anti-D and anti-C

Assume the patient has all three antibodies, anti-D, anti-C and anti-G.

Adsorbing neat patient plasma onto a r’r cell would selectively remove anti-C and anti-G leaving anti-D left in the supernatant adsorbed plasma. Resulting adsorbed r’r plasma ran with with any D+ cell would clarify if true anti-D had developed.

The red cells are then eluted and ran with a C+ and C- cell. If both react the presence of anti-G is probable. In this case only one cell reacted indicating the presence of anti-C wit no anti-G present.

This is an important concept and almost always an anti-G question pops up on the SBB exam. Please make sure to ask questions and study this concept heavily prior to challenging the exam.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
85
Q

Following large doses of IV penicillin, a patient is suspected to have developed a factor VIII inhibitor. The physician orders a mixing study and the following results are obtained:

mixing study = no correction

What is the interpretation of the mixing study.

probable factor VIII inhibitor present
factor VIII inhibitor not present
probable factor deficiency
perform a reptilase test instead

A

Correct: probable factor VIII inhibitor present

Fresh normal plasma has all the blood coagulation factors with normal levels. If the problem is a simple factor deficiency, mixing the patient plasma 1:1 with plasma that contains 100% of the normal factor level results in a correction in vitro. The PT or PTT will be normal (the mixing study shows correction). Correction with mixing indicates factor deficiency; failure to correct indicates an inhibitor. Performing a thrombin time on the test plasma can provide useful additional information for the interpretation of mixing tests.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
86
Q

A peripheral smear with increased polychromasia, schistocytes and spherocytes is indicative of which condition?
Aplastic anemia
Iron deficiency anemia
Hemolytic anemia
Megaloblastic anemia

A

correct: Hemolytic anemia

Megaloblastic anemia would show larger, less mature RBCs on the smear.

Iron deficiency anemia would show hypochromasia, and a lower RBC count.

Aplastic anemia would show very little amounts of mature RBCs on the smear

Hemolytic anemia results in misshapen RBCs and inconsistent RBC appearance because of the rapid RBC destruction. Because the RBCs have as shortened survival, pieces of the membrance can break off resulting in spherocytes and schistocytes.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
87
Q

Which of the following treatments is most useful when distinguishing between anti-D and anti-Lw?
Choloroquine
Cord cells
Ficin
Dithiothreitol

A

Answer: Dithiothreitol (DTT)

LW antigens require divalent cations (e.g., Mg2+) for expression and have intramolecular disulfide bonds that are sensitive to dithiothreitol (DTT) treatment.

DTT treatment is helpful to differentiate anti-LW from anti-D, because the D antigen is resistant to DTT while LW antigen is sensitive to DTT.

LW antigens are expressed equally well on group O D-positive and D-negative cord blood red cell.

While anti-LW and anti-D can be differentiated with cord cells (see image), the use of them is not considered a treatment as the question states. DTT is the MOST correct answer.

Ficin breaks down proteins.

Chloroquione dissociates bound antibody from RBCs and destroys HLA antibodies; it will not disrupt disulfide bonds.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
88
Q

The American Society for Apheresis (ASFA) Applications Committee is responsible for a review and categorization of clinical decision making for therapeutic apheresis. Which of the following definitions below defines a category IV?

  1. Decision making should be individualized. Optimum role of apheresis therapy is not yet established for the disorder.
  2. Disorders for which apheresis is accepted as first-line therapy.
  3. Disorders in which published evidence demonstrates or suggests apheresis to be ineffective or harmful.
  4. Disorders for which apheresis is accepted as a standalone treatment or in conjunction with other modes of treatment.
A
  1. Disorders in which published evidence demonstrates or suggests apheresis to be ineffective or harmful.

Answer 1 is Category III

Answer 2 is Category I

Answer 4 can be applied to Category I and II.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
89
Q

Which of the following donors is eligible to donate?

Wife of a patient with active Hepatitis ; they are living together; last sexual contact was 18 months ago.

Former prostitute; married with no high-risk behavior for 10 years

Male who had sex with another male 11 months ago

Male jailed for 7 days, 15 months ago

A

Correct: Male jailed for 7 days, 15 months ago

AABB standards (32nd ed):

Incarceration for more than 72 consecutive hours defers the donor for 12 months from the date of release. Because this donor was released 15 months ago, he is eligible.

A person living with an individual with active Hepatitis is deferred. There would also be deferral for 12 months from the date of the last sexual contact. Once the infection is no longer present, the donor is eligible 12 months from the date the spouse’s infection is deemed as no longer present.

Potential donors who have taken money or drugs for sex since 1977 are indefinitely deferred.

Males who have had sexual relations with other males are deferred for 12 months after the last date of sexual contact. (recently changed due to COVID-19, however ASCP is currently using pre-pandemic donor requirements!)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
90
Q

A Native American woman who is group A Positive delivered a group O Rh positive infant. The baby was noted to be jaundiced 6 hours after birth and had a 3+ DAT. The mother’s antibody screen had been negative before delivery and an eluate prepared from the infant’s cells was also non-reactive with a routine antibody ID panel, A1 and B cells.

Which of the following cells should be tested to possibly assist in identification of the antibody?

Doa
Dia
Cha
Coa

A

Correct: Dia

The clues here are as follows: You want to look for an antibody that is capable of causing a significant HDFN.

Anti-Cha is an antibody with high titer, low avidity (HTLA) characteristics. The antigen is not an integral part of the RBC membrane but rather is formed in the fluids and adsorbs onto the RBC. The antibody has weak reactivity and a low binding ability. The antigens are not fully developed at birth and the antibody is weak and not capable of causing HDFN. So you can rule out that antibody right away. In addition, you would likely see weaker reactions at AHG in the mom’s serum tested with the antibody panel, and the infant DAT would be negative.

Doa is an antigen that is expressed as a part of the RBC membrane, Anti-Doa can cause HTR, but does not typically cause HDFN. The antigen is present on about 65% of individuals from Northern European descent, so again, the antibody would likely react in a routine antibody ID panel.

Coa is a high frequency antigen, so an anti-Coa in the eluate would have reacted with all panel cells and the A1, B cells as well. IT would also show up in the serum. Anti-Coa is capable of causing HDFN, but the pattern of reactivity here does not correspond to the results for this situation.

Dia is a low prevalence antigen in Caucasians, African Americans, African individuals and European individuals. The antigen is positive in approximately 11% of Native Americans, about 2% in South Americans, 12% in Japanese, 5% in Chinese and 1% in Hispanic populations . The antibody is capable of causing HDFN. So the pattern displayed in this case is consistent with the antigen and antibody. It is likely that the panel cells are lacking Dia antigen since the majority of donors (of blood components and reagent RBCs tend to be Caucasian).

In a case like this, you would want to focus on testing cells positive for low prevalence antigens. You could also test the father’s cells to determine if it is in fact an antibody causing hemolysis, but the strong positive DAT (3+) already tells you that there is an antibody present. SO testing the father’s cells in a case where the DAT is so strong is not likely to give you additional information.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
91
Q

Which of the following statements is true regarding the donation of red blood cells by automated methods?

The deferral period after the donation of a combination of a single unit of red cells and a single unit of platelets by apheresis is 16 weeks.

The copper sulfate method of determining hematocrit cannot be used to qualify a donor for double red cell donation.

Donor weight and donor hematocrit requirements for double red cell donation are the same as those for whole blood donation.

Double red cell donation is associated with a higher frequency of reactions compared to whole blood.

A

Correct: The copper sulfate method of determining hematocrit cannot be used to qualify a donor for double red cell donation.

AABB requires a quantitative method for determining hemoglobin/HCT, with a minimum Hematocrit of 40% from both genders of donors.

“The deferral period after the donation of a combination of a single unit of red cells and a single unit of platelets by apheresis is 16 weeks.” is a false statement. If a single unit of RBCs is collected, then we treat it the same as a routine WB donation, so the deferral period is 8 weeks.

“Donor weight and donor hematocrit requirements for double red cell donation are the same as those for whole blood donation” is also a false statement. WB donors have no height requirement-only a minimum weight requirement of 110 pounds. RBC apheresis donors have minimum weight and height requirements based on gender. Males minimum height is 5’1” and minimum weight of 130 pounds. Females have a minimum height of 5’5” and weight of 150 pounds

“Double red cell donation is associated with a higher frequency of reactions compared to whole blood.” There is no evidence to support this statement. In fact, the opposite is true. Apheresis donors are typically selected from donors who have had multiple donations, so are more prepared for the effects of blood donation. Even in first time apheresis donors, the rates of donor reactions are not higher than with WB donors.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
92
Q

A hospital orders 20 units of group O RBCS from the blood supplier. Upon arrival to the hospital transfusion service, the technologist reads the thermometer in the RBC shipping container and it reads 9oC. What is the correct course of action?

Refuse delivery of the RBCs because the temperature is too high

Accept delivery of the RBCs, but they must be used within 24 hours of arrival time

Quarantine the units for 24 hours and observe them for hemolysis. If the visual inspection is acceptable, the units may be released from quarantine and used.

Accept the units and process as per SOP.

A

Correct: Accept the units and process as per SOP.

AABB Standards states that Whole Blood and RBC components may be transported (shipped) at 1-10oC. Therefore the shipment is acceptable.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
93
Q

RBC Storage times vary with the anticoagulant/preservative used. Which of the following is properly paired?

Citrate-phosphate-dextrose (CPD): 35 days
Additive solution (AS): 47 days
Citrate-phosphate-dextrose-adenine (CPDA)-1: 21 days
Citrate-phosphate-dextrose-dextrose (CP2D): 21 days

A

Correct: Citrate-phosphate-dextrose-dextrose (CP2D): 21 days

CP2D is an anticoagulant and preservative used for collection of WB from donors, but it is only licensed for storage for 21 days at 1-6C.

Citrate-phosphate-dextrose (CPD): is also only licensed for 21 day storage. (If you add the preservative solution to this you can extend the life to 42 days)

Additive solution (AS): is licensed to extend the expiration date to 42 days.

Citrate-phosphate-dextrose-adenine (CPDA)-1: has an expiration of 35 days

AABB Standards 30th ed section 5.1.6A is a chart of storage, transport and expiration for various components.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
94
Q

A 71-kg patient in disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC) has a hematocrit of 30% and a fibrinogen level of 90 mg/dL. How many units of Cryoprecipitated AHF should be administered to achieve a fibrinogen level of 200 mg/dL?

3 units
10 units
14 units
30 unit

A

Standard empiric dosing consists of 10 units followed by an assessment of effect through coagulation testing. If Cryo AHF is being used to replace fibrinogen, the number of units necessary to reach this goal can be calculated. Similarly, if it is being used to replace Factor VIII, a dose can be calculated.

The calculation to determine the dose of Cryo AHF to reach a desired fibrinogen level is as follows:

65mL/Kg is the average blood volume of a person

  1. calculate TBV: Weight (kg) x 65 mL/ kg = blood volume (mL)

71Kg x 65mL/Kg = 4,615 mL

  1. calculate PV: Blood volume (mL) x (1.0 - hematocrit) = plasma volume (mL)

4,615mL x (1.0 - 0.30) = 3,230.5 mL

  1. calculate mb fibrinogen needed: (Desired fibrinogen level in mg/dL - initial level) x plasma volume/ 100mL.dL = mg fibrinogen needed

(200 mg/dL - 90 mg/dL) x 3,230.5mL/100dL = 110 mg/dL x 32.306 dL = 3,553.66 mg

  1. calculate number of bags required: mg fibrinogen needed / 250 mg fibrinogen per bag = number of bags required

3,553.66 mg fibrinogen needed /250 mg per bag = 14 units of cryoprecipitate

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
95
Q

Which of the following statements concerning West Nile Virus (WNV) is true?

Infected humans can transmit the virus to mosquitos, completing the virus’s life cycle

West Nile Virus testing is performed via NAT for all US blood donors

The main reservoir for the virus is rodents

West Nile Virus testing via ELISA is mandated by the FDA

A

Correct: West Nile Virus testing is performed via NAT for all US blood donors

Since 2003, West Nile VIrus testing via NAT has been performed on blood donors.

” Infected humans can transmit the virus to mosquitos, completing the virus’s life cycle” and “ The main reservoir for the virus is rodents “ are not true statements. Mosquitos feed off infected birds and then bite humans, infecting them with WNV.

” West Nile Virus testing via ELISA is mandated by the FDA.” is not a true statement because testing is performed via NAT, which is more sensitive.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
96
Q

Which of the following statements about transfusion transmitted Trypanosoma. cruzi and testing for T. cruzi is true?

T. cruzi can be transmitted via transfusion of RBCs, Frozen/Deglycerlyzed RBCs and platelets

T. cruzi is a retrovirus endemic in North America

The Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) has licensed a T. cruzi NAT for the detection of the parasite

T. cruzi is not a concern for peripheral blood progenitor cell products as it does not survive freezing in 5% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO)

A

Correct: T. cruzi can be transmitted via transfusion of RBCs, Frozen/Deglycerlyzed RBCs and platelets

Trypanosoma cruzi is a flagellate protozoan that causes Chagas Disease, and the CDC estimated in 2013 that over 300,000 people living in the US are infected with T. cruzi. Chagas disease is endemic in Central and South America and it is estimated that population has 8 million infected people.

T. cruzi can survive at room temperature, in refrigerated products and even can survive freezing and thawing, so the risk is very real for all blood components and transplanted organs and tissues.

Current blood donor testing in the US is via ELISA.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
97
Q

When 1,000 donors were tested, 75% were positive for C and 25% were negative for C; the gene frequency of C is:

0.75

0.86

0.5

0.25

A

Correct = 0.5 frequency for C gene

First, note the sample size is large (1,000). HW assumes large population.

Then, remember the HW equations:

  1. P2 + 2PQ + Q2 = 1.00 refers to PHENOTYPE frequency where:

P2 = C+ (homozygous for C) and negative for second allele

2PQ = C+ (heterozygous for both alleles)

Q2 = Negative for C (Homozygous for second allele)

Therefore Q2 = 25% or 0.25

  1. P+ Q = 1.00 refers to GENOTYPE frequency

Where P = one gene

Q = Allelic gene

If Q2 = 0.25, then the square root of Q = 0.5

P = 1.00-Q or 1.00 - 0.5 therefore P = 0.5

Frequency of C gene is 0.5

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
98
Q

A father carries the Xga trait and passes it on to all of his daughters but none of his sons. What type of inheritance does this represent?

Autosomal dominant

X-linked dominant

X-linked recessive

Autosomal recessive

A

Correct: X-linked dominant

We know this because only the daughters are affected. Autosomal inheritance would show equal distribution between sons and daughters. Also we know it has to be dominant. Girls inherit two X chromosomes, so a recessive trait would not display unless both parents had the trait. We would also not see a 100% inheritance rate for the girls. The sons are getting their X chromosome from the mother as they MUST inherit the Y chromosome from the father.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
99
Q

Restriction endonucleases characteristically function by…

promoting digestion of RNA

cleaving DNA into smaller fragments

terminating translation of mRNA

removing histones from the DNA strands

A

Correct: Restriction endonucleases characteristically function by… cleaving DNA into smaller fragments

Restriction endonucleases are derived from bacteria and function by cleaving DNA at specific sequences. Molecular scientists use this concept to remove a segment of DNA in a predictable, controlled fashion and “paste” it into another segment. They can also use the action of specific endonuclease enzymes to recognize a specific DNA sequence.

It is because these enzymes were discovered that scientists were able to develop the Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP) method of molecular testing.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
100
Q

Which of the following antibodies strongly agglutinates O cells and A2 cells, but either does not agglutinate, or only weakly agglutinates, A1 and A1B cells?

Anti-Lea

Anti-A1

Anti-A

Anti-H

A

Correct: Anti-H

The amount of H antigen present varies in quantity according to the blood group: O > A2 > B > A2 B > A1 > A1 B

Group A1 and A1B cells have so little H substance that many example will type as H negative, nor will they react with anti-H

Therefore an antibody that reacts strongly with O and A2 cells but not at all or weaker with A1 cells, is likely an anti-H

One classical example is the cold auto antibody IH. Typically autoanti-IH are developed by blood group A1 patients who express lower levels of H antigen on RBCs. Next time you observe a cold autoantibody, double check the blood group of the patient!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
101
Q

Why is anti-LebL the antibody of choice when phenotyping red blood cells?

It reacts best with O and A2 cells.

It is dependent on the ABH antigens.

It is neutralized by H substance.

It recognizes any Leb antigen independent of ABO type.

A

Correct: anti-LebL recognizes any Leb antigen independent of ABO type.

There are two forms of anti-Leb– Anti-LebH and Anti-LebL

Anti-LebH reacts best when both the Leb and H antigens are present.

Anti-LebL reacts with the Leb antigen regardless of ABO type.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
102
Q

Fresh frozen plasma that was thawed but not used in 24 hours should be relabeled as______?

recovered plasma

source plasma

thawed plasma

FFP can retain its labeling if it is refrozen within 24 hours.

A

correct: thawed plasma

If not used within 24 hours of thawing, FFP can be relabeled as thawed plasma. The words “fresh frozen” must be removed because the labile clotting factors, V and VIII are no longer at therapeutic, viable levels.

Recovered plasma is obtained as a by-product when making cryoprecipitate.

Source plasma is a term used by the FDA for those products collected from paid plasma donors.

It is never acceptable to re-freeze plasma once it has been thawed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
103
Q

Of the following Rh gene complexes, which one gives rise to a red blood cell antigen that gives a positive reaction with anti-Rhi sera?

RHCe

RHcE

RHce

RHCE

A

Correct: RHCe

The SBB exam incorporates questions that ask about gene complexes rather than antigens, especially for the antibodies that react only with certain genetic features, such as anti-Rhi or anti-f

First, we need to know that anti-Rhi reacts only with cells that have C and e on the SAME chromosome.

Then we need to identify which Rh gene complex will create cells with C and e on the same chromosome.

Remember that there are three genes that work together to create a person’s RH genotype. The RHAG, RHD and RHCE genes.

RHD is the gene complex for Rh+. If the person is Rh-, then the genotype will be written without the RHD. On the SBB exam you might see the genotype, rather than the gene complex, so it would be RHDRHCe.

RHCe has both C and e on the same chromosome. (gene complex R1 or r’ depending on the D type)

RHcE is R2 or r” (depending on the D type)

RHce is Ro or r (depending on the D type)

RHCE is Rz or ry (depending on the D type)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
104
Q

A donor is missing the GYPA glycoprotein. Which choice below represents the expected RBC phenotype?

M+,N+,S-,s-,U-,Ena-,Mta-

M-,N-,S+,s+,Ena-,U+,Wrb-

Rhnull, Ena-, Fy(a-b-)

M-, N-, S-, s-, Ena-, Wrb-, Rhnull

A

Correct: M-,N-,S+,s+,Ena-,U+,Wrb-

Glycophorin A (GYPA) is an integral protein on the RBC membrane that carries the M, N, Ena, Wrb, Mta, antigens to name a few. (S, s, U are on Glycophorin B) GPA is an integral part of the RBC membrane, so lacking it results in some RBC abnormalities. These individuals will produce anti-Ena, which can react at a broad temperature range. The cells also have lower sialic acid.

SBB exam authors like to ask about the unusual phenotypes associated with missing glycophorins.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
105
Q

Which of the following statements concerning the P1 antigen and Anti-P1 is true?

Anti-P1 is predominantly an IgG antibody

The P1 antigen is expressed well on cord red cells, equal to that of adult red cells

Antibodies to P1 demonstrate variable reactivity with all red cells expressing P1

The P1 antigen is stable throughout the lifespan of RBCs

A

Correct: Antibodies to P1 demonstrate variable reactivity with all red cells expressing P1

The P1 antigen is poorly expressed at birth, and it can take up to 7 years for a child to fully produce the P1 antigens. In addition, the antigen expression varies greatly from person to person, so anti-P1 can have variable strength of reactions with cells that are P1+–not all cells will react at the same strength in all cases. The P1 antigen strength decreases during RBC storage. Anti-P1 is predominantly an IgM class antibody, although some examples of IgG do exist.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
106
Q

A 20 year old man presents with dry cough, headache, and fever for the past 7 to 10 days. Starting 3 days ago, he noted worsening malaise and shortness of breath as well as a darkening of his urine. His wife noted that his eyes were yellow. A complete blood count reveals a hematocrit of 15% and a white cell count of 60,000/uL. His platelet count is normal. Peripheral smear examination demonstrates clumping of the red cells. His DAT is positive with polyspecific antihuman globulin reagent, negative with anti-IgG, and positive with anti-C3. A chest radiograph shows patchy lower lobe infiltrates. Titers for Mycoplasma pneumoniae IgM antibodies were positive. Titers for IgG antibodies are negative. The patient’s forward and reverse ABO typings are discrepant. The most likely specificity of the antibody causing his anemia is:

Anti-Fya

Anti-HI

Anti-I

Anti-i

A

Correct: Anti-I

Patients who have an infection with Mycoplasma pneumoniae can sometimes produce a potent anti-I which can then cause transient episodes of acute, abrupt, hemolysis due to the strong cold autoagglutinin.

Adults have I antigen on their RBCS. Recall that at birth, neonatal cells are rich in i antgien, which is a single branched, simpler structured antigen. As the person matures, the antigens become branched and more complex to form the I antigens.

M. pneumoniae microorganisms have I antigen like structures on their surface, and the infected individual’s immune system produces an antibody that has anti-I specificity. Because adult cells are I+, this male is affected by the antibody, and is experiencing episodes of hemolysis. Once the infection clears, the antibody level drops. This is a transient condition.

The way I remember: M. pneumoniae is commonly referred to as ‘walking pneumonia” since symptoms can sometimes be mild and self limiting. Big I walks and little i doesn’t.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
107
Q

Persons who inherit the In(Jk) gene will exhibit:

Jk(a-b+) red blood cells that can elute anti-Jk3.

Jk(a+b-) red blood cells that can elute anti-Jka.

Jk(a+b-) red blood cells that can absorb anti-Jk3.

Jk(a-b-) red blood cells that can absorb anti-Jka.

A

Correct: Jk(a-b-) red blood cells that can absorb anti-Jka.

The In(Jk) gene is an inhibitor gene, and it prevents normal expression of Jk antigens on the RBC membrane. Therefore a person can be genetically Jka+, but not have fully expressed Jka antigen in detectable amounts on the RBC membrane. However, these cells can typical absorb anti-Jka.

While not all people who have the In(Jk) gene will be Jka+, and this answer will not be true in all cases, it is still the only correct response. Inheriting the In(Jk) gene results in phenotypically Jk(a-b-) RBCs, so you can rule out the other three choices.

This is a typical SBB exam question-it may not be true 100% of the time, but all the other options are not viable.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
108
Q

A 1 hour post platelet count was taken on a patient for each platelet transfusion over the past three days. Review the data below and select the answer that has the accurate corrected count increment for unit # W1055.

6,250

11,250

15,750

30,5000

A

Correct: 11,250

The formula to calculate corrected count increment (CCI) is:

(Post Transfusion Plt Count - Pre Transfusion Plt Count)(Body Surface Area)/Platelet count of unit (X1011)

Unit W1055 was transfused at Tuesday 10pm. The 1 hour post transfusion count is 70,000, pre transfusion count is 25,000, and the platelet count of the unit is 8 (X 1011).

70,000 - 25,000 = 45,000 platelet increment

The BSA is given to you in the problem as 2.0

(45,000)(2.0) / 8 = 11,250

Please note: Sometimes the SBB exam will give you a problem in which multiple units of platelets are transfused and the post-transfusion count is given only after the last unit is transfused.

If this is the case, then your equation changes.

Post Transfusion Plt Count - Pre Transfusion Plt Count)(Body Surface Area)

Platelet count of unit (X1011) If more than one unit transfused, divide by the number of PLATELETS transfused.

So let’s say the patient got two units of apheresis platelets, and one was 3.5 X 1011 and the other was 6.5 X 1011. You would add those together then use that number to divide by. SO you would divide by 10 (3.5 + 6.5 = 10) rather than only one platelet count.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
109
Q

How were Aua and Aub initially linked to the Lutheran system?

Enhanced by enzymes (trypsin)

Well-expressed on cord cells

Suppression by In(Lu) gene

Antigens are carbohydrate chains on the RBC membrane

A

Correct: Suppression by In(Lu) gene

You may not remember this from the reading, and may think this is too esoteric to include on the exam. But again, it is an example of an SBB exam question where you are called upon to use your reasoning skills. As you review the choices, three of them do not even apply to the Lutheran blood group system.

Lutheran antigens have been detected on fetal cells, but they are POORLY developed at birth, so we can rule out that answer. In addition, Lutheran antibodies are not enhanced by enzymes-they are unaffected, so we can rule that one out as well.

Lutheran antigens are glycoproteins, not carbohydrates so we can also rule out that choice. Auberger antigens are not present on RBCs that are Lu(a-b-)

From the perspective of the SBB authors, any blood bank topic is fair game. I included this question here because you will see a question or two on the exam with something that you have never thought to study (like the Auberger antigens).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
110
Q

Which statement is true concerning the Cartwright antigens?

The Ytb antigen is a strong immunogen and examples of Anti-Ytb are common

Cord blood tests as Yta negative.

The Yta is inherited as a dominant allele, and can inhibit the production of the Ytb antigen

Ytb is a high-frequency antigen.

A

Correct: Cord blood tests as Yta negative.

Yta and Ytb are antigens in the Yt system also know as the Cartwright system. Yta is the high frequency antigen, and Ytb is the low frequency antigen. They are co-dominant which means if inherited, both antigens are expressed. The antigens are developed at birth, but cord cells are much weaker expression than adult cells, and cord cells typically type as antigen negative.

Examples of Yta are reported, and can cause shortened RBC survival post transfusion, although the clinical significance varies greatly among examples of Anti-Yta.

Anti-Ytb is extremely rare, even in inviduals who are transfused with Ytb+ cells, so Ytb is not immunogenic.

This is another example of a typical SBB type question. We know that Yta is weakly expressed at birth, so we might be thinking that they are serologically Yta+. However, because of the weak expression, cells in the neonate type as Yta+. We need to be able to rule out unlikely answers based on a process of elimination. Because we know the other statements are NOT true, and we know that cord blood reacts weaker, then we are only left with the answer that the cells type as Yta-.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
111
Q

A patient who has been taking large dose of IV penicillin presents with a positive DAT and a hemolytic anemia. The following results are obtained:

Antibody Screen (AHG): SCI=O SCII=O SCIII=O AC=2+

DAT: POLY = 2+ IgG=2+ C3=2+

Eluate: SCI = O SCII = O SCIII= O

What is the next best step?

Test the eluate and serum against penicillin coated cells

Treat the patient cells with penicillin and perform an autoadsorption

Adsorb the eluate with penicillin coated cells

Test the screening cells at IS and RT

A

Correct: Test the eluate and serum against penicillin coated cells

A patient who is taking large amounts of IV penicillin can develop an antibdy against the penicillin drug hapten. The antibdy can only be detected by testing the eluate and serum with penicillin coated cells

The question asks you to identify the BEST step. If we just test the eluate with penicillin coated cells, then we might know that the antibody coating the cells is penicillin specific. However, if we test both the serum and eluate, then we can know what is in BOTH the serum and on the cells. When choosing the “BEST” step, pick the option that will give you the most information the quickest.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
112
Q

The portion of the immunoglobulin molecule that determines class is the:

light chain.

kappa chain.

lambda chain.

heavy chain

A

Correct: Heavy Chain

It is the heavy chain portion of the Ig that determines class. The light chain (kappa or lambda) helps provide more antigen binding diversity to the Fab portion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
113
Q

An adult females arrives in the Emergency room. She is lightheaded, pale and appears to have some neurological impairment. Review the laboratory results below, correlate them with the patient history, and then select the answer below that is the most likely diagnosis for this case.

Lab Results:
Hgb = 10 gm/dL
HCT = 29%
Platelet Count = 10,000/ul
PT = 12 sec
aPTT = 29 sec
Thrombin Time = 16 sec
Fibrinogen = 250/mg/dL
FDP = 2/1 mg/L
LDH = 380/U/L
Reticulocytes = 5.1%
DAT = Negative
Haptoglobin = 20 mg/dL
Blood Culture = No growth at 48 hours
Indirect Bilirubin = 3.5 mg/dL
Creatinine = 0.3 md/dL

Hemoytic Uremic Syndrome (HUS)

Thrombotic Thrombocytopenia Purpura (TTP)

Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemia (AIHA)

Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation (DIC)

A

Correct: Thrombotic Thrombocytopenia Purpura (TTP)

There is a lot of information in this problem, and it is common for the SBB exam to give you values without normal ranges, so it is important that you know the normal values.

You can see right away that the Hgb and HCT are lower than expected. The Haptoglobin is also a little low (normal range is 30-200 mg/dL). The reticulocyte count is also above the normal range (0.5% to 1.5%), and LDH is elevated, so it is clear there is a hemolytic process happening.
Remember the GENERAL rule of thumb: if the Haptoglobin is significantly decreased, and the reticulocytes are significantly increased, then the hemolysis is probablyhappening intravascularly. However if the haptoglobin is slightly decreased, and the reticulocyte count is only slightly increased, then the hemolysis is probably happening extravascularly. This is a general guideline for you-the values may vary somewhat, and there is not specific number that separates a “slight” increase from a “significant” increase.

SO, we have some hemolysis, although it is not due to antibody since the DAT is negative, so we can rule out AIHA.

You can see that the coagulation tests are normal, so we can rule out DIC.

The platelet count is severely decreased and we have it narrowed down to HUS and Thrombotic Thrombocytopenia Purpura, both of which can cause thrombocytopenia.

HUS is a condition caused by a triad of pathologies-A Hemolytic anemia, kidney failure and thrombocytopenia. It primarily affects children rather than adults, although some adult cases have been reported. In addition, it generally is associated with infections, bloody diarrhea, and more significant symptoms. On the SBB exam, if you see a case of HUS, it will most likely be in a child. So while we have a significant thrombocytopenia, the hemolytic process not at a critical stage as we would expect in HUS (Hgb =10, HCT = 29, Retics only slightly elevated, Haptoglobin only slightly decreased).
The creatinine, which can help pinpoint a kidney problem is slightly decreased at 0.3mg/dL in this case (normal range is 0.6 to 1.2 mg/dL). In HUS the creatinine would be HIGHER than normal, indicating kidney failure. Also, in kidney failure she would likely be bloated, retaining fluids, and showing signs of tachycardia.

In TTP, large vWF multimers are not broken down due to a deficiency of ADAMTS13. The vWF multimers increase platelet adhesion and clumping, so they are consumed and the platelet count drops. As a result, ischemia occurs, which is a blockage of the blood vessels resulting in lower oxygenation to tissues, due to the platelet clumping and large multimers. TTP also involves hemolytic process (side note that it is differentiated from Immune Thrombocytopenia Purpura (ITP) because ITP does not typically involve hemolysis).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
114
Q

Which of the following is not true of monoclonal reagents?

Monoclonal reagents are produced for single antigens with more than one epitope.

Monoclonal reagents are highly specific.

Monoclonal reagents are highly characterized and are uniformly reactive.

Monoclonal reagents are produced by hybridoma technology.

A

Correct: Monoclonal reagents are produced for single antigens with more than one epitope.

The question is asking which is NOT true. Monoclona reagents are prepared to be specific to a single epitope of an antigen-not multiple epitopes.

Reasons that we produce monoclonal antibodies are that they are highly specific and uniformly reactive. Monoclonals are produced via hybridoma technology.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
115
Q

Which of the following statements concerning equipment is true?

Requires software to function

Quality control is not needed for critical steps

Frequency of preventative maintenance is determined by manufacturer recommendations.

All equipment in a laboratory must be purchased from one manufacturer.

A

Correct: Frequency of preventative maintenance is determined by manufacturer recommendations.

Not all equipment must come from one manufacturer, nor does all equipment require software to run. Quality control is required for critical steps in the assay and equipment function.

When writing your Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), you need to refer to the manufacturer’s recommendations for preventative maintenance. Proper maintenance of equipment is critical to its ability to produce accurate and reproducible results.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
116
Q

When a new assay is implemented, what measure is taken to determine equivalency ?

Lot to lot testing of new and old lot numbers of reagent

Work-flow reorientation

Daily quality control

Calibration

A

Correct: Lot to lot testing of new and old lot numbers of reagent

Equivalency means that two similar things are shown to be nearly equal. Of the concepts listed here as choices, only “lot to lot testing” shows a level of equality.

Work-flow reorientation may be necessary when implementing new equipment, but this is not going to show equivalency between old and new techniques.

Quality control and calibration are designed to show that a process is in compliance at a certain point in time. Depending on what you are implementing, the calibration and QC values may or may not correspond.

Only lot to lot testing of old and new reagents will show equivalency. Reagents should perform in a similar fashion regardless of the equipment used.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
117
Q

Which statement concerning compliance programs is false?

Programs are designed to evaluate effectiveness of blood bank laboratories.

Programs provide an opportunity to expose new and different problems.

Compliance is associated with organization-wide quality assurance.

Compliance inspections are typically conducted every 1 to 2 years.

A

Correct: Programs are designed to evaluate effectiveness of blood bank laboratories.

The question is asking which response is FALSE.

The purpose of compliance programs is not to evaluate the effectiveness of a blood bank laboratory. The word “compliance” means following established guidelines/regulations. It means you are “following the rules”. Compliance is not a measure of the effectiveness of your organization. Your facility may be following all established rules, but not operating effectively in terms of other measures like customer satisfaction, efficiency of workflow, etc.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
118
Q

Which part of quality assurance ensures that products are consistently manufactured according to, and controlled by, the quality standards appropriate for their intended use?

Quality control

Reproducibility

Delta check

Good manufacturing practices

A

Correct: Good manufacturing practices

Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP–or sometimes written as cGMP for “current” GMP). These are practices that are incorporated into pre-analytic, analytic, and post-analytic parts of the processes. These practices, when implemented, will foster consistent manufacturing practices, and establish controls for the processes.

While quality control and reproducibility are important concepts, they are not enough to assure consistency.

Delta checks are comparisons of consecutive test results for one patient, and are used to determine if the patient’s status is changing over time.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
119
Q

Which of the following provides just cause for a product recall by the FDA?

The donor blood pressure reading was omitted in donor screening.

An A-positive packed RBC unit was labeled as an A-negative packed red blood cell unit.

An autologous unit was found reactive for anti-HBc

A therapeutic whole blood unit had a hematocrit of greater than 80%.

A

Correct: An A-positive packed RBC unit was labeled as an A-negative packed red blood cell unit.

The FDA requires blood centers to report errors that affect safety, purity, potency (SPP). If an A positive RBC is mistakenly given to an Rh negative person because of a labelling error, then the patient may have an adverse response. This is a safety issue. It is also considered “misbranding”, which is FDA reportable.

If the donor blood pressure reading was omitted in donor screening, that is an error, but it does not affect the SPP of the donated blood. That question is there to protect the donor-not the patient.

If an autologous unit was found reactive for anti-HBc, that is not cause for alarm since the unit is acceptable for autologous use only.

If a therapeutic whole blood unit had a hematocrit of greater than 80%, then that is not FDA reportable because the unit is being discarded. It is a therapeutic procedure, not a procedure designed to collect a unit for transfusion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
120
Q

At a minimum, all of the following must be included on the tissue receipt records, except:

Tissue Identification Number (TIN)

Expiration date (if applicable)

Condition of the tissue and who received it/inspected it upon arrival

Donor’s birth date

A

Correct: Donor’s birth date.

Because we are talking about tissue receipt records, the donor demographic information is not important. The DOB is required for the Tissue collection facility, but not required as part of receipt records.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
121
Q

As part of postemployment departmental training, a medical technologist was given 10 known blood samples to analyze for ABO specificity. This is referred to as:

recertification.

a competency assessment.

education

a proficiency test.

A

Correct: Competency assessment

Competency assessment is a way to measure that the employee has both the knowledge and skills to perform their job.

Recertification is a process in which an individual must re-obtain professional certification.

Education can either be formal education or training, but it is something that happens BEFORE an employee is allowed to work on a specific task, so it happens BEFORE competency assessment.

Proficiency testing determines the performance of individual laboratories for specific tests or measurements and is used to monitor laboratories’ continuing performance. It measures LABORATORIES, not individuals. As a manager, you can certainly include it as part of your employee evaluation, but that is not enough by itself for competency assessment

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
122
Q

Why is the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) notified in the case of a transfusion-related fatality?

To recall all banked units

To disclose the name of the deceased

To determine if appropriate corrective action has been taken to prevent recurrence

To report all reagent lot numbers used in typing deceased patient

A

Correct: To determine if appropriate corrective action has been taken to prevent recurrence

CBER, which is a part of the FDA, is largely concerned with blood safety. To that end, it is important to that entity that the corrective actions be evaluated to prevent future fatalities if possible.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
123
Q

During the morning run, the computer system went offline for maintenance. This situation is appropriately referred to as_____________, and there should be a backup system in place.

break time

downtime

a disaster

backload

A

Correct: Downtime

While you may take a break, curse your backlog and consider it a disaster, the official term for this event is “downtime”. A disaster is a more dramatic event that disrupts your daily operations in many ways, not just the computer being unavailable.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
124
Q

How can information systems in a blood center assist the managerial staff?

By isolating the HIV-positive components in the freezer

By tabulating deficiencies in cap surveys

By providing reports for monitoring the number of donors deferred

None of the above

A

Correct: By providing reports for monitoring the number of donors deferred

An information system itself will not isolate the components in the freezer. It may be that the components automatically get a “quarantine” status, but their physical locations will not change unless someone moves them.

An information system is not by itself going to track proficiency failures in CAP. And this is not the best method for tracking failures. Someone should review the CAP results as they become available and not wait for a LIS to identify them.

A LIS is ideally suited to help monitor the number of donor deferrals, and also well suited for preparing reports

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
125
Q

What is the correct biochemical composition of the RBC membrane?

52% protein, 40% lipid, 8% carbohydrate

40% protein, 8% lipid, 52% carbohydrate

8% protein, 52% lipid, 40% carbohydrate

8% lipid, 40% carbohydrate, 52% protein

A

Correct: 52% protein, 40% lipid, 8% carbohydrate

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
126
Q

What would the hemoglobin-oxygen dissociation curve depict in a patient exhibiting clinical signs of alkalosis?

Normal

Shift to the left

Shift to the right

None of the above

A

Correct: Shift to the Left

A shift to the left indicates increased hemoglobin affinity for oxygen and an increased reluctance to release oxygen as the tissues typically would not “need” more O2 (IE there isn’t an excess of CO2 present)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
127
Q

Which of the following does NOT cause DIC?

Obstetric complications

Hemophilia

Sepsis

Transfusion Reaction

A

Correct: hemophilia

Disseminated intravascular coagulation is a condition in which small blood clots develop throughout the bloodstream, blocking small blood vessels. The increased clotting depletes the platelets and clotting factors needed to control bleeding, causing excessive bleeding.

Typically it is caused by some additional substance that enters the blood stream. So the conditions of obstetric complications, sepsis and transfusion reactions will all result in “something new” being produced that enters the blood stream. Hemophilia is a condition in which blood will not properly clot, but does not result in an “additional” substance to be produced that will cause DIC.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
128
Q

A 60 year old woman presents to her physician with complaints of unexplained bruising. She has no other complaints. Multiple ecchymoses are seen on her arms and legs. She has a history of uncomplicated cholecystectomy, hysterectomy, and vaginal deliveries (three). Her medical history is otherwise unremarkable, and she is not currently on any medications. The compete blood count is normal, as is the PT. The aPTT is prolonged. The prolongation is not corrected by mixing with normal plasma. The mostly likely explanation for the patient’s findings is:

Type I vWD

Factor XII Inhibitor

Factor V deficiency

Acquired Factor VIII inhibitor

A

Correct: Acquired Factor VIII inhibitor

In this case, the aPTT is NOT corrected by mixing with normal human plasma. If there were a clotting factor deficiency, the addition of normal plasma would correct the aPTT. Therefore, you should be thinking in terms of an inhibitor-which would still affect the aPTT even if normal plasma were added, because the inhibitor would counteract the clotting factor in the sample.

So we are then left with a choice of two inhibitors Factor XII and Factor VIII. Factor XII deficiency does not result in abnormal coagulation, so the only choice left is Factor VIII deficiency

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
129
Q

A 64-year old female presents with a history of cough, fever, and right chest pain. After the appropriate workup, a diagnosis of deep right femoral vein thrombosis with pulmonary embolism is made. Symptoms resolve with bed rest and heparin anticoagulation. Long-term anticoagulation with warfarin is instituted and heparin is discontinued. Six months later, the patient is brought to the emergency room unresponsive. A computer tomography scan shows an intracerebral hemorrhage. Her INR is 9. The most effective immediate treatment is:

Prothrombin complex concentrate

Fresh frozen plasma

Intravenous (IV) vitamin K

Cryoprecipitated Antihemophiliac Factor (AHF)

A

Correct: Prothrombin complex concentrate

We are thinking here that warfarin inhibits vitamin K and so the cause of the bleeding is a lack of vitamin K dependent factors. SO the question is, what is the most effective IMMEDIATE treatment? We want to control the bleed.

We first give the prothrombin complex to provide an immediate source of missing clotting factors. We would also start this patient on vitamin K, but that will not have an immediate affect. Intravenous Vitamin K will allow the patient to produce clotting factors that are Vit K dependent, but this takes time to accomplish in sufficient amounts to have an effect on coagulation.

For the SBB exam, always choose the option that gives you the most effective treatment the fastest.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
130
Q

Which of the following statements concerning DIC is true?

Decreased levels of antithrombin III are associated with increased mortality

Protein C and protein S activity are increased

The presence of thrombocytopenia makes the diagnosis of DIC highly likely

Factor VIII:C levels are increased in most patients with DIC

A

Correct: Decreased levels of antithrombin III are associated with increased mortality

Anti-thrombin III inhibits the action of thrombin (which promotes clotting). If anti-thrombin III levels are low, then thrombin is allowed to act without control, and promotes clotting, further adding to the DIC problems. Low levels of the anti-thrombin III and it’s inhibitor activity are associated with higher levels of mortality.

Protein C and Protein S are often measured when diagnosing DIC, but their levels are usually decreased in DIC. The presence of thrombocytopenia is only one measure, and the fact that the patient is thrombocytopenic all by itself is not an indicator of DIC.

Factov VIII:C levels will be decreased in DIC

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
131
Q

A mild hemophiliac weighs 50 kg and has a Factor VIII activity of 10% and a hematocrit of 40%. he is scheduled to have minor surgery. How many units of Cryo would be required to raise the patient’s Factor VIII level to 50%?

6

9

11

14

A

Correct: 11 units of cryo

50kg X 70ml/kg = 3500ml Blood Volume

3500ml X (1.0-0.40) = 2100ml Plasma Volume

Desired FactorVIII - Initial FactorVIII = 50 - 10 = 40 units/dL = 0.4 units/mL (100 mL per dL)

0.4 units/ml X 2100ml (plasma volume) = 840 units

840 units / 80 units/bag = 10.5 bags of cryo, round up to 11

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
132
Q

A Kleihauer-Betke acid elution test can be used to determine the dose of RhIg in cases of fetomaternal hemorrhage (FMH). This test allows for the detection of:

D antigen

Hemoglobin F

I antigen

Anti-D

A

Correct: Hemoglobin F

The Kleihauer Betke Test uses an acid elution procedure. A smear of blood from the mother is exposed to an acid eluate, and the Hemolgobin A (adult hemoglobin) leaches out of the cell, leaving behind Hemoglobin F (Fetal hemoglobin). The amount of cells with the fetal hemoglobin are quantified and expressed as a percentage.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
133
Q

An AB positive mother has an infant with anemia and a positive DAT. The mother’s antibody screen is negative. You advise:

To screen the mother’s serum for antibody against a high-incidence antigen.

To screen the mother’s serum against the father’s red cells.

To perform an antibody panel on the infant’s serum.

To screen the mother’s serum for antibody against a low-incidence antigen

A

Correct: To screen the mother’s serum against the father’s red cells.

We know the infant is not suffering from the most common form of HDFN, ABO mediated, as the mother is not producing anti-A or anti-B. Therefore, we can suspect an alloantibody or some other hemolytic process not related to HDFN.

You want to perform the procedure that will tell you the most information the quickest. If you screen against a “low incidence” antigen cell, then which low incidence antigen will you select? Also we want to know right away if the infant’s anemia and DAT are caused by an alloantibody or some other process.

Testing against the father’s cells will tell us right away if this is HDFN or another hemolytic process.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
134
Q

A 65 year old man with chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) presents with a history of fatigue, jaundice, and dark-colored urine. Three weeks ago, he received a transfusion of 2 RBC units at an outside hospital for anemia. His hemoglobin is 7 g/dL. his DAT is 3+ with polyspecific reagent, 3+ with anti-IgG, and negative with anti-C3d. His antibody identification panel shows 3+ reactivity with all cells including the autocontrol. Which of the following tests is indicated in order to help identify compatible RBC units for transfusion?

Absorb the patient’s serum with rabbit erythrocyte stroma

Prewarm the patient’s sample and reagents when doing the testing.

Absorb the patient’s serum with his own enzyme-treated cells.

Absorb the patient’s serum with three enzyme treated red cells of complementary phenotype

A

Correct: Absorb the pateint’s serum with three enzyme treated red cells of complementary phenotype

We would normally want to do an auto adsorption for a warm auto, but remember that patients who have been transfused within the past 120 days have a mix of donor and original red cells in circulation and can therefore NOT be reliably phenotyped or autoadsorbed without first performing some kind of cell separation (like microhematocrit); this mixed population will cause erroneous results.
This patient has been recently transfused, so we cannot autoabsorb his serum. Autoabsorption would remove an autoantibody in order to find a clinically significant antibody masked underneath, but we already know he has a clinically significant antibody that was triggered by transfusion- we need to determine what it is.

We are not focusing here on a cold autoantibody, so performing a prewarm, or using rabbit stroma will not be helpful.

The recent transfusions and hemolytic process suggest alloantibodies, so performing absorptions with three aliquots of cells help to remove the autoantibody and identify alloantibodies. The enzymes will provide another clue to the puzzle whether he reacts or not, as it separates the common red cell antigens into categories of reactivity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
135
Q

A 65 year old male patient presents to the emergency department with new-onset jaundice. He is easily fatigued and breathless on exertion. His pulse rate is 120 bpm, and his hematocrit is 16%. The patient states that he has never been transfused. Blood bank evaluation indicates that the patient has a serum antibody that reacts with all reagent red cells and that his DAT is reactive. Two RBC units are ordered for urgent transfusion. You recommend:

Infusion of a crystalloid or colloid because a crossmatch-compatible unit will not be available.

The transfusion of 2 units of crossmatch-incompatible blood.

Withholding transfusion unless absolutely necessary.

That the blood bank continue to crossmatch units until compatible units are identified.

A

Correct: The transfusion of 2 units of crossmatch-incompatible blood.

This patient is in critical condition: tachycardia, breathless, jaundiced, low Hgb. He needs a transfusion right away, so we will have to give incompatible blood. While the RBC may have shortened survival, he may still get enough of a bump in hemoglobin to relieve his distress. It is clear that finding compatible units will not be a fast process, or even possible at all.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
136
Q

Graft-vs-host disease following hematopoietic progenitor cell (HPC) transplant occurs as a result of:

ABO incompatibility between the donor and recipient

Advanced patient age

Differences between donor and recipient sex

HLA incompatibility between the donor and the recipient

A

Correct: HLA incompatibility between the donor and the recipient

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
137
Q

Adequacy of collection of HPCs from apheresis is best assessed by enumerating the number of cells bearing which of the following antigens?

CD33

CD4

CD34

CD19

A

Correct: CD34

CD34 is a transmembrane phosphoglycoprotein protein encoded by the CD34 gene in humans, mice, rats and other species. CD34 derives its name from the cluster of differentiation protocol that identifies cell surface antigens. CD34 was first described on hematopoietic stem cells independently

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
138
Q

Primary hemostasis is the complex activation of platelet adhesion, activation, and secretion, followed by platelet aggregation. These physiologic changes require multiple interactions with platelet surface proteins and the underlying subendothelial matrix.

Which of the following proteins allows for platelets to adhere to the underlying subendothelial matrix?

Platelet GP1b complex

Platelet GPVI protein

Platelet GP29 protein

Platelet GP3C complex

A

The platelet GP1b complex is composed of GP1b-GPV-GPIX and allows for platelet adhesion by binding to von Willebrand factor.

The other major platelet glycoprotein involved in primary hemostasis, GP2b/3a, adheres platelets together to form the loose platelet plug before it is stabilized by fibrin.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
139
Q

The results of a Kleihauer-Betke stain indicate a fetomaternal bleed of 40 ml of whole blood. How many vials of Rh-immune globulin would be required?

1

2

3

4

A

Correct: 2

1 dose of RhIg protects against a bleed of 30ml fetal whole blood or 15ml fetal RBCs

40ml WB / 30 mL WB = 1.333 vials
Per AABB round down to 1 then add one dose for a total of 2 vials

AABB states that if the number to the right of the decimal is less than 5, round down and add one vial. If the number to the right of the decimal is 5 or above, round up then add one vial

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
140
Q

A type of neutralization substance for anti-P1 includes all of the following except

pigeon egg white

hydatid cyst fluid

Echinococcus cyst fluid

urine

A

Correct: urine

urine can be utilized in Anti-Sda neutralization, the remaining are used for Anti-P1

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
141
Q

In the autoabsorption procedure for the removal of cold autoagglutinins from serum, pre-treatment of the patient’s RBCs with which of the following reagents is helpful:

Ficin

Phosphate buffered saline

LISS

Chloroquine diphosphate

A

Correct: Ficin

For COLD autoantibodies, ficin is the reagent of choice for treating the patient cells. Chloroquine diphosphate will remove the antibody, but the treated cells will not absorb the cold auto as well as when they are ficin treated.

Per AABB:

METHOD 4-5. COLD AUTOADSORPTION PROCEDURE

Although most cold autoantibodies do not cause a problem in serologic tests, some potent cold-reactive autoantibodies may mask the concomitant presence of clinically significant alloantibodies. In these cases, adsorbing the serum in the cold with autologous red cells can remove the autoantibody, permitting detection of underlying alloantibodies. In the case of most nonpathologic cold autoantibodies, a simple quick adsorption of the patient’s serum with enzyme-treated autologous red cells will remove most cold antibody.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
142
Q

Which of the following serologic evaluations is most important in the assessment of a possible acute hemolytic transfusion reaction?

Antibody screen

Antibody identification panel

Direct antiglobulin test

Rh type

A

Correct: Direct antiglobulin test

In an acute HTR, performing the DAT will let us know if the hemolysis is due to an antibody.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
143
Q

A 65 year old woman is in the operating room for a complicated spinal surgical procedure. Multiple red cell units are expected to be required. The patient is group O positive. During the transfusion of the third unit of blood, the anesthesiologist notes that the patient is producing red urine. All vital signs are stable. The transfusion is stopped and a transfusion reaction investigation ensues. Which of the following is the LEAST likely explanation of this patient’s reaction?

Intravascular hemolytic transfusion reaction

Bacterial contamination of the third unit

Mechanical damage to red cells secondary to use of a cell saver device.

Bladder irritation from catheterization causing hematuria

A

Correct: Bacterial contamination of the third unit

The question asks which is LEAST likely. The patient is not experiencing any of the common clinical signs of bacterial infection such as increase in temperature, hypotension, or rigors.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
144
Q

A 2 year old child has a complex congenital heart defect in need of surgical repair. The procedure will require extracorporeal bypass and multiple units of blood will be needed. Near the end of the surgical procedure, a unit is transfused. Shortly thereafter the anesthesiologist notes the development of red urine. A blood sample obtained for intraoperative lab testing also reveals red serum. All vital signs are stable. The transfusion is stopped and a transfusion reaction workup is initiated. The transfusion reaction investigation is negative (ie clerical check is fine, pre and post transfusion DAT testing is nonreactive, and repeat ABO typing demonstrates no discrepancy) except for the visual inspection (ie red serum). This child likely experienced what type of reaction?

Intravascular hemolytic transfusion reaction

Delayed hemolytic transfusion reaction

No hemolysis; red serum and red urine are unrelated to transfusion

Mechanical hemolysis attributable to the bypass circuit.

A

Correct: Mechanical hemolysis attributable to the bypass circuit.

A causative antibody is not likely since the DAT is negative, so we then suspect mechanical cause of hemolysis.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
145
Q

According to federal regulations, requalification (reentry) of a donor is available for which of the following test results?

Positive anti-HIV-1/2 EIA with an indeterminate Western blot.

Positive HBsAg that is neutralizable

Positive anti-HCV EIA with a negative RIBA

Positive HIV-1 p24 antigen that is neutralizable

A

Correct: Positive anti-HCV EIA with a negative RIBA

Only donors who have positive screening tests with negative confirmatory tests are eligible for reinstatement.

The HBSAg and HIV-P24 are not eligible because their confirmatory tests are POSITIVE. Recall that in a neutralization assay, neutralization is a positive result; these are very similar to saliva studies/hemagglutination inhibition. We mix patient sample containing an ANTIGEN (in this case HBsAg substance and p24 substance), allow it to incubate with reagent corresponding antibody, and then add reagent red cells or another source of antigen. A positive result or agglutination means the antibody was NOT inhibited by the presence of antigen in patient serum and the reagent antibody was free to bind the reagent antigen and the patient did NOT have the substance in their serum. A negative result or absence of agglutination means there WAS substance in the patient serum that bound to reagent antibody and prevented it from binding to reagent antigen.

Indeterminate western blot for HIV is also not eligible for reinstatement

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
146
Q

What are the correct steps and interpretation of an antibody neutralization assay?

A

Patient serum incubated with neutralizing substance, treated serum then run with test cells. Negative result indicates presence of antibody.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
147
Q

The following results are obtained for Hepatitis C Testing:

HCV Nucleic Acid Testing: Reactive
Anti-HCV (IgM): Non-reactive
Anti-HCV (IgG): Reactive

Which answer below is the best interpretation of these results?

Acute infection

Infection is resolved

chronic infection

non-infectious for HCV

A

Correct = Chronic infection

In a chronic infection, IgG class anti-HCV and HCV viral RNA persist in the donor.

In an acute infection, the IgM class anti-HCV would be positive and the IgG class would be negative, signifying a primary immune response.

If the infection were resolved, the nucleic acid testing would no longer be positive because there would not still be virus circulating in the patient.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
148
Q

All of the following are indications for the use of leukoreduced blood components except:

To prevent and/or decrease the incidence of alloimmunization to HLA antigens in chronically transfused patients

To prevent febrile nonhemolytic transfusion reactions

To prevent reactivation of endogenous viral infections such as human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and cytomegalovirus (CMV).

To prevent and/or decrease the incidence of alloimmunization to HLA antigens in nonhepatic solid-organ transplantation

A

Correct: To prevent reactivation of endogenous viral infections such as human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and cytomegalovirus (CMV).

The question asks which one is NOT true.

Leukoreduction is not intended to prevent against viral diseases or their reoccurrence. While leukoreduction removes leukocytes which carry the CMV virus and can significantly reduce the chances of transmission, there is no guarantee that a previous infection will not reactivate, especially in immunocompromised recipients, and should not be ordered to ensure prevention.

The main indications for leurkoreduction include prevention of febrile reactions and HLA immunization.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
149
Q

All of the following are indications for the transfusion of washed RBCs except:

Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH)

Maternal red cells required for an infant with hemolytic disease of the fetus and newborn (HDFN) due to a high-incidence antibody.

A patient with Anti-IgG and Anti-IgA

The only unit of blood available for large volume transfusion of a neonate is a 21 day old, irradiated unit.

A

Correct: Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH)

The question is asking which one is NOT an indication.

For the other three choices, the problem for transfusion is something to do with the solution in which the RBCs is suspended, and not the RBCs themselves.

Maternal RBCs will lack the antigen to which the mother has produced the antibody that is causing HDFN. If we can remove any residual plasma containing the pathologic antibody from her RBC unit, it could be used for fetal transfusion.

A patient who has antibody to either IgG or IgA can be treated with washed cells because any free IgG and/or IgA are removed during the washing process

While it is not an ideal situation, in a pinch, we could wash and use the irradiated cell for the infant. The problem with irradiation is that the levels of potassium rise in the solution. Washing the RBC removes the excess Potassium and other by products of RBC lesion of storage.

In PNH, the offending antibody is in the PATIENT serum, and there is nothing wrong with the donor cells. Therefore, washing the RBCs won’t offer any protection against the biphasic antibody in PNH

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
150
Q

A 3 year old Rh negative female patient with a new diagnosis of acute lymphoblastic leukemia is admitted to the hospital for induction chemotherapy. As a consequence of her treatment, she is pancytopenic and requires red cell and platelet transfusions. Two days after an apheresis platelet transfusion, the blood bank realizes that the patient received an aliquot of platelets from an Rh-positive donor. The recommended course of action is to:

Do nothing; it is highly unlikely the patient will mount an anti-D immune response

Administer a single vial of Rh Immune Globulin (RhIg) by the intramuscular route

Administer an appropriate dose of RhIg by the intravenous route.

Closely monitor the patient in order to detect the development of anti-D

A

Correct: Administer a single vial of Rh Immune Globulin (RhIg) by the intramuscular route

She has not aged beyond potential child bearing years, and apheresis platelets have small amounts of RBCs which can carry D antigens. Also, she has leukemia, so that can also predispose her to develop antibodies since she will likely need repeated platelet transfusions.

As an aside, there was a recent article in the journal of Transfusion Medicine Hemotherapy which addressed this very topic, and the authors found that this subset of women did in fact develop anti-D in response to D+ platelet transfusions.
To be clear, platelets themselves do NOT carry D antigens. It is the residual RBCs, that are part of platelet harvesting, and the RBCs carry the D antigen if the donor is RH+.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
151
Q

Which of the following patients is the most appropriate candidate for granulocyte transfusion?

10-year old child with erythema infectiosum caused by parvovirus B19 and a granulocyte count of 1500/uL

A patient with sepsis on intravenous tobramycin therapy whose granulocyte count has increased from 500/uL to 1400/uL

Persistent fever and a granulocyte count of 450/uL following a 2 day treatment with intravenous gentamicin

A 25 year old male patient with fluctuating high fever and a granulocyte count of 4500/uL

A

Correct: Persistent fever and a granulocyte count of 450/uL following a 2 day treatment with intravenous gentamicin

Transfusion of granulocytes is almost a “last resort” treatment. It is indicated for patients who have a very low granulocyte count (<500k/uL), and have not been responsive to antibiotic treatment.

Adult recipients must following criteria:
1. Severely neutropenic with evidence of bone marrow myeloid hypoplasia
2. Has an active infection that does not respond to traditional antibiotics/antifungals
3. Reasonable chance of recovery (neutropenia is reversible)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
152
Q

Which of the following statements concerning leukocytapheresis (therapeutic leukapheresis) is true?

A: leukocytapheresis may be used instead of chemotherapy to treat all patients with chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML)

B: leukocytapheresis is associated with improved long-term survival in patients with AML

C: leukocytapheresis is mostly performed in the setting of multiple myeloma

D: leukocytapheresis results in reductions of the circulating red cell count between 20% and 30%.

A

Correct: leukocytapheresis is associated with improved long-term survival in patients with AML

answer break down:

A: Leukapheresis is not superior to aggressive chemotherapy and supportive care.

C. lueukocytapheresis is mostly performed in the setting of AML and ALL (the primary indications per ASFA guidelines)

D. leukacytapheresis results in reduction of circulating WHITE cell count, not red cells

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
153
Q

A 60 year old male was transfused with 4 units of ABO/Rh matched RBCs over a period of 6 hours. The patient is now exhibiting the following symptoms: coughing, difficulty breathing, cyanosis, edema, hypertension and a severe headache. The patient does not have a fever.

Which of the choices below represents the most likely type of transfusion reaction?

TRALI

Circulatory Overload

Allergic

Febrile

A

Correct: Circulatory Overload

To differentiate, it helps to know which conditions involve fever: blood group antibody reactions, immune processes, and bacterial contamination. For example: Febrile, TRALI, HTR, Bacterial Contamination, GVHD.

Conditions like circulatory overload and allergic reactions do NOT involve fever.

The patient is showing cyanosis (blue cast to skin), difficulty breathing, coughing and a headache. These are all signs of circulatory overload. There is no fever, and no mention of pulmonary infiltrates, so we are not thinking TRALI. Also, TRALI typically has HYPOtension, and this patient has HYPERtension.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
154
Q

Why is thrombocytopenia a manifestation of a massive transfusion?

Platelets are diluted by resuscitation fluids and stored blood.

Platelets are refractory to infused blood.

Platelets are sequestered in the spleen due to abnormal hemodynamics.

None of the above

A

Correct: platelets are diluted by resuscitation fluids and stored blood.

Hemodynamics is a concern in massive transfusion and should be heavily monitored. With regards to platelets, dilution via resuscitation fluids and transfused blood may lead to thrombocytopenia. Many risks are associated with MT however, the clinical presentation and controlled decision to initiate an MTP outweighs the underlying risks to the patient.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
155
Q

A patient with hypofibrinogenemia is receiving cryoprecipitate on an outpatient basis. His plasma volume is 4,000 mL, and his physician wants to increase his fibrinogen from 40 mg/dL to 120 mg/dL. How many bags of cryoprecipitate are needed?

8

13

15

21

A

Correct = 13

The calculation to determine the dose of Cryo AHF to reach a desired fibrinogen level is as follows:

(Desired fibrinogen level in mg/dL - initial level) x plasma volume/ 100mL.dL = mg fibrinogen needed

(120 - 40) x 4000/100 = 3200 mg Fibrinogen needed

3200/250 = 12.8 units round up to 13

When calculating, use 250mg for Fibrinogen. This is the standard calculation, even though the QC is for 150mg.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
156
Q

How would the hematocrit of a patient with chronic anemia be affected by transfusion of 2 units of whole blood versus transfusion with 3 units of packed RBCs?

Patient’s hematocrit would be equally affected.

The packed RBCs would increase the hematocrit more than the whole blood.

The whole blood would increase the hematocrit more than the packed RBCs

The hematocrit would not change at all with the whole blood because of the plasma in the unit.

A

Correct: The packed RBCs would increase the hematocrit more than the whole blood.

This makes sense because packed RBCs contain less volume than whole blood, which also contains plasma. So the hematocrit would be increased more with RBCs, since the patient is not getting extra plasma volume to dilute the HCT as in whole blood.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
157
Q

A family has been HLA typed because one of the children needs an HPC transplant. Typing results are as follows:

Father: A1,A3; B8, B35
Mother: A2, A23; B12, B18
Child 1: A1, A2; B8, B12
Child 2: A1, A23; B8, B18
Child 3: A3, A23; B18, B?

Antigen ‘?’ in child #3 is:

B8

B12

B18

B35

A

Correct: B35

The key to solving these is to remember that HLA types travel as haplotypes, similar to the mechanism in which Rh antigens are inherited. I like to start with looking at the children’s types and working backward to the parents.

The mother and father do not share any HLA antigens, so this is a bit easier to review. Look at child 1. He inherited the A1 and B8 from the father and A23 and B18 from the mom. Therefore the HLA haplotype that he inherited from the father must be A1, B8 and the mother haplotype inherited was A23, B12

If the father has one haplotype that is A1,B8, then the other haplotype must be A3, B35….which would have been passed on to child 3

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
158
Q

What is the corrected platelet increment for a patient with a body surface area of 2.7 m2, an initial count of 15,000 per µL, and a 1-hour post-transfusion platelet count of 80,000 per µL given one apheresed platelet component?

53,182 per µL

58,500 per µL

31,900 per µL

5,000 per µL

A

Correct: 58,500

CCI = (platelet increment per ul) x (body surface area in m2)/number of platelets transfused (x 1011)

each unit of random donor platelets contains 5.5 x 1010 platelets

a single (apheresis) donor platelet contains 3.0 x 1011 platelets

[(80,000/uL-15,000/uL) X (2.7m2)] /(3.0) = 58,500 per uL

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
159
Q

A type and screen is done on a 49-year-old woman who is scheduled for a hysterectomy in 1 week. Her blood type is A-positive, and her antibody screen was positive. What must be done before her surgery date?

Identify antibody

Identify antibody and phenotype RBC units

Phenotype the patient

Identify antibody and phenotype platelets

A

Correct: Identify Antibody

We can not say for sure that we have to antigen type the RBCs. The question states that the antibody screen is positive, but does not indicate that the antibody is clinically significant. Because there is no information on the clinical significance of the antibody, we do not know for sure if antigen typing is necessary.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
160
Q

A patient with anti-K and anti-Jka needs two units of RBCs for surgery. How many group-specific units would need to be screened to find two that are compatible?

6

10

20

36

A

Correct = 10

Note that the question states “GROUP SPECIFIC”. This means that we are only screening ABO matched units, so we can eliminate ABO frequencies from our calculations. If the question asks about random donors, then you need to factor in the ABO frequencies into your equation.

The equation is: # compatible units needed / combined antigen negative frequencies

We want 2 units of K-Jka- RBCs. The percentage of K- is 91% and Jka- is 24%.

2/0.2184 = 9.157.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
161
Q

The following test results are obtained by test tube methodology using licensed monoclonal antisera reagent:

Anti-D: 0

Anti-C: 4+

Anti-c: 4+

Anti-E: 0

Anti-e: 4+

What is the probable genotype?

r’r

rr

r”r

None of the above

A

Correct: r’r

r’r: contains C, c, and e (matches results)

rr contains c and e (does not match results)

r”r contains c, E, and e (does not match results)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
162
Q

Given the following results, what is the probable cause of a positive reaction in the major crossmatch?

IS = 0

37°C = 0

AHG = 2+

CC = ND

Auto-control= 0

Alloantibody in patient serum reacting with antigen on donor cells

Incorrect ABO grouping of patient or donor

Autoantibody in patient serum reacting with antigen on donor cells

Rouleaux

A

Correct: Alloantibody in patient serum reacting with antigen on donor cells

Rouleaux would not appear at AHG since the residual protein in the test system would have been washed away.

Autocontrol was negative in the screen, so the option of an autoantibody should be ruled out for this question.

An incorrect ABO group on the donor unit would be detected at IS first, and not show negative reactions at IS and 37C with only the AHG phase positive.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
163
Q

Recipient serum that reacted with one out of 5 donor units in the AHG phase and where the antibody screen was negative is probably due to:

an alloantibody directed against a high-frequency antigen.

an alloantibody directed against a low-frequency antigen.

an alloantibody coating the recipient cells.

an ABO mismatch.

A

correct: an antibody against a low frequency antigen. Few donor/reagent RBCs will be positive for low freq antigens. When tested against patient plasma containing an antibody directed against a low freq antigen, typically an unexpected positive result will occur and require further investigation.

If it were an alloantibody directed against a high-frequency antigen, we would expect the antibody screen to be positive and most xms incompatible.

We do not have the data necessary (positive DAT, or really any test performed with the patient cells) to warrant suspicion of an alloantibody coating the recipient cells.

If it were an ABO mismatch, there would be incompatibility at all phases, most notably IS phase.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
164
Q

Given the following test results, what is the patient’s most likely ABO type?

Saliva Study:

Saliva + Anti-A + A cell = 2+
Saliva + Anti-B + B cell = 2+
Saliva + Anti-H + O cell = O
Saline + Anti-H + O Cell = 2+

Patient is Group AB

Patient is Group O

Results are inconclusive

Results are invalid because the saline control is invalid

A

Correct: Patient is a group O

Rembemer that saliva studies are similar to neutralization studies in that we are using hemagglutination inhibition. This means that if the patient saliva contains an ABH substance then the saliva will neutralize the reagent antibody, resulting in NO agglutination when it is mixed with reagent red cells. So, the absence of agglutination is a positive result for the substance, and agglutination means the substance is not present in the saliva.

For the test to be valid, a saline control must be tested in which saline is used in place of saliva. There should be NO INHIBITION in the control, which means a positive reaction when the saline is mixed with reagent then tested against the appropriate cells.

In this case, the reaction of saliva + anti-A + A cells is positive, meaning NO A SUBSTANCE was present since the agglutination was not inhibited

The reaction of saliva + anti-B + B cells is positive, meaning NO B SUBSTANCE was present since the agglutination was not inhibited

The reaction of saliva + anti-H + O cells is negative, meaning THERE IS H SUBSTANCE present that inhibited the agglutination.

Therefore, the patient has only H substance in his saliva, meaning that he is a group O.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
165
Q

A type and screen is ordered for a 63 year old man scheduled for hip replacement surgery. The patient received 2 units of compatible blood 3 years ago as a result of a car accident. His antibody screen is now positive. The problem is referred to you for further evaluation. The results of a 10 cell panel are given below. Which of the following characteristics of the antibody identified is the best description for this antibody?

The antibody is associated with dosage effect.

The antibody is an IgG immune antibody implicated in HDFN and hemolytic transfusion reactions.

The antibody typically shows decreased reactivity with proteolytic enzyme-treated red blood cells

Between 20% and 30% of donor units will be crossmatch compatible with the patient.

A

Correct: The antibody is an IgG immune antibody implicated in HDFN and hemolytic transfusion reactions.

If you look at the results for the panel, the antibody is likely an anti-E.

Anti-E does not typically show dosage, although it has been reported, and it will be positive with enzyme treated cells and about 70% of donors will be compatible with the patient’s serum.

So the answer about the antibody being the cause of HDFN and transfusion reactions is the best answer.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
166
Q

What is the most likely explanation for the following phenotyping results of the patient RBCs?

rr individual transfused with R1r cells

R1R1 patient transfused with R1r cells

R1r patient with fetal maternal hemorrhage

R1R1 patient has a positive DAT

A

Correct: R1R1 patient transfused with R1r cells

A mixed field phenotype of a patient RBC sample suggests a mixed cell population. In this case, only the c typing is MF, and the result is a 2+ so we then think that the patient is NOT c+, and the positive result is coming from the transfused cells.

The fact that no other typing result is mixed field suggests that the transfused cells differing from the patient phenotype only because of the c antigen on the donor cells.

So if the patient is D+C+e+, then he would be R1R1. we likely would have given Rh+ blood to this patient, so the donor has a c antigen, so the choice of R1r transfusion is the most viable of those answers given.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
167
Q

O - A2 - B - A2B - A1 - A1B - Bombay

Listed above are several blood groups in a particular order.

Which symbol should replace the dash, & what order do these represent?

> and the expression of H antigen

< and the expression of H antigen

> and the frequency of blood groups

< and the frequency of blood groups

none of the above

A

Correct: > and the expression of H antigen

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
168
Q

Which of the following is a mechanism of an elution procedure?

Disruption of structural complementarity of antigen and antibody

Enhancement of structural complementarity of antigen and antibody

Exchange of one immunoglobulin class for another

Denaturation of membrane epitopes by chemical means

A

Correct: Disruption of structural complementarity of antigen and antibody

Elution removes antibody molecules from the red cell membrane either by disrupting the antigen or changing conditions to favor dissociation of antibody from antigen. Many techniques are available, and no single method is best in all situations. If an eluate prepared by one technique is unsatisfactory, it may be helpful to prepare another eluate utilizing a different technique.

The red cells used for any elution technique must be thoroughly washed to remove all antibody except that bound to the cells. Six washes with large volumes of saline is usually sufficient. Adequacy of washing is tested by examining saline from the last wash for the presence of antibody by the indirect antiglobulin
(IAT) procedure. If antibody is detectable in the last
wash, there could be enough unbound antibody molecules still present so that results obtained on testing the eluate are not valid, and suggests the possible mixture of alloantibody and autoantibody.
As soon as the elution is completed, remove the supernatant fluid and place it into a separate tube to avoid reattachment of antibody to cell stroma and a possible false negative test result.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
169
Q

You arrive to work and the tech from the previous shift endorses a complex serologic case. The ABO results are discrepant and staff is inquiring about how to proceed.

Antibody Identified: Anti-Fy(a)

What would you recommend as the next best step?

EDTA glycine acid (EGA) treat the patient red cells and repeat the ABO/Rh testing

Test with a different clone of Anti-A

Prewarm forward and reverse ABO typing

Repeat the reverse typing with Fy(a) negative A1 and B cells

A

Correct: Test with a different clone of Anti-A

Patient forwards as type AB and reverse types as group B. Based on the strength of the reactions, we can hypothesize that the patient is truly group B and has something mildly reacting with the A cells of the forward type. There are negative reactions in both the forward and reverse indicating low probability of spontaneous agglutination.
Treating the cells with EDTA gylcine acid would dissociate an antibody from the red cells. However, even though the DAT is weakly positive, this is unnecessary because the anti-D typing is negative, indicating the antibody bound to patient red cell is NOT interfering with the ABO forward type testing. Similarly, prewarming would not help the situation as there is not a cold antibody interfering with IS phase testing. Repeating the reverse typing with FYa-/b- cells would not help because the anti-Fya would typically not react at room temperature.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
170
Q

Which of the following primarily requires a thorough donor history to confirm the transmission of infectious agent to patient?

Babesia

Syphilis

Creutzfeldt-Jakob

West Nile virus

A

CJD is a rare, progressive and fatal brain disorder that occurs in all parts of the world and has been known about for decades. CJD is different from variant CJD, the new disease in humans thought to be associated with Mad Cow disease in the United Kingdom and elsewhere.

CJD appears to be an infectious disease. It has been transmitted from infected humans to patients through the transplantation of the covering of the brain (dura mater), use of contaminated brain electrodes, and injection of growth hormones derived from human pituitary glands. Rarely, CJD is associated with a hereditary predisposition; that is, it occurs in biologic or “blood” relatives (persons in the same genetic family).

There is evidence that CJD can be transmitted from donors to patients through blood transfusions. There is no test for CJD that could be used to screen blood donors. This means that blood programs must take special precautions to keep CJD out of the blood supply by not taking blood donations from those who might have acquired this infection.

You are considered to be at higher risk of carrying CJD if you received a dura mater (brain covering) graft. If you have had a dura mater transplant, you should not donate blood until more is known about CJD and the risk to the blood supply. If you have been diagnosed with vCJD, CJD or any other TSE or have a blood relative diagnosed with genetic CJD (e.g., fCJD, GSS, or FFI) you cannot donate. If you received an injection of cadaveric pituitary human growth hormone (hGH) you cannot donate. Human cadaveric pituitary-derived hGH was available in the U.S. from 1958 to 1985. Growth hormone received after 1985 is acceptable.

the remaining answers are all screened for by various testing methodologies prior to red cell release. Although the donor history can be useful in identifying at risk donors, the screening tests are the primary source of prevention

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
171
Q

Which of the following best describes the principle of polymerase chain reaction (PCR)?

Migration of proteins in an electrical field

Amplification of RNA using two oligonucleotide primers that hybridize to opposite DNA strands

Amplification of DNA using two oligonucleotide primers that hybridize to opposite DNA strands, isolating a particular segment

Enzymatic cleavage of proteins for DNA sequencing

A

Correct: amplification of DNA using two oligonucleotide primers taht hybridize to opposite DNA strands, isolating a particular segment.
The temperature of the sample is then repeatedly raised and lowered to help a DNA replication enzyme copy the target DNA sequence. The technique can produce a billion copies of the target sequence in just a few hours.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
172
Q

Detecting actual gene products can be most accurately measured by use of which technique below?

Nucleic Acid Testing

Protein Analysis

Ouchterlony Precipitation Reaction

Family Pedigree studies through serologic testing

A

Correct: protein analysis.

The question is asking how we best identify actual gene products, which are proteins. Remember the central dogma of genetics: DNA replicated then transcribed to RNA translated to amino acids (then folded into proteins)

NAT is used specifically to detect viral RNA or DNA, rather than gene products.
Ouchterlony precipitation is testing for antigen antibody reactions. Serology can only detect the presence or absence of antigens, but may not reveal specifically the actual gene products since there are inhibitor genes, recessive amorphs and the like that may not be fully revealed with serologic testing.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
173
Q

A layer of red blood cells agglutinates at the top of the gel media, and a pellet of unagglutinated red blood cells forms at the bottom. These findings are comparable to which of the following reactions in the test tube?

Negative

Weak positive

Invalid

Mixed-field

A

Correct=mixed field

Clearly there are two cell populations present because of the variation in the reactivity, so that would correspond to mixed field agglutination in the test tube

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
174
Q

In performing an antibody screen by the solid phase technique, you get the result pictured below with a pooled screen cell mixture. What is the correct interpretation?

Antibody screen is negative

Antibody screen is positive

Antibody screen is invalid

Antibody screen cannot be tested via solid phase technique

A

Correct: Antibody screen is positive

Solid phase testing occurs in small microwells, where antigens are bound to the bottom of the well and the patient’s plasma is incubated in the well. Any incompatibility is detected by the addition of anti-human globulin (AHG) that has an indicator red blood cell attached to the Fc portion of each AHG antibody. In positive reactions, the indicator RBCs are seen spread all over the bottom of the microwell in a diffuse “carpet,” while in a negative reaction, the indicator RBCs will simply slide to the bottom of the well and look like a dense button.

Remember that AHG testing with solid phase has reverse reaction patterns of those expected in a hemagglutination assay (where a dense button is a POSITIVE result).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
175
Q

Which of the following is an example of linkage disequilibrium?

random association of alleles

acquired B phenotype

The actual occurrence of haplotype HLA-A1 and HLA-B8 is 8%; the expected occurrence based on gene frequencies is 2%

The actual occurrence of haplotype HLA-A11 and HLA-DR4 is 8%; the expected occurrence based on gene frequencies is 7%

A

Correct: The actual occurrence of haplotype HLA-A1 and HLA-B8 is 8%; the expected occurrence based on gene frequencies is 2%.

Linkage disequilibrium is a situation in which the observed frequency of a combination of genes is significantly HIGHER that what is statistically predicted.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
176
Q

Two companies have been asked to submit bids for a specific machine. Each bid is listed below with the cost of installation, the purchase price of the specific equipment, and the reagents for one year.

Compare the values and determine how long would it take for Company A and Company B to be equal in overall costs?

Company A: Install = $500, Equipment = $6500, Reagents = $1500

Company B: Install = $1500, Equipment = $7000, Reagents = $750

6 months

1 year

2 years

Never

A

Correct: 2 years

Costs for Company A for year one = 500 + 6500 + 1500 = $8500

Costs for Company B for one year = 1500 + 7000+ 750 = $9250

Add reagent cost only for year two:

Company A = 8500 + 1500 = $10,000

Company B = 9250 + 750 = $10,000

Therefore, in two years, the overall costs will be the same.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
177
Q

Individuals who are D–/D– genotype can be immunized via exposure to RBCs to make what antibody?

Anti-Rh3

Anti-Rh17

Anti-D

Anti-Rh29

A

Correct: Anti-Rh17

The patient above has D antigen (and therefore would not be expected to make anti-D), but lacks the RHCE protein. So they don’t produce C, E, c, or e antigens. These people can make anti-Rh17, which is an antibody to the RhCc/Ee protein.

This differs from true Rhnull individuals (sometimes written as –/–) who will make an anti-Rh29, or total Rh, which reacts with both the RHD and RhCc/Ee proteins.

Anti-Rh3 is anti-E.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
178
Q

A 25 year old woman gives birth and the following lab results are obtained:

Flow Cytometry = negative

Rosette Test = negative

Kleihauer Betke = positive

Which answer below is the most likely correct interpretation of these results?

The Kleihauer Betke test is the most sensitive of the three assays

The Kleihauer Betke test is false positive

Maternal cells have increased percentage of HgbF

Rh negative mother had an Rh negative baby

A

Correct: Maternal cells have increased percentage of HgbF

Remember that the Kleihauer Betke test measures FMH based on the presence of Hemoglobin F (HgbF) in fetal cells. Had this been an actual fetal maternal hemorrhage of Rh+ baby cells, the flow cytometry and rosette tests would also be positive.

So, the most likely explanation is that the mom has persistent Hemoglobin F lasting into her adulthood.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
179
Q

You run a small not-for profit blood center, and are hiring 10 new phlebotomists for the mobile blood drive department, 3 component production technologists, 3 blood delivery drivers, and 2 telemarketers for recruiting. The 3 doses of Hepatitis B Vaccine will cost $300 per employee. What is the total cost of administering Hepatitis B vaccine to the appropriate employees?

$3000

$3900

$4800

$5400

A

Correct: $4800

The Hepatitis B Vaccine must be offerred to employees who have a defined risk of exposure to blood and body fluids. In this case, the 10 phlebotomists, 3 component techs, 3 delivery drivers all have a clear risk of exposure to blood and body fluids. The two telemarkers are not at risk during the course of their normal job duties and so if is not mandated that they receive the vaccine.

10+3+3=16 employees

$300 x 16 = $4800

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
180
Q

Macrophages and monocytes have receptors for which portion of the IgG molecule?

Fab

Fc

Hinge region

J chain

A

Correct: Fc

Macrophages and monocytes have receptors for the Fc portion of the IgG molecule. The Fc portion of the IgG molecule will be sticking up away from the RBC membrane allowing for complement fixation and monocyte binding. In an extravascular hemolytic transfusion reaction, RBCs are coated with IgG antibodies. When these sensitized RBCs move through the spleen, the macrophages will attach to the sensitized RBCs via the Fc receptors, and the coated RBCs will be removed from circulation.

The Fab portion of the IgG will bind to the specific corresponding antigen on the RBC membrane (Fab=antigen binding)
The hinge region is part of the Fc fragment and contains disulfide bonds
The J chain is present in IgM and dimer/trimer forms of IgA molecules to hold them together

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
181
Q

A woman is in her 28th week of pregnancy. She is typed as group O Negative with a negative antibody screen. Rh immune globulin (RhIg) is administered. One week later the antibody screen is repeated and an anti-D reacting 2+ with D+ cells is detected.

What type of immunity is this?

Natural Acquired Active Immunity

Natural Acquired Passive Immunity

Artificial Acquired Active Immunity

Artificial Acquired Passive Immunity

A

Correct: Artificial Acquired Passive Immunity.

Natural immunity occurs when the patient is exposed to antigens as they exist in the environment.

Natural ACTIVE immunity = develop antibody after exposure to disease or foreign RBC. This happens as a result of just living in the world.

Natural PASSIVE immunity =antibodies are transferred from one person to another by natural means. Example: Pregnancy, in which certain antibodies are passed from the maternal blood into the fetal bloodstream in the form of IgG.
Artificial immunity occurs when the body is given immunity by intentional exposure to small quantities of it.

Artificial ACTIVE immunity = antibodies formed in response to an antigen, something intentionally induced in the patient, from a source, that was manufactured. Example: Vaccine.

Artificial PASSIVE immunity = patient receives complete antibodies in the form of an injection. The patient does not elicit an immune response because the complete antibody can remove the offending antigen. Example: RhIg or Hepatitis B Ig.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
182
Q

A serum sample is suspected of containing an IgM antibody. The serum is treated with DTT and the following results are obtained:

DTT treated serum + RBC = negative

Untreated serum + RBC = positive

What conclusion can be drawn from these results?

The serum contains an IgM antibody

The serum contains an IgG antibody

The serum contains both IgG and IgM antibody

The serum contains neither IgG nor IgM antibody

A

Correct: Serum contains an IgM antibody.

DTT (Dithiothreitol) dissolves IgM antibody disulfide bonds and eliminates activity of the antibody whereas IgG antibodies are generally unaffected.

Had this been an IgG antibody, both the DTT treated and the untreated serums would have been positive.

When answering this question, PAY CLOSE ATTENTION TO WHETHER THE RED CELLS OR SERUM ARE BEING TREATED.
We can also use DTT to destroy antigens, such as Kell, Lutheran, Dombrock, Cromer, LW, Yta, JMH, Kna, McCa, Yka.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
183
Q

A patient is admitted for a kidney transplant. His pre-transplant results are:
Group A, Rh Positive
Antibody Screen: Negative
XM: 4 units compatible at all phases
Hemoglobin: 13 g/dL

He receives a kidney from a group O Negative individual. Approximately 2 weeks after the transplant the patient complains of fatigue. His laboratory results are:
Hemoglobin: 9.0 g/dL
Hematocrit: 28%
Haptoglobin: 25 mg/dL (normal 30-200 mg/dL)
Reticulocyte Count: 0.8% (normal 0.5-2.5%)
DAT: Positive

An eluate was performed and contains an anti-D. What is the likely explanation for these results?

Patient B lymphocytes are producing anti-D in response to donor antigens

Patient T cytotoxic lymphocytes are launching a cellular response

Donor B lymphocytes are producing antibody to patient antigens

Donor T cytotoxic lymphocytes are launching a cellular response to patient antigen

A

Correct = Donor B lymphocytes are producing antibody to patient antigens

This is a case of PASSENGER LYMPHOCYTE SYNDROME, seen in patients who receive non- ABO/Rh matched organs or hematopoietic transplants stem cell. In this condition, functional B lymphocytes present on the donor organ launch an immune response and produce antibody to the patient’s antigens. In this particular case, we see an anti-D which is causing a DAT+ and mild hemolytic anemia in the patient. The course of this condition is usually self limiting.

B lymphocytes in reality mature into plasma cells and it is those cells that produce antibodies. However, plasma cells are not given as a choice. Choose the response that is still “correct” but not fully accurate.
T cells do not create antibodies, but they may assist B cells in doing so.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
184
Q

A patient is suspected of having Paroxysmal Cold Hemoglobinuria (PCH). The physician orders a Donath Landsteiner test be performed.

The technologist obtains a fresh EDTA sample from the patient for use in testing. He sets up the test as follows:

Tube 1: Patient plasma incubated at 4C only: No Hemolysis
Tube 2: Patient plasma incubated at 37C only: No Hemolysis
Tube 3: Patient plasma + fresh plasma incubated at 4C then 37C: No Hemolysis

Assume that proper controls were also tested. What conclusion can be drawn from these results?

Patient does not have the Donath Landsteiner antibody

Patient DOES have the Donath Landsteiner antibody

No conclusion-this is not the proper test for PCH diagnosis

No conclusion-the test was not set up properly.

A

Correct: No conclusion-the test was not set up properly.

In order for hemolysis to occur, there must be a source of fresh complement in the test system. Normally Donath Landsteiner testing is performed with a patient SERUM sample that is < 4 hours old. Serum has active complement because there is no chelation of calcium ions and can activate the complement cascade, causing hemolysis. Complement is only stable at 4C for about 48 hours but should be tested as soon as possible.

In EDTA plasma, the calcium is chelated by the anticoagulant which prevents complement activation so hemolysis is possible.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
185
Q

A patient is transfused two units of RBCs without incident. 2 years later, the patient is transfused with two units of RBCs, without any evident complications. 6 days after the transfusion, the patient appears to have a delayed hemolytic transfusion reaction due to anti-Jka.

The immune system concept that best describes this incident is:

innate immunity

passive immunity

primary immune response

secondary immune response

A

Correct: Secondary Immune Response

The patient was exposed to Jka+ RBCs in the first transfusion episode. This is the primary stimulation to the antigen. At the second transfusion, the patient is exposed a second time, and the memory cells trigger production of anti-Jka, which then binds with the transfused cells causing a delayed hemolytic transfusion reaction.

Innate immunity is a nonspecific, system which attempts to prevent sensitization altogether.
Passive immunity is conferred when an individual is given antibodies passively, to prevent his/her own immune system from being stimulated to produce antibodies (example: RhIG).
Primary immune response occurs when the antigens are much more immunogenic, and it happens with the first exposure to the antigen.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
186
Q

When monitoring the severity of HIV cases, patients will be tested for a ratio of T helper cells to T cytotoxic cells. In a normal individual, the ratio should be greater than 1.0. As HIV disease progresses into full blown AIDS, the ratio drops below 1.0.

In this scenario, which cell marker would be used to measure the T Helper cells?

CD3

CD4

CD8

CD34

A

Correct: CD4

CD3 occurs on both T helper and T cytotoxic (suppressor) cells
CD8 occurs on T cytotoxic cells
CD34 occurs on hematopoietic stem cells

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
187
Q

This pedigree is an example of which type of inheritance?

Autosomal Dominant

Autosomal Recessive

X-Linked Dominant

X-linked Recessive

A

Correct: Autosomal Recessive

  1. Trait expression skips generations (recessive)
  2. Males and females are both affected (autosomal)
  3. Small percentage of affected offspring (recessive)
  4. Parents do not express the trait (recessive)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
188
Q

What is the minimum number of IgG molecules required to activate Complement Protein C1?

One

Two

Three

Four

A

The C1 component of complement is the first step to activation via the classical pathway. Activation of the classical pathway is caused by immunoglobulins interacting with the target antigen. C1 binds to the two or more Fc portion of immunoglobulins. IgG molecules are small, and therefore a minimum of two molecules are required to activate C1.

IgM is a larger, pentameric (5 armed) molecule, so only one IgM molecule is needed to activate C1.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
189
Q

A group A patient is transfused with 50cc of group AB RBCs and has an immediate hemolytic transfusion reaction. Which of the statements below best explains the cause of this severe reaction?

The patient developed IgG anti-B in response to previous RBC transfusions, and this antibody caused intravascular hemolysis.

The patient’s naturally occurring IgG Anti-B caused intravascular hemolysis

The patient developed IgM anti-B in response to previous exposure to group B RBCs, and the antibody caused intravascular hemolysis.

The patient’s naturally occurring anti-B caused intravascular hemolysis

A

Correct: The patient’s naturally occurring anti-B caused intravascular hemolysis

Recall that ABO antibodies are naturally occurring and not immune stimulated. IgM antibodies cause intravascular hemolysis and IgG antibodies cause extravascular hemolysis.

It takes only ONE IgM molecule to stimulate the complement cascade, whereas it requires two IgG molecules. Because IgG molecules coating RBCs are typically too far apart to trigger the complement cascade, IgG coated cells are removed extravascularly by the MPS (Mononuclear Phagocyte System, formerly RES)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
190
Q

Interleukin-2 (IL-2) is produced by which of the cells below?

activated T cells

Dendritic cells

B cells

All of the above

A

Correct: All of the above

IL-2 is a cytokine that is involved in proliferation and regulation of T cells. In terms of transfusion medicine, IL-2 helps to regulate the function of distinguishing between self and non-self. Low levels of IL-2 can result in activated T cells attacking self, resulting in autoimmune disease.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
191
Q

The frequency of the Jka gene is 0.52 and the frequency of the Jkb gene is 0.48.

What is the frequency of the Jk(a+b-) phenotype?

27%

20%

48%

52 %

A

Correct: 27%

Answer is calculated as follows using Hardy Weinberg equation, p2+ 2pq + q2= 1.0

p2 = JkaJka genotype (phenotype would be Jk(a+b-)

pq = JkaJkb genotype (phenotype would be Jk(a+b+)

q2 = JkbJkb genotype (phenotype would be Jk(a-b+)

We are given the gene frequency of the JK*A gene as 0.52. This would be “p” in the equation p+q=1

Now we want to to find p2= (.52)2 answer is .27 or 27%

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
192
Q

What is the process by which one of the copies of the X chromosome is inactivated?

Meiosis

Mitosis

Y Inactivation

Lyonization

A

Correct: Lyonization

Lyonization, or X Inactivation, is when most of the genes in one of the two X chromosomes in the female somatic cell are inactivated during early development. The maternal or paternal X chromosome may become inactivated.

X-borne genes that encode for blood groups: XG and XK

XG escapes inactivation because of it’s location on the extreme tip of the X chromosome. Inactivation of XK gene leads to the McLeod phenotype which lacks Kx and therefore reduced expression of Kell antigens.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
193
Q

A patient has anti-E, anti-K, and anti-Jka in their serum. The doctor is requesting 3 units for transfusion. Calculate the number of units that will need to be tested.

20

15

45

51

A

Correct: 20

Know the prevalence of units negative for each antigen: E - = 71, K - = 91, Jka - = 23

Multiply the percentage of negative donors expressed as a decimal (Number calculated in step 2, divided by 100) together:
0.71 (E-) x 0.91 (K-) x 0.23 (Jka-) = 0.15, or 15%

4) 3 units are needed. 3 units needed/0.15 = 20 units screened

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
194
Q

Which of the following is not a secondary lymphoid organ?

Spleen

Thymus

Lymph Nodes

Liver

A

Correct: Thymus

The thymus and bone marrow are primary lymphoid organs, where B and T cells mature.

The lymph nodes, spleen, and mucosa-associated tissue are secondary lymphoid organs. These are the sites of cell function for B and T cells (where they predominantly encounter antigens).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
195
Q

What is the most common nucleotide change affecting the expression of a blood group antigen?

Deletions

Single Nucleotide Polymorphism

Insertions

Errors in DNA Replication

A

Correct: Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNPs)

Most polymorphic blood group antigens are the result of SNPs.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
196
Q

Which IgG subclass is the most efficient at initiating the classic complement cascade?

IgG1

IgG2

IgG3

IgG4

A

Correct: IgG3

IgG3>IgG1>IgG2

IgG4 does not activate classic complement but it can activate via the alternate pathway

Kidd antibodies are predominantly IgG3.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
197
Q

This pedigree is an example of what type of inheritance?

Sex Linked Dominant

Autosomal Dominant

X Linked Recessive

Autosomal Recessive

A

Correct: X Linked Recessive

The gene is carried, but not expressed, by heterozygous females, suggesting recessive. The allele also exhibits “Criss-cross inheritance,” where an affected male has an unaffected daughter, who in turn has an affected son (AKA the trait “skips a generation”).

The male with an X-linked recessive trait (ex aY) and an unaffected woman (ex AA) produce children with one of two genotypes.

All of the sons inherit the Y chromosome from the father and an unaffected allele from the mother (AY).
All of the daughters are heterozygous carriers (shown as a circle & dot), with the X linked recessive allele from the father and an unaffected allele from the mother. They do not show the trait, but can pass it along to their sons (Aa).
When a carrier woman marries an unaffected man, four genotypes are produced, in equal proportions. Half of the sons will show the trait (aY) and half will not (AY), half the daughters will be carriers like their mother (Aa) and half will not (AA).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
198
Q

Match the immune response to an antigen:

Log Phase
Anamnestic Response
Lag Phase

With the proper definition:

Subsequent exposure to antigen creating rapid response (hours to days)

Antibody production changes from IgM to IgG, increase in antibody production until it plateaus and decreases titer without additional stimulation

Induction of a response, affected by antigenicity. Usually IgM.

A

Log phase: Antibody production changes from IgM to IgG, increase in antibody production until it plateaus and decreases titer without additional stimulation

Anamnestic response: Subsequent exposure to antigen creating rapid response (hours to days)

Lag phase: Induction of a response, affected by antigenicity. Usually IgM.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
199
Q

Match the Clusters of Differentiation:

CD34
CD4
CD8
CD19, CD20, CD22
CD56

with the appropriate cells:

Natural Killer Cell
Hematopoietic Stem Cells
T Cytotoxic Cells
B Cells
T Helper Cells

A

CD34: Hematopoietic Stem Cells
CD4: T Helper Cells
CD8: T Cytotoxic Cells
CD19, CD20, CD22: B Cells
CD56: Natural Killer Cells

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
200
Q

A trait that is carried on the Y chromosome will be passed from:

Fathers to all of their sons and daughters

Fathers to half of their sons and daughters

Fathers to all of their sons and no daughters

Fathers to all of their daughters and no sons

A

CORRECT: Fathers to all of their sons and no daughters

If the trait is carried on the Y chromosome, females cannot carry the trait because they have two X copies. The father has to give Y to his sons so they will carry the trait, daughters get the father’s X so they will not have the trait.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
201
Q

A man whose genotype is BO has a child with a woman that is OO. What is the probability that their first child will be group B?

25%

50%

75%

100%

A

CORRECT: 50%

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
202
Q

What are MHC Class II antigens found on?

Platelets

Red Cells

Dendritic Cells

Nucleated Cells

A

CORRECT: Dendritic Cells

MHC Class II are located on most antigen presenting cells, which includes dendritic cells. MHC Class II genes code for HLA-DR, HLA-DQ, and HLA-DC antigens.

MHC Class I are located on most nucleated cells and platelets. MHC Class I genes code for HLA-A, HLA-B, and HLA-C antigens.

Both classes are important to detect foreign substances and the immune reactions against them.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
203
Q

What is the most common inheritance pattern for blood group systems?

Dominant

Co-Dominant

Recessive

Amorphic

A

CORRECT: Co-Dominant

Dominant: gene product is expressed over another gene
Co-Dominant: equal expression of both traits
Recessive: observed when not paired with a dominant allele
Amorphic: gene that doesn’t express a detectable product

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
204
Q

What is the half-life of IgG?

2-3 days

21 days

15 days

5 days

A

CORRECT: 21 days

IgG has a half-life around 21 days. Depending on the reference, IgG may be listed as having a half-life between 21-25 days, be more conservative if using for a calculation, e.g. how long will RhIG remain in the system after X weeks?

(IgG3 has a half-life of 7-8 days but only makes up 4-7% of the total IgG in serum and therefore not used. )

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
205
Q

Steric exclusion of water molecules is the mechanism of which enhancement?

Polyethylene Glycol (PEG)

Low Ionic Strength Saline (LISS)

22% Albumin

Papain

A

Correct: PEG aggregates RBCs closer together by “pushing” water molecules our of the way, allowing RBCs with bound IgG antibody to more easily crosslink. Note that tests using PEG cannot be centrifuged and examined for agglutination after the 37C incubation due to risk of false positive results; they can only be examined for hemolysis after 37C incubation.

LISS (0.2% NaCl) causes red cells to adhere to IgG antibodies more rapidly.

22% albumin improves agglutination by decreasing the zeta potential between red cells, allowing those with bound IgG to more easily crosslink.

Papain (along with ficin, bromelain, trypsin, & alpha chymotrypsin) reduces the RBC surface charge by destroying sialic acid residues, thereby reducing the net negative charge of red cells and allowing them to move closer together physically. These enzymes also destroy the red cell antigens that branch out farther from the red cell membrane or contain lots of sialic acid (MNS & Duffy); destroying these “taller” antigens indirectly facilities the enhancement of the “shorter” blood group antigens (Rh, Kidd, P1, Lewis, and I)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
206
Q

Enzyme treatment of red cells will have what kind of effect on the following blood group antigens?

Enhance expression of Rh, Lewis, MNS, diminish expression with I, Kidd, P1, Duffy, no effect on expression of Kell.

Enhance expression of MNS, Rh, I, P1, diminish expression with Rh, Lewis, Kidd, Duffy no effect on expression of Kell.

Enhance expression of Rh, Lewis, Kidd, I, P1, diminish expression with MNS, Duffy, no effect on expression of Kell.

Enhance expression of Rh, Duffy, MNS, I, diminish expression with Lewis, Kidd, P1, no effect on expression of Kell.

A

Correct: Enhance expression of Rh, Lewis, Kidd, I, P1, diminish expression with MNS, Duffy, no effect on expression of Kell.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
207
Q

A newborn is typed as Group O; her mother is Group A. Determine the maximum number of theoretical blood types that the father could be to produce a child of this ABO type.

A, B, AB, O

A, AB, O

A, B, O

B, O

O

A

Answer: A, B, O. The father could be AO, BO, or OO; all we know is that the child must have inherited the O allele.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
208
Q

Which of the following is a structure located within the cell nucleus that carries genes in a linear order as a part of the DNA molecule?

Antigen

Karyosome

Chromosome

Locus

A

Answer: Chromosome

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
209
Q

What component of the Hardy-Weinberg equation (p2 + 2pq + q2) signifies heterozygotes?

p^2

2pq

q^2

none of the above

A

Answer: 2pq

p^2 represents the homozygous dominant allele, and q^2 represents the homozygous recessive allele

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
210
Q

How many chromosomes does the developing human child normally carry?

23

46

16

32

A

Answer: 46 (23 pairs, 22 autosomal and 1 sex)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
211
Q

What is the statistical basis of the Hardy-Weinberg principle?

Selection of mates is dependent on blood types and therefore is random.

Selection of mates is dependent on blood types and therefore is biased.

Selection of mates is independent of blood types and therefore is random.

Selection of mates is independent of blood types and therefore is biased.

A

Answer: Selection of mates is independent of blood types and therefore is random.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
212
Q

What is the basic unit of inheritance that determines the production or nonproduction of specific markers?

Antigen

Chromosome

Gene

Locus

A

Answer: gene

A gene is a distinct sequence of nucleotides forming part of a chromosome, the order of which determines the order of monomers in a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule which a cell may synthesize.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
213
Q

A patient has a positive antibody screen and a positive antibody identification panel. All tested cells are positive 3+ at the AHG phase of reactivity. The autocontrol is also positive 3+ at the AHG phase. The patient has no recent transfusions or pregnancies. Which technique is the next BEST one to perform for this case?

Elution

Cell separation

Warm alloadsorption

Warm autoadsorption

A

Correct: Warm Autoadsorption

The positive auto control and panreactivity, along with the fact that the patient has never been exposed to allogeneic red blood cells, suggests the patient has an autoantibody. You can use an adsorption technique to confirm this panagglutination testing reactivity. The antibody reacts at the AHG phase of testing. This indicates a warm autoantibody and the autoadsorption should take place at 37C. Since the patient has not been transfused or pregnant in the last 3 months, you can use the autologous patient cells to conduct the adsorption. The autoadsorption will act to “soak up” the autoantibody and leave behind serum that can then be used to screen for additional antibodies (the “left-behind” serum is known as “adsorbed serum”).

While performing an elution is important to this case, it is not the BEST step to perform next. Odds are, the pannaglutinin we see in the serum will react with all cells tested in the eluate. This does not reveal any new information, nor does it get us closer to a solution and ability to safely transfuse this patient.

Cell separation technique, and allo-adsorption are not necessary as the patient has no recent exposure to foreign RBCs via pregnancy or transfusion.

Sometimes, this question appears with a choice of performing a chemical modification to the cells or serum, such as AET or ficin treatment of RBCs or using sulfhydryl reagents with the plasma to distinguish IgG from IgM antibodies. While these techniques are helpful in some cases, they are still not the best choice here.

If we suspect a warm autoantibody, additional testing is aimed at identifying underlying alloantibodies. A warm autoantibody will likely cause shortened RBC survival, but underlying alloantibodies can result in hemolytic transfusion reactions, so we need to provide antigen negative RBCs if required.

I would not choose to use reagents to distinguish between IgM and IgG antibodies, such as treating the serum with sulfhydryl reagents such as 2ME or AET. Since the antibody is reacting only at the AHG phase, it is most likely IgG.

Using reagents to treat the RBCs, may or may not reveal information that is helpful. If I run a ficin panel, that can help to identify antibodies directed at antigens that are enzyme sensitive, but what are the odds that this is such an antibody? AET can help with Kell system antibodies, but again, there is too little information to jump to that. If the AET panel is still entirely positive, then we have nothing new. Again, our focus is not to identify the specificity of the autoantibody, but look for underlying alloantibodies, which would be found if we removed the autoantibody through warm autoadsorption.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
214
Q

The picture below displays the results of Gel column agglutination test for anti-D. Select the option that best describes the proper interpretation of the result pictured.

Patient is Rh Positive

Patient is Rh Negative

Test result is inconclusive

Gel column agglutination is not FDA approved for Anti-D testing

A

Correct: Rh positive

Gel column agglutination is performed in a micotube, and is typically automated. In the test system, an acrylic based gel. Antibody and antigen are allowed to react and then centrifuged and read for reactivity. When the tubes are centrifuged, the gel particles will trap agglutinins in the column. Large agglutinins will typically be trapped in a single layer at the top of the column, whereas smaller agglutinins may be trapped in a more dispersed pattern. If there is no agglutination at all, then the cells will fall to the bottom of the column. There is a picture below that explains the variation of reactivity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
215
Q

A patient has a positive antibody screen and a positive antibody panel. All panel cells are positive 3+ at the AHG phase of reactivity. The only tested cell that is negative is the autocontrol. You phenotype the patient and find negative results for the following antigens: E, Fya, S, and Jkb . You locate a testing cell which is phenosimilar. The cell reacts 3+ at the AHG phase.

Of the following choices, which is the most likely specificity of the antibody/antibodies?

Allo-anti-k

Allo-anti-e, -Jk(a), -Fy(b)

Allo-anti-E, -Fy(a), -S, -Jk(b)

Warm Autoantibody

A

Correct: Allo-anti-k

Since the autocontrol test was negative, there are no autoantibodies in the patient. The testing reveals that a cell that is phenotypically matched with the patient is incompatible with the patient’s serum. This suggests that the patient has an antibody against a high incidence antigen (one present on just about everyone’s red cells).

If the patient had multiple antibodies against the common antigens they were negative for(choice C), this cell would have been compatible with patient specimen. The patient is positive for the antigens listed in choice B and should not make alloantibodies to these antigens.

The k (“little k” - cellano) antigen is present in 99.9% of the population, and an antibody against it is the best of these choices.

Of course in the real clinical laboratory, we would not assume it is only one antibody. It could be multiple antibodies that have specificities other than the ones listed. The reagent cells are all the same strength, and the auto control is negative, which suggest one antibody to a high prevalence antigen. So for this question, the best answer is allo-anti-k.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
216
Q

A patient with sickle cell disease was transfused 2 units of red blood cells 2 weeks ago. A patient pretransfusion phenotype was not obtained prior to this transfusion. What technique can be used to obtain the patient phenotype in this case?

Wash the patient’s red cells with hypotonic saline (0.3%)

Wash the patient’s red cells with hypertonic saline (1.2%)

Treat the patient’s red cells with the ficin enzyme

Perform a cold-autoadsorption on the patient specimen

Perform a reticulocyte separation by micohematocrit separation

A

Correct: Wash the patient’s red cells with hypotonic saline (0.3%)

RBCs with Hemoglobin S (HbS) react differently than RBCs with HbA when exposed to hypotonic (0.3%) saline. The transfused RBCs, which contain HbA, will be hemolyzed by the hypotonic (0.3%) saline. The patient’s own RBCs (with HbS) will not be hemolyzed. This allows us, in most cases, to phenotype the remaining autologous RBCs after about 6 hypotonic (0.3%) saline washes.

Ficin would destroy certain red cell antigens (Duffy, MNS) and enchance others (Rh, I, Kidd, Lewis, P). Cold autoadsorption would remove a cold-reacting autoantibody from serum.

Reticulocyte separation by microhematocrit separation (AKA “reticulocyte harvest”) is a specialized procedure that can distinguish native RBCs from transfused RBCs in a recently transfused patient. Reticulocytes are usually present in increased quantities in anemic patients and are larger and less dense than mature RBCs, and therefore fall to the top layer of a microhematocrit tube when centrifuged at high speeds and are presumed to be primarily from the patient rather than the donor(s). The RBCs may then be used to identify the antigens carried on the patient’s own. Generally speaking, at least 3 days should have passed since the most recent transfusion or some of the less mature transfused RBCs could contaminate the patient reticulocyte population. Most reference labs, and some hospital transfusion services, use RBC antigen molecular genotyping as it is unaffected by recent transfusion. Red cells from patients with hemoglobin S or spherocytic disorders are not effectively separated by this method.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
217
Q

An antibody screen and autocontrol are tested and gives negative results with screening cells I, II and III. When the testing is complete, the technologist notices that the dry heating block incubator temperature is at 25oC, rather than at the required 37oC. Which stage of the agglutination reaction would be most affected by this error?

Sensitization

Lattice formation

A

Correct: Sensitization

Agglutination reactions occur in two stages. First, antibodies attach to the corresponding antigens on the RBC membrane which is called sensitization. The second stage, lattice formation (also called bridge formation) involves linking between sensitized RBCs to form visible agglutination.

Sensitization is affected by changes to the environment in which the antibody-antigen binding occurs. Factors like temperature, pH, incubation time, ionic strength of the solution can affect the ability of the antibody to bind to the antigen if the conditions are less than optimal. Sensitization can also be affected by the quality and quantity of antigen sites and antibody molecules as well as the accessibility of antigens on the RBC membrane. If there are less antigen sites, or less molecules of antibody, then of course we will have less opportunities for the antibody to coat the RBC surface. If the RBC antigens are not positioned to be accessible on the RBC membrane, the antibody, though present, may not be able to physically connect to the antigen. Other factors include the ratio of antigen/antibody, the “goodness” of the fit between antigen/antibody, and the avidity of the antibody for the antigen.

Lattice Formation occurs when the sensitized RBCs form cross-links to result in visible agglutination. Factors that influence this step include number and size of antigen sites, size and number of Ig molecules (i.e. IgG require more molecules to crosslink). Centrifugation is a huge factor here, because too light or too heavy centrifugation can impact the ability of the RBCs to link and be resuspended as visual agglutinins. Zeta Potential is a big factor in this stage and sensitized cells must overcome it in order to crosslink.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
218
Q

An enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) is selected for hepatitis B surface antigen testing at your facility. A group of students are visiting your facility and one asks “In any ELISA method, I know that there is a second antibody added which is linked to a reporter enzyme, but what is this called?”

target antibody

conjugate

capture antibody

surrogate

A

Correct: conjugate

Conjugate in any ELISA context refers to the process of chemically linking an antibody to a specific tag.

target antibody= targets the protein of interest

conjugate= tagged antibody

capture antibody= antibody immobilized on the surface of the wells of the plate

surrogate= surrogate as an immune marker that can substitute for the clinical end point

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
219
Q

As part of an antibody ID investigation, the technologist suspects the patient has an anti-k (little k), anti-Jka, anti-Fya, anti-S and anti-C. She decides to perform an adsorption to remove the anti-k.

Which phenotype cell below is the best choice as an adsorbing cell?

AET/DTT treated cell with phenotype: k+, Jka-, Fya-, S-, C-

Ficin treated donor cell with phenotype: k+, Jka-, Fya-, S-, C-

ZZAPP treated donor cell with phenotype: k+, Jka+, Fya+, S+, C+

Untreated donor RBC with phenotype: k-, Jka+, Fya+, S+, C+

A

Correct: Ficin treated cell with phenotype: k+, Jka-, Fya-, S-, C-

When we wish to adsorb out an antibody, we choose a cell that is POSITIVE for the corresponding antigen, and negative for all antigens corresponding to the other antibodies present. So in this case we choose a cell that is only positive for k, and negative for Jka, Fya, S, C. So that rules out any cell that is positive for antigens other than k.

Next, we need to think about whether or not we should treat the adsorbing cells with a chemical to enhance antibody uptake. So we look for chemicals that will help to make antigen sites more accessible. In the case of Kell, the antigens are destroyed by AET/DTT treatment, so although the phenotype matches, the k+ antigen will be destroyed by AET. Kell is unaffected by enzymes like ficin, but it is the only viable option. scenario, it is the only viable option.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
220
Q

When performing an elution, what is the purpose of testing the last wash?

To determine that antibody coated cells were prepared properly

To check the pH of the eluting fluid

To assure that all unbound antibodies were removed by washing

To verify that bound antibodies remain on the patient cells.

A

Correct: To assure that all unbound antibodies were removed by washing

In an elution procedure, we first wash the sensitized RBCs to remove any unbound antibodies that may interfere with the eluate. We test the last wash against (usually) screening cells to make sure that there are no remaining unbound antibodies.

One of the choices, “ To determine that antibody coated cells were prepared properly “ is not fully correct. That answer is too vague when compared to the one above, which describes a more exact reason for testing the last wash.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
221
Q

A cell separation is performed in a patient who is recently transfused as part of antibody ID testing. The microhematocrit tubes are spun and the top layer of cells harvested. Theoretically, which cells will be in the top layer of the microhematorcit tube?

Older Donor Cells

Older Patient Cells

Donor Reticulocytes

Patient Reticulocytes

A

Correct: Patient Reticulocytes

Reticulocytes are less dense than older cells, so they will rise to the top of the hematocrit tubes when they are centrifuged (remember than nuclear material of red cells is disintegrated before full maturity).

In a normal individual, the mature RBC has a lifespan in the peripheral circulation of 120 days, as opposed to the reticulocyte which will only appear in the peripheral circulation for about 1 day. In a donated unit of blood, any reticulocytes would have broken down before transfusion.

Additionally, a patient who requires transfusion is likely to be anemic, and therefore likely to have a higher than normal reticulocyte count.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
222
Q

An antibody ID includes a neutralization panel. Review the results below and then select the choice that best describes the correct interpretation of the results.

Antibody was neutralized

Antibody was not neutralized

Antibody does not have Lewis specificity

The test is invalid

A

Correct: The test is invalid

A neutralization procedure is performed by adding a substance to the plasma that will bind to a specific antibody specificity. The plasma and substance are allowed to incubate then the mixture is tested against antigen (+) and antigen (-) cells. When performing a neutralization, it is important to run a saline control to assure that the dilution of the plasma did not occur simply because a measure of another fluid was added.

In a neutralization procedure, the saline control should always be positive because a volume of inert substance is being added which should have no effect on the antibody function. In this case, the saline control is negative, so the test is invalid.

Had the Lewis neutralization worked, the saline control would be positive, and the Lewis substance (+) plasma would have given negative results.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
223
Q

An antibody ID investigation is being performed on a sample from a 40 year old female who received 4 units of RBCs one year ago. The antibody ID panel is 2+ with all cells tested, and the autocontrol is positive 2+. The DAT is 2+ with polyspecific and anti-IgG reagents. A technologist opts to treat the patient cells with chloroquine disphosphate as part of the antibody ID procedure.

Which choice below represents what she is most likely trying to accomplish?

Remove and concentrate bound antibody from the RBCs

Phenotype the patient RBCs

Separate patient RBCs from transfused RBCs

Prepare the patient RBCs for autoadsorbing.

A

Correct: Phenotype the patient RBCs

Choloroquine disphosphate breaks the bonds between bound antibody and the RBC membrane antigens to remove antibody off sensitized RBCs without damaging the cells (though it WILL damage the antibody). The antibodies get destroyed and you are able to antigen type the RBCs.

This procedure may be performed on patients who have not been recently transfused. If someone was transfused recently, you would have to go on to perform cell separation to harvest only patient cells after treatment. Since this patient was not recently transfused, we can rule out that option.

While you could use choloroquine to prepare cells for autoadsorbing, we would more likely use ZZAP which is a mixture of a proteolytic enzyme (papain) and a sulfhydryl reagent (DTT). is cheaper, faster, and less complicated to perform.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
224
Q

A patient with Multiple Myeloma is unable to be tested for ABO due to rouleaux reactions.

Which technique below will be the best choice to resolve the testing problems due to rouleaux?

Pre-warm technique

Saline replacement

Use of high protein reagents

Perform the testing at 4oC

A

Correct: Saline replacement

Rouleaux occurs because of serum abnormalities, and can be seen in patients with Multiple Myeloma. Saline replacement removes the extra proteins from the test systems and allows the cell button to be resuspended without the presence of the large proteins. Therefore the red cells won’t artificially adhere to each other.

Rouleaux could initially be confused for a cold agglutinin.

A pre-warm technique will not disperse the reactivity.

High protein reagents would exacerbate the problem since the rouleaux is due to an already high protein environment.

Performing the testing at 4oC would not resolve the issue.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
225
Q

A serologic phenotype was performed on a patient and it was determined the patient lacked the antigen. However, when the patient’s DNA was analyzed by a DNA array, it indicated the patient had the genetic change associated with the antigen.

Which of the following are possible causes of this discrepancy? **Select ALL possible correct answers.

Variation in DNA regions not tested by the array

Insufficient DNA sample tested

Weak antigen expression

Positive direct antiglobulin test (DAT)

A

Correct: Variation in DNA regions not tested by the array AND weak antigen expression

In general, DNA arrays only evaluate known common polymorphisms and do not analyze the entire DNA sequence. These methods are well suited to detect new variations in the DNA sequence or to detect the present of novel changes in inhibitor or precursor genes that could impact the ability of the antigen to be present phenotypically.

However, weak, modified and partial phenotypes can cause false negative serologic testing results. This is especially true of weak Fyb for Caucasians and weak/partial Rh antigens for those of African ancestry.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
226
Q

Select the complimentary base pair in RNA to adenine?

Thymine

Uracil

Cytosine

Guanine

A

Correct: Uracil

In DNA, the four nucleotides are adenine, guanine, cytosine, and thymine. Complementary pairs are adenine and thymine, guanine and cytosine.

In RNA, the four nucleotides are adenine, guanine, cytosine, and uracil. Adenines complementary nucleotide is uraci

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
227
Q

Homozygosity for a mutation in GATA-1 upstream from the Duffy gene is commonly found in African Americans. This inherited mutation results in what kind of effect on patient cells?

No Duffy antigens expressed on any of patient’s cells

Both Duffy antigens expressed on patient cells

No effect on the expression of Duffy antigens

No Duffy antigens expressed only on patient’s red cells

A

Correct: No Duffy antigens expressed only on patient’s red cells

This mutation disrupts binding of the erythroid-specific GATA-1 transcription factor and prevents expression of the gene in red cells, but not in other cells, e.g. tissue endothelium. Individuals that are Fy(a-b-) due to this SNP also lack DARC on their red cells and are resistant to malaria.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
228
Q

The postzone effect is due to excess ____________.

Antigens

Protein

Antibodies

Agglutination

A

Correct: Antigens

Postzone effect is due to excess antigens and will cause a false-negative reaction, just like in the prozone effect. Each antibody binds to different epitopes on the red cells and prevents crosslinking and agglutination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
229
Q

A group O person is transfused with group A red cells. Which type of hemolysis will occur?

Delayed

Extravascular

Intravascular

Hyperhemolysis

A

Correct: Intravascular

In cases of ABO incompatible transfusions, the MAC quickly assembles and lyses red cells before C3b/IgG opsonization can occur and induce phagocytosis. When the red cells lyse in circulation, it is called intravascular hemolysis. Clinical signs and symptoms will be acute due to the high toxicity of free hemoglobin in circulation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
230
Q

A pregnant woman is found to have hemolytic anti-Lea in her serum. The husband types Le(a+). This is her third child. What is the chance that the fetus will develop HDFN?

0%

50%

75%

100%

A

Correct: 0%

Lewis antigens are not well developed on cord cells and most newborns type Le(a-b-). As children grow, they may transiently type Le(a+b+) but reliable Lewis phenotyping is not developed until age 5 or 6. T

Lewis antibodies are predominantly IgM and not a cause of HDFN. Even if the anti-Lea is hemolytic and has an IgG portion, the antibody will not bind to the fetus/newborn’s red cells.

SBB Exam: This is a common question that presents with the Lewis antigens and the above explanation is what they’re looking for. In the 20th Edition of the AABB Manual (Page 315), it mentions that approximately 50% of newborns will type Le(a+) after enzyme treatment. This means the antigens may be extremely weak but does not change the history of Lewis antibodies not causing HDFN.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
231
Q

The prozone effect is due to excess ___________.

Antibodies

Antigens

Protein

Agglutination

A

Correct: Antibodies

A prozone may occur with an unusually high antibody concentration that diminishes the chance of antibody binding two separate particles or red cells. No visible agglutination can occur.

In serology, this effect is unusual but may occur if the red cell antibody is very high and may cause discrepant reverse typing. Diluting the serum will resolve the prozone issue.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
232
Q

IgG antibodies causing red cell destruction by inducing extravascular hemolysis do so by: (Select all that apply)

Phagocyte consumption through Fc receptors

None, IgG antibodies cause intravascular hemolysis

Phagocyte consumption through complement-based opsonization

Complement activation and insertion of the membrane attack complex

A

Correct Answers: Phagocyte consumption through Fc receptors and Phagocyte consumption through complement-based opsonization

Extravascular hemolysis usually presents as delayed hemolytic transfusion reactions. IgG antibodies can induce phagocytosis via Fc receptors and/or opsonization. In this method, red cells are destroyed OUTSIDE of their normal compartment (Extra as a prefix means outside or beyond). The red cells are destroyed by phagocytes using the RES system. Remember, the RES system evolved to break down and recycle autologous red cells as part of normal cell turnover; however, the destruction of incompatible red cells overwhelms the system and can cause substantial morbidity (and occasionally mortality).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
233
Q

The development of protein from RNA is referred to as:

Transcription

Translation

Activation

Recombination

A

Correct: Translation

DNA has to be transcribed to RNA to be translated to protein.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
234
Q

If a patient’s serum was adsorbed with allogeneic R1R1 cells that are Jk(a-b+), which alloantibodies would remain behind, if present?

Anti-C, -e, -Jka

Anti-c, -E, -Jkb

Anti-D, -C, -e, -Jkb

Anti-c, -E, -Jka

A

Correct: Anti-c, -E, -Jka

R1R1 Jk(b+) cells = Rh+, C+, e+, Jkb+

Using R1R1 Jk(b+) red cells to adsorb serum will result in anti-D, -C, -e, and -Jkb being removed from the serum onto the red cells, if present.

The red cells cannot remove antibodies to antigens that are not present and therefore would leave behind anti-E, -c, and -Jka.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
235
Q

The enzyme responsible for conferring H activity on the red cell membrane is:

Galactosyl transferase

N-acetylgalactosaminyl transferase

L-fucosyltransferase

N-acetylfucosaminyl transferase

A

Correct response is L-fucosyltransferase

L-fucosyltransferase helps add/bestow an L-fucose molecule to the terminal galactose of the precursor chain.

The H antigen can be developed using a type 1 (by adding the fucose to the B1,3 linkage) or type 2 precursor (by adding the fucose to the B1,4 linkage) Either mechanism confers activity of H via L-fucosyltransferase.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
236
Q

Which of the following phenotypes will react with an Anti-f?

rr

R1R1

R1R2

r’r”

A

Correct: rr

Note that the antigen is not really “compound”, in that it isn’t formed by the mere presence of c and e on the same red cell, but rather by the action of the Rhce allele that also encodes both c and e. So, it might be better to say that RHce codes for c, e, and f. The f antibody (anti-f) acts much like other Rh antibodies, with evidence of hemolytic disease of the fetus/newborn (HDFN) and possible hemolytic transfusion reactions.

While it might appear on a typical panel/antigram that expressing c and e equals f, the expression is a bit more complex than surface level.

The f antigen is present when a person inherits an allele of the RHCE gene that codes for both the c and e antigens (specifically, the RHce allele of the RhCE gene), and absent if the person does not inherit that allele. This means that the Rh haplotypes R0 and r are f-positive, since both haplotypes include the RHce allele. Since most D-negative people have the rr genotype, f is present in the vast majority of D-negative (“Rh-negative”) individuals

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
237
Q

Individuals who are non-secretor, group A, Le(a+b-) would have which substance in their saliva?

A, H, Lea, Leb

A, H, Lea

A, Lea, Leb

Lea only

A

Correct: Lea only

Short answer: If a person is a nonsecretor (sese), then they will NOT have ABH substances in their secretions. Additionally, a person who inherits the Le gene, will only produce Leb substance ONLY IF they possess the secretor gene (Sese or SeSe).

Long answer: The secretor gene and Lewis gene produce enzymes that act upon the same precursor chain, having a preference for the type 1 chain (this means that technically type 1 and/or type 2 chains can be used but the precursor prefers type 1). Type 1 chains have a B1-3 linkage between the terminal galactose and N-acetylglucosamine.
The Lewis transferase is encoded by the gene FUT3. If inherited, the Lewis transferase “automatically” puts a fucose at position 4 on GLCNAC becoming the Lea antigen. If a person has no secretor gene (sese), then only Lea is found in the persons secretions and on red blood cells.
For Leb to develop, the secretor gene, FUT2, must act first to put fucose onto the treminal galactose and then the Lewis gene puts fucose onto the N-acetylglucosamine.

People who don’t make Lewis antigens have inherited two of the many silent alleles. There is no fucose attachment to the N-acetly glucosamine in this case. These individuals do no have Lewis substances on their red blood cells or in their secretions. Depending upon their secretor status, they can STILL secrete H as well as A and B when those genes are present.

Lewis antigens in the secretions are glycoproteins. Lewis antigens on red blood cells are glycosphingolipids. The Lewis antigens are not integral to the red blood cells but are ADSORBED onto the red blood cells. The attachment is not necessarily permanent: transfused red blood cells become the recipient’s Lewis phenotype within 7 days.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
238
Q

An individual has the genotype MkMk. What phenotype would you expect to observe on their red cells?

M-N-S-s-

M-N-S+s+

M-N+S-s+

M+N-S-s-

A

Correct response: M-N-S-s-

This phenotype occurs in individuals who inherit two doses of the Mk gene (MkMk) resulting in a null phenotype. These individuals have almost complete deletion of glycophorin A and B. Only a few individuals of the MkMk phenotype have ever been identified and appear to have a normal hematologic picture even though they lack GPA and GPB.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
239
Q

A woman requested prediction of the Rh genotype of her children. The phenotype results were:
Mother: dce
Husband: DEce
Paternal Grandfather: dEce
Paternal Grandmother: DcCe
Which genotype is possible for a child produced by the woman and her husband?

R1r

R2r

r”r”

Ror

A

Correct response is Ror

Mom would most likely be rr, based on her phenotype.

Look at the Dad’s parentage to find out the Dad’s most probable genotype:
Paternal Grandfather must be r”r, since he is Rh negative. Paternal Grandmother must have one gene that is Ro, in order for Dad to inherit both the D and e antigen. Therefore, grandmother is most likely RoR1. We care less about the grandmother’s specific genotype, only that she must have passed on the Ro gene. Therefore, dad is most likely Ror”, making the child’s most likely genotype Ror (Ro from dad and r from mom).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
240
Q

A patient requires transfusion of 2 allogeneic red blood cells prior to an emergency surgery following a pedestrian vs automobile event. The current antibody screen is negative but that patient has a history of being A negative with an Anti-S. How many segments should you screen to find 2 units of LRBCs matching the patient’s needs (note: you must also account for the prevalence of A-)?

5 segments

66 segments

50 segments

16 segment

A

units / combined antigen negative frequency rates* = # of units to screen

Correct: 66 segments

*Note that for ABO you should use the regular antigen prevalence as we WANT units that are positive for the corresponding antigen

2 / (0.45 (A) * 0.15 (Rh) * 0.45 (S)) = 66

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
241
Q

Which of the following statements is true of the Cromer blood group?

the antigens are carried on DAF (decay accelerating factor)

antigens in the Cromer system include Tc(a), and Mcca

antigens in the Cromer system are considered clinically significant

antibodies against CROM antigens are IgM

A

Correct: the antigens are carried on DAF (decay accelerating factor)

Antigens in the Cromer system include Cra, Tc(a), Tc(b), Tc(c), Dr(a), Es(a), IFC, WES(a), WES(b) and UMC.Mcca (McCoy) is in the Knops Blood Group. There is little evidence that these antigens have caused an HTR, and CROM antibodies have not been implicated in HDFN. However, antibodies against CROM antigens are IgG and require an IAT for detection. They may also be inhibited by serum or concentrated urine from antigen-positive individuals.

242
Q

Reagents used to differentiate IgG from IgM antibodies include:

2-ME and DTT

AET and Ficin

Chloroquine Diphosphate and Citric Acid

AET and DTT and papain

ZZAPP

A

Correct: 2-ME and DTT

2-ME and DTT are used to differentiate between IgG and IgM antibodies. These reagents break down the disulfide bonds found in IgM antibodies, and denature them. Also, these sulfhydryl reagents used at low concentration may weaken antigens of the Kell system (denature the “Kell cloud”).

243
Q

Function and effect of 2-mercaptoethanol (2ME) and dithiothreitol (DTT) on red cell antigens and antibodies

A

Function: 2ME and DTT are thiol (sulfahydryl) reagents that destroy disulfide bonds

Antibodies: can differentiate IgM antibodies from IgG; will destroy the disulfide bonds of the J chains in IgM pentamers but will leave IgG molecules intact

Antigens: destroys antigens that contain disulfide bonds (Kell, LW, Lutheran, Yta (Cartwright), Scianna, and Dombrock)

DTT can also be used to treat red cells of Multiple Myeloma patients taking Dartumamab (anti-CD38) therapy. It will remove the anti-CD38 from the cell surface and allow for accurate pretransfusion testing. However, these patients should always receive K negative blood since their Kell antigens would be destroyed in this process.

244
Q

Function and effect of AET (2-aminoethylisothiouronium bromide) on red cell antigens and antibodies

A

AET is a thiol reagent solely used in laboratories to create Kell-null red cells. It is not used to treat serum or affect antibodies.

245
Q

Function and effect of ficin, papain, trypsin, and bromelin on red cell antigens and antibodies

A

Ficin, papain, trypsin, and bromelin are all proteolytic enzymes that destroy sialic acid on the red cell membrane, which has two effects on red cells:

  1. Destroys red cell antigens that are attached to sialic acid (M, N, S, s, Fya, Fyb, Fy6, GE 2 & 4, Xga, Yta, Chido/Rogers, JMH) and therefore indirectly exposes/enhances antigens closer to the red cell membrane (U, Rh, Kidd, P1, Lewis, I, Lutheran, Fy3, Fy5, FORS, GE3, Diego, Scianna, Dombrock, Colton, LW, Cromer, Knops, Bg). Kell system antigens are unaffected.
  2. Enhances the reactivity of antibodies with the remaining red cell antigens by eliminating the negative charge (zeta potential) that sialic acids give to RBCs, meaning they can move closer together allowing antibodies to more easily agglutinate them.
246
Q

Function and effect of chloroquine diphosphate on red cell antigens and antibodies

A

Chloroquine Diphosphate can be used to remove IgG from patient’s red cells so that they may be phenotyped. It is not typically used to prepare RBCs for autologous adsorptions (in order to remove an autoantibody to check for underlying alloantibodies) because using ZZAPP is faster and cheaper.

It will also remove HLA antigens from red cells which can aid in the identification of anti-Bg specific antibodies.

247
Q

Function and effect of citric acid on red cell antigens and antibodies

A

Citric acid (or the ketonic form, citrate) is not an enhancement used for antigen or antibody ID; it is a preservative used in almost all RBC storage.

248
Q

Function and effect of ZZAPP on red cell antigens and antibodies

A

ZZAPP is a combination of DTT + papain and can remove immunoglobulins and complement from the surface of RBCs, most commonly when evaluating a potential autoantibody. It will also deactivate Kell antigens (due to the thiol) and M, N, S, s, Fya, Fyb, Fy6, GE 2 & 4, Xga, Yta, Chido/Rogers, JMH).

249
Q

A specimen of RBCs give the following reactions:
Anti-D: +
Anti-Rhi: +
Anti-f: +
The most probable RH genotype for this patient is:

R0r

R1r

R2r

R1R1

A

Correct:R1r

Two major Rh “compound” antigens exist which you must know for the SBB exam: f and Rhi. Rhi represents a compound antigen that occurs when someone inherits C and e on the same chromosome, and f represents a compound antigen that occurs when comeone inherits c and e on the same chromosome.

In this example the red cells typed as f+ and rhi+ indicating the genotype is ce/Ce respectively since both will need to reside on the same chromosome.

R1r is the only correct choice (DCe/dce).

250
Q

Which of the following phenotypes is related to malarial resistance?

Le(a-b-)

Jk(a-b-)

Fy(a-b-)

Rh null

A

Correct Fy(a-b-)

Fya and Fyb proteins are receptors for the malaria organisms p. vivax. A selective trait called GATA mutation allows for some individuals (most common in the black population) to lack Fya and Fyb expression on erythrocytes which resists the malarial parasite from entering the red blood cell.

251
Q

Which of the following observations suggest that the patient’s blood is the McLeod phenotype?

K-, k+

K-, k-

K-, k+w

K+w, k+w

A

Correct K-kw+

McLeod phenotype individuals inherit an X Linked mutation that causes an absence of the Xk protein and the universal Km antigen on their red cells (remember that Km is a result of the interaction between Xk and Kell), leading to weakened expression of high prevalence Kell antigens k, Kpa, and Jsb. These patient’s are usually K- (although some Kw+ have been described).

252
Q

To confirm the specificity of a serum containing Anti-P, an inhibition/neutralization study was performed and the following results were obtained:
Inhibition Test: NEG
Inhibition Control: NEG
What conclusions can be made from these results?

Anti-P is confirmed

Anti-P is ruled out

The Anti-P was inhibited

The test is not valid

A

Correct: This test is NOT valid

The inhibition/neutralized control should be always be positive! The absence of agglutination in the dilution control tube means that the dilution in the neutralization step was too great for the antibody present, and the results of the test are invalid.

The steps in a neutralization procedure include the following:

  1. Add neutralizing substance to patient plasma
  2. Prepare a dilution control tube containing equal volumes of saline and patient plasma
  3. Incubate all tubes at room temperature for 30 minutes
  4. Mix 1 drop of each test red cell sample with 4 drops from each of the tubes: potentially neutralized plasma and saline + plasma and test each one according to red cell standards.

If the dilution control is negative, you’ve demonstrated that you have DILUTED the antibody of interest (which makes your testing invalid). You would also expect your neutralized plasma to be negative but you cannot positively confirm whether this is due to diluting the antibody or neutralization.

253
Q

Which of the following statements is true regarding the G antigen?

The immune response to the antigen appears to be a mixture of anti-C and anti-D

Anti-C, Anti-D and anti-G cannot be distinguished serologically

Obstetric patients who have anti-G are not considered to be suitable candidates for Rh Immune Globulin prophylaxis

It is important to distinguish anti-G from anti-C + anti-D in the pretransfusion setting

A

Correct: The immune response to the antigen appears to be a mixture of anti-C and anti-D

The G antigen is found on red cells possessing C or D and maps to the 103Serine residue present on RhD, RhCe, or RhCE.

Antibodies directed against the G antigen appear to be a mixture of anti-C and anti-D Anti-C, anti-D and anti-G cannot be separated by routine serologic testing, but they can be distinguished by adsorption and elution studies using D-Cg+ and Dg+C- red cells

It is not usually necessary to determine whether an immune response that appears to be anti-C + anti-D is actually anti-G in the context of pretransfusion testing, because patients with anti-G must received D-C- blood regardless.

For obstetric patients, it is important to distinguish anti-G from anti-C and anti-D as this has ramifications for Rh immune globulin candidacy. In other words, it is important to provide Rh immune prophylaxis to women with anti-G to prevent immunization to the D antigen when indicated.

The immune response to the G antigen is clinically significant, just as with all other members of the Rh blood group system.

254
Q

The results of this panel are consistent with the presence of which antibody(ies)?

Anti-Fyb and Anti-K

Anti-CD

Anti-D and Anti-Fya

Anti-D and Anti-Jkb

A

correct: anti-CD

255
Q

A 10 year old child is admitted to the hospital for an investigation of unexplained hemolysis. The mother reported that the child recently had a mumps infection. The child had been playing in the snow, and after he came in from the cold the mother reported he had red urine. The next best test to perform to determine the antibody specificity is:

Antibody ID panel

Ham’s test

Donath Landsteiner Test

Elution

A

correct: Donath Landsteiner test

This is a classical pattern of Paroxysmal Cold Hemoglobinuira (PCH). A biphasic auto-anti-P antibody develops after a viral infection, commonly in children. The antibody binds complement to the RBCs in a cooler temperature, and then causes hemolysis when the temperature rises. A donath landsteiner test is performed to prove the biphasic antibody is present.

256
Q

A 65 year old make is admitted to the hospital for a osteomyletis. He has been taking oral penicillin for the past two months. His type and screen give the following results: ABO/Rh = O positive, Antibody screen: SCI, SCII, and Auto 3+ at AHG. A DAT is performed and the results are PS = 2+, IgG = 2+, C3 = NEG. An elu-kit elution is performed and the panel cells are all 3+.
The antibody is most likely:

Anti-penicillin

Broad-spectrum warm autoantibody

Broad-spectrum cold autoantibody

Antibody to a high frequency antigen

A

correct: broad spectrum warm autoantibody

Although the patient is on penicillin, he is taking oral medication, which is not implicated in the production of an anti-penicillin antibody. Those antibodies are typically seen in patients taking large amounts of IV penicillin. In addition, the penicillin antibody reacts only in the presence of drug coated cells. This is most likely a warm autoantibody of broad specificity. The screen is positive at AGT with all cells tested. The eluate is positive with all cells tested, and the DAT is positive due to IgG.

257
Q

An individual who is Ko will have which of the following antigens on the RBC membrane?

Ku

Kx

Ko

K11

A

answer: Kx

An individual who is Ko (or Kell null) will lack all Kell system antigens EXCEPT Kx. These Ko individuals are capable of making antibodies to all Kell system antigens that are lacking.

The Ku antigen appears on all cells except for Ko cells. Ko individuals are capable of making an anti-Ku (K “universal”)

The Kx antigen actually has enhanced reactivity when other Kell sysem antigens are denatured, or missing. The Kx antigen resides in its own protein called XK.

258
Q

What is the most likely cause of the test result below:

Anti-Pr

Anti-M

Anti-Fya

A

Auto-anti-Pr has been known to cause Cold Hemagglutinin Disease. This antibody characteristically reacts with all donor reagent red cells with binding preference at colder temperature (0C). When tested with cord cells, auto-anti-Pr remains reactive. The Pr system was named for its sensitivity to protease (an enzyme) and neuraminidase (also an enzyme). In other words, Pr antigens are abolished/destroyed with the treatment of neuraminidase to red cells.

259
Q

Which of the following is a carbohydrate blood group antigen?

Fyb

Jsa

M

Leb

A

Leb is a carbohydrate blood group antigen that, along with Lea results from the interaction of genes at two independent loci, Le and Se.

Lewis antigens are not intrinsic to red cells; instead they are located on type 1 glycosphingolipids in plasma that adsorb to the surface of cells.

The other blood group antigens listed are protein-based blood group antigens.

260
Q

An individual types as Wr(a-b-), M-N-S+s-, and has reduced sialic acid concentration. This individual is most likely:

Ena-

Rh null

MgMg

Inab

A

correct: Ena-

Ena- RBCs have markedly reduced sialic acid and don’t produce the glycophorin A, which means that the M and N antigens are not present. In addition, these cells typically type as Wr(a-b-)

261
Q

Which antibody is most likely to cause this pattern of reactivity?

anti-M

anti-k

anti-e

anti-Lw

A

correct: anti-e

While It’s true that the only cell that is negative is both M- and e-. This pattern of reactivity is not typical for anti-M, which is usually an IgM antibody. The result is much more likely to be an IgG anti-e.

262
Q

Which of the following antigens are NOT developed on cord cells?

I and Sda

M and N

D and c

K1 and Lea

A

Correct: I and Sda

The other antigens are well developed on cord cells. Newborns express “i” which develop into “I” with age.

Additionally, Sda is a carbohydrate antigen (as is i/I) synthesized by an enzyme. Sda has a characteristic mixed field appearance with free red cells when viewed microscopically. Sda is inhibited by urine from Sda+ individuals and by guinea pig urine. Anti-Sda is not generally considered clinically significant.

Sda is noted for its “refractile” appearance under the microscope mixed with tightly bound red cells.

263
Q

Characteristics of PCH include:

The antibody is usually IgM

The antibody has P specificity

The antibody is nonreactive with enzyme treated cells

All of the above are true

A

Correct: antibody has P specificity.

PCH is caused by a biphasic, IgG antibody, which does react with enzyme treated cells.

Diagnosis is based on evidence of anemia linked to hemolysis, the presence of hemoglobin in urine, a positive result from the Donath-Landsteiner (DL) test and evidence of anti-P specificity of the IgG autoantibodies.

Most cases of PCH are self-limited so treatment is usually symptomatic, including keeping the patient warm and red blood cell transfusion if necessary. Patients with few clinical symptoms and slight anemia may not require drug therapy. Corticosteroids and splenectomy are usually ineffective and should not be considered. In cases of life-threatening PCH, plasmapheresis can temporarily dampen the hemolysis. Some patients may respond to rituximab, although responses are usually short-lived. If syphilis is present, treatment with antibiotics generally eliminates the concurrent hemolysis.

264
Q

Which of the statement(s) is(are) TRUE for the I/i system?

I and i are alleles

little i antigen is comprised of many branched chains

HDN due to potent anti-I has been described

Patients with M. pneumoniae infection often develop strong cold agglutinins with I specificity

A

Correct: Patients with M. pneumoniae infection often develop strong cold agglutinins with I specificity

The production of autoanti-I may be stimulated by microorganisms carrying I like antigen on their surface. Patients with Mycoplasma pneumoniae often develop strong cold agglutinins with I specificity as a crossreactive response to mycoplasma antigen and can experience a transient episode of acute abrupt hemolysis just as the infection begins to resolve. I an i are not really alleles. At birth, infant red cells are rich in i, and I is almost undetectable. Over the next 18 months the infant’s red cells will convert from i to I antigen. Remember that the i antigen is a straight chain form, and the I antigen, is a branched form of the chain. HDN due to potent anti-I has not been described, since fetal cells have only i antigen, and not the I antigen.

anti-i development associated with infectious mononucleosis

anti-I development associated with M. pneumonia (ie “walking pneumonia”)

265
Q

Transfusion of Ch+ (Chido +) red cells to a patient with anti-Ch has been reported to cause:

clinically significant immune red cell destruction

no clinically significant red cell destruction

decreased Cr51 red cell survival

febrile transfusion reactions

A

correct: No clinically significant red cell destruction

Anti-Ch is not generally considered clinically significant.

The nine antigens of the CH/RG (Chido/Rodgers) system are not produced by erythroid cells, they are located on a fragment of the fourth component of complement. No CH/RG antibodies are known to have caused HTRs or HDFN and antigen negative blood is NOT required for transfusion.

Chido/Rodgers is readily inhibited by plasma from CH/RG positive individuals.

Chido/Rodgers antibodies are often categorized as high-titer, low avidity and are destroyed by enzymes. Most HTLA antibodies are directed against high incidence red cell antigens.

266
Q

The image below corresponds to which structure(s)?

Type 1 & 2 precursor

Type 2 precursor

Type 3 precursor

Type 1 precursor

A

Answer: Type 1 precursor

A, B, and H immunodominant sugars are added to precursor chains called type 1 and type 2 chains. These chains differ in the linkage of a galactose to an N-acetyl-D-glucosamine residue:

in type 1 chains the linkage is beta 1 –> 3, and in type 2 chains it is beta 1 –> 4.

Research has shown that the ABH antigens synthesized by the red cells are only carried on type 2 chains and are attached to both glycolipids and glycoproteins. However, some ABH antigens on red cells are acquired from secretions (and thus are dependent on secretor genes as well as on ABH genes). The ABH antigens acquired from the plasma are on type 1 chains and are glycolipids (glycolipids can be inserted into the membrane of red cells).

267
Q

An Rh-negative woman has requested prediction of the Rh genotype of her offspring. Phenotyping results of her family shows the results above. What is the husband’s most likely Rh genotype?

R1r’

r’r’

R1r

Ror’

A

Answer: Ror’

The best first step to be most successful for these questions is to look straight at the answers and immediately decode them into the fisher race nomenclature. Right of the bat this excludes answers one and two. We know the husbands phenotype must contain little c but answers one and two do not have these.

Remember that the benefit of switching between these two nomenclatures is to be able to predict the genotype given the phenotype. In this case, based on the brothers phenotype, he MUST have inherited a r allele from his Rh(neg) mother. Thus the brothers predicted genotype is Ror. We know that the Ro came from the dad and the r came from the mom.

Finally the husband who is in question is Rh pos so must have inheritd the Ro from the dad. Shown in the punnet square below, we don’t know completely what the dad’s genotype was but can surmise the top portion of the offspring.

268
Q

The following Rh phenotyping results are obtained. What is the most likely genotype?

rr

r’r

r”r

r’r”

A

answer: r’r”

patient must have inherited all of the antigens dCcEe. the only answer which fits this is the last.

269
Q

Function and effect of glycine acid EDTA (EGA) on red cells and antibodies

A

Very similar to Chloroquine diphosphate; used to remove IgG antibodies from the surface of red blood cells. Useful in settings where the RBCs are coated by autoantibodies (as in warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia) or alloantibodies (as in hemolytic disease of the fetus/newborn) so that the red cells may be used for phenotyping or adsorption.
EGA is incubated with the red cells for a short time, and is fairly effective in removing IgG so the red cells can then be used in the ways mentioned above. It is important to note that EGA damages certain antigens on the surface of the red cell, most notably antigens in the Kell blood group system, so Kell phenotypes are useless on EGA-treated RBCs.

270
Q

What is the purpose of using Rabbit Erythrocyte Stromatolites (RES)?

Used to adsorb warm autoantibodies

Used to separate bound antibody from the red cell membrane

Used to enhance antibody uptake

Used to adsorb cold autoantibodies

A

Correct: used by some blood bankers to remove (or “adsorb“) cold antibodies from a patient’s blood sample

These antibodies are usually autoantibodies) that have specificity to the “I” or “IH” antigens. Cold antibodies are generally clinically insignificant, but cause issues in pretransfusion testing.

Prewarm technique accomplishes this same goal, and as it is free, is used much more commonly in blood banking.

RESt can also adsorb clinically significant antibodies that are primarily IgM, as demonstrated with anti-Vel most clearly, but also shown with many other significant antibodies with an IgM component (most notably, anti-B). Unfortunately, pre-warming may also mask the presence of significant antibodies, so neither solution is perfect.

271
Q

A 65 year old make is admitted to the hospital for a osteomyletis. He has been taking oral penicillin for the past two months. His type and screen give the following results: ABO/Rh = O positive, Antibody screen: SCI, SCII, and Auto 3+ at AHG. A DAT is performed and the results are PS = 2+, IgG = 2+, C3 = NEG. An elu-kit elution is performed and the panel cells are all 3+.
The antibody is most likely:

Anti-penicillin

Broad-spectrum warm autoantibody

Broad-spectrum cold autoantibody

Antibody to a high frequency antigen

A

correct: broad spectrum warm autoantibody

Although the patient is on penicillin, he is taking oral medication, which is not implicated in the production of an anti-penicillin antibody. Those antibodies are typically seen in patients taking large amounts of IV penicillin.In addition, the penicillin antibody reacts only in the presence of drug coated cells.This is most likely a warm autoantibody of broad specificity. The screen is positive at AGT with all cells tested. The eluate is positive with all cells tested, and the DAT is positive due to IgG.

272
Q

An individual who is Ko will have which of the following antigens on the RBC membrane?

Ku

Kx

Ko

K11

A

answer: Kx

An individual who is Ko (or Kell null) will lack all Kell system antigens EXCEPT Kx. These Ko individuals are capable of making antibodies to all Kell system antigens that are lacking.

The Ku antigen appears on all cells except for Ko cells. Ko individuals are capable of making an anti-Ku (K “universal”)

The Kx antigen actually has enhanced reactivity when other Kell sysem antigens are denatured, or missing. The Kx antigen resides in its own blood group system called XK.

273
Q

Which of the following is a carbohydrate blood group antigen?

Fyb

Jsa

M

Leb

A

Leb is a carbohydrate blood group antigen that, along with Lea results from the interaction of genes at two independent loci, Le and Se.

Lewis antigens are not intrinsic to red cells; instead they are located on type 1 glycosphingolipids in plasma that adsorb to the surface of cells.

The other blood group antigens listed are protein-based blood group antigens.

274
Q

An individual types as Wr(a-b-), M-N-S+s-, and has reduced sialic acid concentration. This individual is most likely:

Ena-

Rh null

MgMg

Inab

A

correct: Ena-

The M-N- phenotype could be a result of Mk inheritance or Ena- inheritance; the big clue here is that the Wr antigens are missing, hinting that the red cells are deficient in Band 3/glycophorin A. Ena- RBCs have markedly reduced sialic acid, and as such don’t produce the glycophorin A, which means that the M and N antigens are not present. In addition, these cells typically type as Wr(a-b-)

The high prevalence Ena antigen was coined as an important component of the RBC “envelope”, and thus given the name Ena. The Ena phenotype is exceedingly rare. Individuals who are Ena- either completely lack glycophorin A or have a variant glycophorin A. Recall glycophorins are proteins glycosylated with sialic acid that span the red blood cell membrane. Sialic acid gives the red blood cell its negative charge. Around 70% of the RBCs sialic acid content is carried on glycophorin A.

issit et al defined three categories of anti-Ena according to their reactivity with enzyme treated red blood cells. The enzymes cleaved at different locations on glycophorin A. for example, anti-enaTS was the specificity when the antibody was non-reactive after reagent red blood cells were treated with trypsin. Anti-enafs was non reative when cells were treated with papain or ficin and antiena fr was the specificity of an antibody that reacted with ficin or papain ie It was resistant.

275
Q

Which antibody is likely present based on the antigram below?

anti-M

anti-k

anti-e

anti-Lw

A

correct: anti-e

While It’s true that the only cell that is negative is both M- and e-. This pattern of reactivity is not typical for anti-M, which is usually an IgM antibody. The result is much more likely to be anti-e.

276
Q

Which of the following antigens are NOT developed on cord cells?

I and Sda

M and N

D and c

K1 and Lea

A

Correct: I and Sda

The other antigens are well developed on cord cells.

Recall from previous questions newborns express “i” which develop into “I” with age.

Additionally, Sda is a carbohydrate antigen (as is i/I) synthesized by an enzyme. Sda has a characteristic mixed field appearance with free red cells when viewed microscopically. Sda is inhibited by urine from Sda+ individuals and by guinea pig urine. Anti-Sda is not generally considered clinically significant.

Sda is noted for its “refractile” appearance under the microscope mixed with tightly bound red cells.

277
Q

A patient is tested for a type and screen and gives the following results:
ABO: anti-A = 0, anti-b = 0
Rh (IAT): anti-D = 2+, Rh control = 2+
Antibody screen (IAT): SC1 = 2+, SC2 = 2+, SC3 = 2+

What is the most likely explanation for these results?

patient has a cold autoantibody

patient has a warm autoantibody

patient has multiple allo-antibodies

patient has an alloantibody directed against a high frequency antigen

A

correct: patient has a warm autoantibody

The SCI, SCII and AC are all 2+, and the positive Rh control suggests a positive DAT. Of the choices listed, the warm autoantibody is the best selection. A cold autoantibody would most likely not give positive results at IAT. Multiple alloantibodies would most likely not give a positive autocontrol (unless the person were transfused recently, which we don’t know for this problem). An antibody to a high frequency antigen, would not typically cause a positive auto control

278
Q

Which of the statement(s) is(are) TRUE for the I/i system?

I and i are alleles

little i antigen is comprised of many branched chains

HDN due to potent anti-I has been described

Patients with M. pneumoniae infection often develop strong cold agglutinins with I specificity

A

Correct: Patients with M. pneumoniae infection often develop strong cold agglutinins with I specificity

The production of autoanti-I may be stimulated by microorganisms carrying I like antigen on their surface. Patients with Mycoplasma pneumoniae often develop strong cold agglutinins with I specificity as a crossreactive response to mycoplasma antigen and can experience a transient episode of acute abrupt hemolysis just as the infection begins to resolve. I an i are not really alleles. At birth, infant red cells are rich in i, and I is almost undetectable. Over the next 18 months the infant’s red cells will convert from i to I antigen. Remember that the i antigen is a straight chain form, and the I antigen, is a branched form of the chain. HDN due to potent anti-I has not been described, since fetal cells have only i antigen, and not the I antigen.

There are two disease associations with development of anti-i and anti-I:

anti-i development associated with infectious mononucleosis

anti-I development associated with M. pneumonia (ie “walking pneumonia”)

279
Q

An Rh-negative woman has requested prediction of the Rh genotype of her offspring. Phenotyping results of her family shows the results above. What is the husband’s most likely Rh genotype?

R1r’

r’r’

R1r

Ror’

A

Answer: Ror’

Decoding all the answers into the fisher race nomenclature right away excludes answers one and two. We know the husbands phenotype must contain little c but answers one and two do not have these.

In this case, based on the brothers phenotype, he MUST have inherited a r allele from his Rh(neg) mother. Thus the brothers predicted genotype is Ror. We know that the Ro came from the dad and the r came from the mom.

Finally the husband who is in question is Rhpos so must have inheritd the Ro from the dad. Shown in the punnet square below, we don’t know completely what the dad’s genotype was but can surmise the top portion of the offspring.

280
Q

The following Rh phenotyping results are obtained. What is the most likely genotype?

rr

r’r

r”r

r’r”

A

answer: r’r”

patient

D- all answers fit

patient must have inherited all of the antigens dCcEe.

the only answer which fits this is the last.

The patient is also f- which makes sense as f is only expressed in individuals who inherit ce on one allele.

rr= dce + dce = dce

r’r= dCe + dce = dCce

r”r= dcE + dce = dcEe

r’r”= dCe + dcE = dCcEe

281
Q

How could someone inherit both the c and e allele, but still be negative for f?

patient did inherit the RHCE*ce allele

patient did not inherit the RHCE*ce allele

patient did not inherit the RHCE*CE allele

patient did inherit the RHCE*CE allele

A

answer: patient did not inherit the RHCE*ce allele

The antigen known as “f” has historically been described as a “compound antigen” in the Rh blood group system. The f antigen is present when a person inherits an allele of the RHCE gene that codes for both the c and e antigens (specifically, the RHCEce allele of the RhCE gene), and absent if the person does not inherit that allele (i.e., if the person inherits only some combination of the other three RHCE alleles: RHCECe, RHCEcE, or the very uncommon RHCECE).
Anyone who inherits either the Rh haplotype R0 or r is f-positive, since both haplotypes include the RHCE*ce allele. Since most D-negative people have either the rr genotype (most common) or the rr’ genotype, the vast majority of D-negative (“Rh-negative”) individuals are f-positive.
People who lack the f antigen are almost always D-positive, with genotypes like R1R1, R1R2, or R2R2 (to name a few). Those who lack the antigen, not surprisingly, can make an antibody against the f antigen. Anti-f acts much like other Rh antibodies, with evidence of hemolytic disease of the fetus/newborn (HDFN) in f-positive babies born to f-negative moms with anti-f, and possible hemolytic transfusion reactions if someone with anti-f is exposed to f-positive red blood cell transfusions.

282
Q

The inheritance of this null leads to a syndrome with hematologic and chemical abnormalities. The syndrome includes a mild compensated anemia, reticulocytosis and stomatocytosis. A decrease in haptoglobin and an increase in bilirubin are also seen. The null can have two origins, regulator and amorphic. Name that null!

Rhnull phenotype

Kell null phenotype

McLeod phenotype

Bombay Phenotype

In(Jk)

A

Correct: Rh null phenotype

Rhnull syndrome is rare, and is characterized by a complete lack of all Rh antigens. It is caused by either a mutation in the gene for the Rh-related Antigen (RHAG) (“regulator” type) or a mutation in the RHCE genes along with a deletion in the RHD gene (“amorphic” type). Rh proteins are essential parts of the red cell membrane (passing through the membrane 12 times). The absence of the Rh proteins leads to an alteration of the RBC lipid bilayer, causing the abnormal laboratory results.

283
Q

Inheriting this null for the common antigens in the corresponding blood group system leads to a resistance to the malaria parasite, Plasmodium vivax. Name that null!

Bombay phenotype

Jk(a-b-)

Fy(a-b-)

Le(a-b-)

Kell Null

A

Correct: Fy(a-b-)
Red blood cells with the Fy(a-b-) phenotype are resistant to invasion by Plasmodium vivax merozoites. The null is the result of a homozygous inheritance of the silent Duffy allele sometimes called Fy (which is actually an altered Fyb allele). The FyFy genotype that leads to the Fy(a-b-) phenotype is extremely common in West Africa and is found in 68% of African-Americans.

284
Q

The rarest of all blood types is characterized by the absence of the common H antigen. This leads to the production of a naturally occurring hemolytic Anti-H. People with this null can only be transfused with red blood cells from other people with this null. Name that null!

McLeod phenotype

Bombay phenotype

Rhnull phenotype

In(Lu)

MkMk

A

Correct: Bombay phenotype
The Bombay phenotype, Oh, can also be written as H-. The homozygous inheritance of the h allele, hh, prevents a fucose sugar from being added to the precursor structure, paragloboside, on the red cell surface. This fucose-paragloboside structure is the H antigen. The lack of the fucose prevents the ABO genes from adding their sugars and creating the regular ABO blood types. Those with the Bombay phenotype also lack active “secretor” alleles (they are sese), and as a result, they also cannot produce H antigen in secretions or plasma. All Bombay cells will type as group O using routine testing. The patient plasma will be incompatible with all antibody screening and panel cells. The only RBCs that will be compatible with the patient will be those from others with the Bombay phenotype.

285
Q

This null produces red blood cells that are resistant to lysis by the addition of 2M Urea, allowing for donor compatibility screening for this phenotype without using antisera. Name that null!

Fy(a-b-)

Lu(a-b-)

Le(a-b-)

Jk(a-b-)

Co(a-b-)

A

Correct: Jk(a-b-)
The rare, amorphic Kidd null phenotype is caused by the inheritance of two mutant, silent alleles at the JK locus (there are multiple mutant alleles that lead to a lack of Kidd antigen expression). This genotype produces no Kidd antigens on the red blood cells, and these patients may form anti-Jka, anti-Jkb, and anti-Jk3 (an antigen present when either Jka or Jkb is present). The Kidd glycoprotein has a specific function: Transportation of urea across the red blood cell membrane (in fact, the Kidd gene, SLC14A1, was formerly known as “Human Urea Transport Gene 11” or “HUT11”). Normal RBCs are lysed rapidly in the presence of 2M urea (a pretty high concentration), because the urea is transported quickly across the cell membrane, water follows because the cell becomes hypertonic, and the RBC is lysed due to the excess volume. Jk(a-b-) RBCs can’t transport the urea nearly as quickly, however, so they do not lyse until 30 minutes or more have elapsed. Reference labs can use this fact to quickly screen for Jk(a-b-), Jk3 negative RBCs by adding 2M urea to multiple samples of donor cells. RBCs that do not lyse can then be confirmed as negative by serologic or molecular techniques, thus saving time, expense, and potentially scarce reagents.

286
Q

This null produces a naturally occurring antibody formerly called “anti-Tja.” This antibody is actually a combination of three antibodies against three separate antigens in two different blood group systems. This antibody also has an association with miscarriages early in a pregnancy. Name that null!

Oh phenotype

K0K0 (Kell Null)

Rhnull phenotype

Fy(a-b-)

p phenotype

A

Correct: p phenotype
The p (“little p”) phenotype is the rarest of five possible phenotypes in the P1PK and GLOB blood group systems. This phenotype does not produce any of the three main antigens of these systems: P, P1 or Pk. The antibody originally known as anti-Tja is now known as “anti-PP1Pk.” This is actually three separable antibodies that will agglutinate red blood cells that are positive for any of those three antigens. The placenta and fetus contain a large amount of P and Pk antigens. Anti-Tja (being IgG) can damage the placenta and cause fetal demise in the first trimester of pregnancy as a result. Don’t be confused: Anti-PP1Pk does not typically cause hemolytic disease of the newborn (HDFN)! Instead, the fetus is harmed indirectly through the antibody attack on the placenta.

287
Q

This null phenotype is found in a blood group system that is phenotypically linked to the secretor status of the patient, and has antigens formed in body fluids such as saliva. Name that null!

Le(a-b-) phenotype

Lu(a-b-) phenotype

Fy(a-b-) phenotype

Jk(a-b-) phenotype

Co(a-b-) phenotype

A

Correct: Le(a-b-) phenotype
The Lewis null phenotype is not that rare, as 22% of African-Americans and 6% of Caucasians are Le(a-b-). The rare phenotype in the Lewis system is actually the one where the two main antigens are both positive: Le(a+b+). The two common phenotypes, Le(a+b-) and Le(a-b+), reveal the secretor status of the patient, without any need to conduct a secretor test. A patient that is Le(a+b-) is a non-secretor while a patient that is Le(a-b+) is a secretor, by definition. An Le(a-b-) patient lacks an active LE allele (FUT3), which is also described as the lele genotype. Such patients could be either non-secretors or secretors, and the secretor test that is performed on a saliva sample from the patient is positive in approximately 80% of these individuals.

288
Q

Treating red blood cells with a sulfhydryl reagent such as Dithithreitol (DTT) will artificially create red blood cells of this null without a rare recessive genetic background origin. Name that null!

Rhnull phenotype

McLeod phenotype

In(Jk)

Kell null phenotype

Fy(a-b-)

A

Correct: Kell null
Kell null, or KoKo, red blood cells can be created in the antibody identification laboratory by treating the RBCs with a sulfhydryl reagent (such as DTTLinks to an external site., 2-ME, or AET). This reagent destroys the disulfide bonds (“Kell cloud”) that assist in antigen expression in the Kell blood group system. These Kell null cells can be used to identify an antibody against a high incidence antigen in the Kell blood group system, such as Anti-Kpb.

289
Q

There can be multiple genetic reasons for a null phenotype in a blood group system. One system has a null that famously can have three possible genetic origins. Name that null!

Le(a-b-)

Lu(a-b-)

Fy(a-b-)

Jk(a-b-)

Rhnull phenotype

A

Correct: Lu(a-b-)
The Lutheran null phenotype, Lu(a-b-), has three possible genetic origins. The true null is the autosomal recessive LuLu. The homozygous inheritance of this silent gene produces no Lutheran antigens on the red blood cells. People with this version of the null phenotype can produce all Lutheran blood group system antibodies including the rare Anti-Lu3. The Lutheran null phenotype can also be produced by one of two suppressor genes. The autosomal dominant suppressor gene is called In(Lu). The X-linked dominant suppressor gene is called XS2. Each of these suppressor genes limits the expression of Lutheran antigens on red blood cells. Routine phenotyping appears to show no Lutheran antigens present. Adsorption/elution techniques are needed to confirm the presence of Lutheran antigens. Because these people have normal Lutheran genes, just weakened Lutheran antigens, they do not produce Lutheran antibodies except to those antigens to which they are truly negative.

290
Q

McLeod syndrome is associated with the null in a blood group system that has only one antigen. The null can also result in X-linked chronic granulomatous disease in males. Name that null!

Kx system

MNS system

Kell system

Rh system

I system

A

Correct: Kx system
The Kx blood group system has only one antigen, Kx, that assists in anchoring the antigens in the Kell blood group system to the red blood cell membrane. The lack of this antigen results in the McLeod syndrome and a weakened expression of Kell antigens. The syndrome features a compensated hemolytic anemia (classically associated with the presence of stomatocytes), elevated serum creatinine kinase, and certain neuromuscular disorders. There’s a pretty good chance that you were tempted to choose “Kell” here, as McLeod is taught in association with the Kell system. However, Kx is in fact a separate blood group system, one whose lone antigen lives next door to the Kell system antigens on the red cell membrane and is essential for their expression.

291
Q

This null produces red blood cells that lack the structures Glycophorin A and Glycophorin B and all antigens located on those structures. This results in the absence of an entire blood group system in these patients. Name that null!

K0K0 (Kell Null)

Oh

McLeod Phenotype

Rhnull Phenotype

MkMk

A

Correct: MkMk
Homozygous inheritance of the very rarely seen Mk allele will produce red blood cells that lack Glycophorin A and Glycophorin B. GPA and GPB are the structures that carry the MNS blood group system antigens, so these patients will not produce antigens such as M,N,S,s and U. The more famous (and more common) antigen-negative phenotype in this system is the homozygous inheritance of a null allele for glycophorin B inheritance, leading to a complete lack of GPB and the antigens carried by it (S, s, and U). The S-s-U- phenotype is seen in roughly 1% of African-Americans.

292
Q

Which of the following donors is eligible to donate as a routine blood donor?

A

Correct: C

Donor A oral temperature is above 37.5C, and the HCT is too low (minimum 38%)

Donor B is too young. AABB requires donors be 16 years or older, or applicable to state laws. If your state allows donors younger than 16 years old to donate, that is in compliance with AABB standards, but you should choose donors 16 years or older for the SBB exam since that is the AABB minimum age

Donor D Hemoglobin is too low. The minimum Hemoglobin is 12.5 g/dL and minimum HCT is 38%

There is no longer an AABB requirement for Blood Pressure values in the AABB standards The previous standard used to be systolic (top number) below 180 mmHg, and diastolic (bottom number) below 100 mmHg

AABB has NO upper limit for donor age.

293
Q

Temporary deferral of a whole blood donation is indicated for all of the following except:

Aspirin ingestion in the last 24 hours

Received a tattoo 7 months ago

History of treatment for gonorrhea 9 months ago

Household contact with an individual with active viral hepatitis of unknown etiology 6 months ago.

A

Correct: A (NOTE THAT THE QUESTION STATES “EXCEPT”)

Whole blood donors are not deferred from donating because of ingestion of aspirin or aspirin containing products. If you do choose to make platelets from that donation, they must be labeled to indicate that they can not be used as the only source of platelets for transfusion.

Tattoos put the donor at risk for contracting Hepatitis, and so he should be deferred for 12 months from the date of the tattoo

Donors must have completed treatment for Gonorrhea or Syphilis at least 12 months prior to donating

Donors who are living with someone with Hepatitis, or having sexual relations with individuals with Hepatitis are deferred for 12 months from the date of the last close contact/sexual encounter

As a further note, these are all questions designed to protect the recipient of the donated components

294
Q

Which of the following donors is eligible to donate?

Donor immunized against German measles (rubella) 2 weeks ago

Donor who received Varivax (varicella zoster immunization) 3 weeks ago

Donor immunized against Measles (rubeola) 48 hours ago

Donor immunized against rabies 12 weeks ago, following a dog bite

A

Correct: Donor immunized against rabies 12 weeks ago, following a dog bite

Rabies is a vaccine that has inactivated virus therefore there is no deferral period according to AABB

German Measles (rubella) is a 4 week deferral

Measles (rubeola) vaccine is a 2 week deferral.

Varicela Zoster (chicken pox) vaccine is a 4 week deferral .

295
Q

Which of the following donors is eligible to donate?

Donor had a history of hepatitis at age 20

Donor was arrested and spent 75 hours in jail 6 months ago

Donor studied in Ireland for one year in 1993

Donor received HbIg due to a needlestick 11 months ago

A

Correct: Donor studied in Ireland for one year in 1993

When evaluating donors for travel, one should follow the current CDC guidelines. Travel can put donors at risk for transfusion transmitted diseases such as Malaria, vCJD, HTLV, etc.

Residing in some European countries can be cause for deferral due to “Mad Cow” in bovine and Cruetzfeldt-Jacob Disease in humans. However, studying in Ireland in the early 1990’s is not deferring.

Donors who are incarcerated for more than 72 consecutive hours are at risk for infectious diseases, and so are deferred until 12 months from the release from incarceration.

A donor who received Hepatitis B Immune Globulin (HbIg) due to a needlestick is also at risk for contracting infectious disease-because they have been exposed to blood/body fluids from the needlestick. SO the deferral is for 12 months from the date of the incident.

Donors who have a history of viral Hepatitis after their 11th birthday are deferred indefinitely.

296
Q

A frequent plasma donor is defined as an individual donating more frequently than every 4 weeks. Which of the following concerning this type of donor is FALSE?

The total serum protein must be at least 6.0 g/dL

A serum protein electrophoresis or quantitative immunodiffusion must be performed every 4 months

They cannot donate for 3 years after traveling to an area in which malaria is endemic

If they weigh less than 175 lbs, only 1 liter of whole blood can be processed every 48 hours

A

Correct: They cannot donate for 3 years after traveling to an area in which malaria is endemic. Living in an area endemic for Malaria is a 3 year deferral from the date of return. TRAVEL to an endemic area is a 12 month deferral from the date of return.

Frequent plasma donors must be monitored to assure that the frequency donations are not causing adverse consequences:
Total serum protein and serum electrophoresis are performed periodically to measure immunoglobulin levels.
Fluid loss must be monitored to assure that the donor does not lose too much fluid, therefore donors who weigh less than 175 lbs may not have more than 1 L of whole blood processed in a 48 hour period
Facilities may choose to use an abbreviated DHQ for frequent plasma donors (but must complete the full DHQ on one or more donations every 6 months).

For infrequent plasma donors (no more than once every 4 weeks), donor selection and monitoring requirements are the same as for WB donation.

297
Q

Which of the following autologous donors is eligible to donate?

A 75-year old male with prostate cancer whose hemoglobin is 10 g/dL. He is otherwise healthy and is schedule for a prostatectomy in 3 weeks

A 35 year old paraplegic with infected decubitus ulcers over the sacrum; hemoglobin is 13 g/dL; debridement and skin grafting in 14 days

A 40 year old female with degenerative joint disease. Her hemoglobin is 11 g/dL. She will undergo bilateral knee replacement in 96 hours.

A 16 year old with chronic tonsillitis; hemoglobin 15 g/dL; tonsillectomy in 2 weeks. There is no physician order, but the patient’s mother gives approval and insists upon donation.

A

Correct: A 40 year old female with degenerative joint disease. Her hemoglobin is 11 g/dL. She will undergo bilateral knee replacement in 96 hours.

Donor 1 is not eligible because the hemoglobin is too low. AABB requires as least a HgB of 11 g/dL.
Donor 2 has a current infection and therefore is at risk for transmitting bacteria which can cause adverse and even fatal reaction after transfusion.
Donor 3 has an acceptable HgB, and her joint disease does not disqualify her. Autologous donors must be drawn more than 72 hours before the intended surgery or transfusion.
Donor 4 has tonsillitis which puts them at risk for post transfusion infection and there is NO physician order. A physician order is mandatory for autologous donations, because it is incumbent upon the doctor to assess the donor/patient for risks associated with donation.
Autologous donors do not have to meet all of the qualifications as for normal allogeneic donations, because the blood is designated only for the patient from whom it is collected. Therefore, the donor screening process consists of evaluating whether the donor/patient can safely tolerate the procedure, and not put himself at risk for post transfusion bacteremia.

Recap of autologous donor requirements (AABB Tech Manual 20th Edition Pg. 136-137):

A prescription/order from patient’s physician, minimum HgB 11 g/dL or hematocrit of 33%, collection is at least 72 hours before surgery/transfusion, absence of conditions presenting a risk of bacteremia, labeled as “Autologous Use Only”, no age limit, and acetaminophen, aspirin, and alcohol should be avoided 48 hours prior to donation.

298
Q

All of the following changes occur in stored Whole Blood except:

Plasma lactic acid concentration decreases

Plasma potassium concentration increases

Red cell 2,3 DPG decreases

Plasma hemoglobin increases

A

Correct: Plasma lactic acid concentration decreases

Lactic acid increases in the serum because there is lactic acid in RBCs that is released to the serum as they slowly degrade.

The storage lesion refers to changes in red cells during storage: Glucose in stored blood is consumed, levels of 2,3-diphosphoglycerate (DPG) and ATP decrease, potassium levels increase.
As a result, there is a decline in the integrity of the red cell membrane that leads to substantial changes in rheological properties. This loss of red cell integrity results in hemolysis and formation of microparticles that may contribute to complications associated with transfusion.

299
Q

The most common concentration of glycerol used to freeze RBCs is

10%

20%

40%

65%

A

Correct: 40%

In North America, red blood cells (RBCs) are cryopreserved in a clinical setting using high glycerol concentrations (most common: 40% w/v) with slow cooling rates (~1°C/min) prior to storage at 65C or below and maintained for 10 years.

(40% w/v is equal to 40% glycerol weight per volume, which requires the use of larger bags)

There is a low glycerol method (20% glycerol weight per volume), but this is less commonly used because the freezing must occur at a much faster, controlled rate, typically achieved by using liquid nitrogen (rapid freeze). The low glycerol method is more expensive, difficult to maintain, and RBC destruction can occur more easily due to LESS glycerol protecting the unit.

300
Q

The rationale for deglycerolizing frozen RBCs with extensive washing is:

Glycerol is not approved by the FDA

Glycerol is toxic to kidneys

Glycerol can cause hemolysis

Glycerol can cause thrombocytopenia

A

Correct: Glycerol can cause hemolysis

As the RBCs thaw, the large glycerol molecules can cause the membrane to burst if not washed from the cells.

301
Q

Which of the following choices explains why a unit of blood may form an insoluble jelly-like mass during deglycerolization?

Inadequate deglycerolization

Bacterial contamination

Inadvertent use of hypotonic saline for washing

Red cells from a donor with sickle cell trait

A

Correct: Red cells from a donor with sickle cell trait

The key phrase here is “jelly-like”.

Before freezing RBCs they should be screened for sickle cell trait. This is because the freezing process is a low oxygen environment, and RBCs from donors with the sickle cell trait will collapse on themselves in a classic “sickle” pattern. These cells then clump together to give a jelly like appearance to the blood.

Inadequate deglycerolyzation and hypotonic saline for washing would most likely result in hemolysis.
Bacterial contamination would not likely manifest during the washing process since the unit of RBCs had been frozen. If bacterial contamination were an issue, we would likely see discoloration or hemolysis rather than the cells clumping together in jelly like fashion.

302
Q

The maximum allowable shelf life of platelets without gentle agitation is:

4 hours

8 hours

24 hours

36 hours

A

Correct: 24 hours

Gentle agitation at room temperature prolongs the life of platelets to 5 days because it promotes proper gas exchange to keep the platelets viable.

Note on this question:

The most recent changes in the standards included a change in to the maximum time without agitation for platelets allowed from 24 to 30 hours.
However, the tech manual guidance is still 24 hours, and this question on the quiz does not contain the answer 30. Similar to the SBB exam, pick the best answers of those capable of selecting.

303
Q

According to AABB Standards, 90% of the units of random-donor platelets prepared from whole blood should contain a minimum of ____ platelets per unit.

5.5 x 109

5.5 x 1010

5.5 x 1011

3 x 1011

A

Correct: 5.5 x 1010

Apheresis platelets must have at least 90% of units with 3.0 X 1011 at the end of storage.

304
Q

The minimum acceptable pH of platelet units at the end of the storage period is:

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

A

Correct = 6.2

At least 90% of platelets must have a pH of 6.2 or greater at the end of storage. This is true for both whole blood donor platelets as well as platelet pheresis.

305
Q

Changes with platelet storage include all of the following except:

Platelet activation

Changes in shape from discoid to round

Decreased swirling effect

Increased expression of glycoprotein Ib and glycoprotein IIb/IIIa

A

Correct: Increased expression of glycoprotein Ib and glycoprotein IIb/IIIa

Like RBCs, platelets undergo lesion of storage which can include platelet activation,
loss of swirling,
change in shape, and a decrease in
glycoprotein receptors expression

306
Q

Transfusion of one platelet concentrate unit into a hematologically stable adult of average size with no history of transfusion and/or pregnancy is expected to increase the platelet count by:

3,000 to 5,000 /uL

3,000 to 12,000 /uL

5,000 to 10,000 /uL

30,000 to 40,000 /uL

A

Correct: 5,000 to 10,000 /uL

One platelet concentrate refers to a “six-pack” derived from Whole Blood platelets.

A unit of apheresis platelets in the same person would raise the platelet count 20,000-60,000/ul.

If the patient was hematologically unstable or had a risk of developing alloantibodies (IE via previous pregnancy or transfusions), then they might become refractory to the platelets.

307
Q

All of the following are advantages associated with apheresis platelets except:

Source of HLA-matched or crossmatched-compatible platelets

Prevent transfusion-associated graft-vs-host disease

Decreased donor exposure and lower incidence of bacterial contamination

Can minimize the risk of HLA alloimmunization, febrile, nonhemolytic transfusion reactions, and cytomegalovirus infection

A

Correct: Prevent transfusion-associated graft-vs-host disease

The main benefit of transfusing apheresis platelets units is minimizing exposure to donors, which minimizes the the risk of allo-immunization and reduces the risk of TTIs. If we need specially typed units like HLA compatible, then it is more beneficial to collect from one donor whose type we know, rather than screening random WB donors.

However, platelets pheresis does not reduce or prevent the risk of GVHD. It is still live tissue, which is foreign to the patient, so the units can elicit a GVHD reaction. (Note that irradiation or chemical treatment can be used to destroy donor lymphocytes and greatly reduce the risk of TAGVHD).

308
Q

Thawed fresh frozen plasma should be transfused within:

4 hours

6 hours

12 hours

24 hours

A

Correct: 24 hours

In order to call a thawed component “Thawed Fresh Frozen Plasma”, it has to be capable of providing labile coagulation factors (V and VIII) at therapeutic levels. This can only occur up to 24 hours from the time of thawing.

After the 24 hour mark has passed, the unit can still be transfused up to 5 days, but the labeling must be changed to “Thawed Plasma”, which is a component that is not indicated to provide high levels of V and VIII.

Labelling of blood components is governed by the FDA and the Code of Federal Regulations. Failure to follow these strict rules is violation of federal law.

309
Q

Which of the following statements is true?

To prepare fresh frozen plasma, plasma must be separated from red cells within 24 hours

If an additive solution is used, the expiration date for RBCs stored at 1-6C is 42 days after phlebotomy

To prepare cryoprecipitated antihemophiliac factor, FFP is thawed at 20-24C

The expiration date of RBCs that are frozen and stored at less than or equal to -65C is 5 years

A

Correct: If an additive solution is used, the expiration date for RBCs stored at 1-6C is 42 days after phlebotomy

To prepare Fresh Frozen plasma, the plasma must be separated from the whole blood within the time specified by the manufacturer of the blood collection bag. Most manufacturers are 8 hours.
Plasma can be harvested up to 24 hours, but can’t be called Fresh Frozen plasma unless it is prepared in such a time frame as to assure the labile coagulation factors (V and VIII) are maintained at therapeutic levels. After that time, the component may be called “Plasma, harvested within 24 hours of phlebotomy” or PF24.
To the FDA, which regulates labeling of blood products, there is a tremendous difference between “Fresh Frozen Plasma” and PF24/”Plasma (harvested within 24 hours of phlebotomy)”.

Frozen RBCs prepared in a high glycerol method can be stored at -65C or below for 10 years.

Cryoprecipitate is prepared from plasma that is thawed slowly at 1-6C. It must be thawed at a low temperature in order to make sure that the cryoprecipitate does not re-dissolve into the plasma, so that the excess plasma can be removed prior to re-freezing. It also must be prepared from FFP that was frozen within 4 hours of collection.

310
Q

According to AABB standards, each bag of Cryoprecipitate AHF must contain a minimum of how many International Units (IUs) of Factor VIII?

70

80

100

150

A

Correct = 80 IU

CRYO must be prepared by a method known to produce a product that has at least 80 IU of Factor VIII and 150mg of Fibrinogen (though the average amount of fibrinogen is 250mg, which should be used for dosage calculations)

311
Q

Cryoprecipitate contains all the following except:

Factor VIII

von Willebrand factor

Fibrinogen

Factor VII

A

Correct: Factor VII

Cryo does not contain Factor VII. It contains Factors VIII and XIII along with vWF, fibrinogen, and fibronectin.

312
Q

Allogeneic transplantation with major ABO-mismatched marrow can be expected to result in delayed engraftment of which of the following:

Lymphocytes

Granulocytes

Platelets

Red cells

A

Correct: Red Blood Cells

The other cells are not dependent on ABO compatibility in terms of transplantation of BM

313
Q

A group B recipient receives a group A allogeneic HPC transplant. Which of the following would describe the best choices for transfusion support during the transplant?

Group O red cells and AB plasma/platelets

Group O red cells and A plasma/platelets

Group B red cells and AB plasma/platelets

Group A red cells and AB plasma/platelets

A

Correct: Group O red cells and AB plasma/platelets

Because there is already an ABO mismatch, transfusion support should be lacking in antigens and antibodies that will further exacerbate the mismatch. Group O cells lack A and B antigens, and so will not react with the antibodies in the patient’s serum. Group AB plasma lacks all ABO antibodies, so it will not react with either the patient RBCs or the engrafted RBCs.

314
Q

Select the QC test below which is not commonly performed to evaluate the quality of a hematopoietic progenitor cell graft at time of collection or infusion

CD34+ cell enumeration

Colony-forming assays

Mononuclear cell count

Cell viability

A

Correct: Colony-forming assays

Colony-forming assays are NOT useful in evaluating HPC during collection.
Commonly performed QC tests for HPCs include TNC count and differential, cell viability, CD34+ cell count and viability, sterility testing, and for allogeneic products, T-cell content. CFU assays are performed in some centers; however, these are NOT uniformly validated for standard clinical practice or release criteria.

315
Q

Complications that occur during Peripheral Bone Progenitor Cell (PBPC) apheresis include all of the following except:

Syncopal reactions

Hypomagnesemia

Hypocalcemia

Hyperkalemia

Citrate toxicity

A

Correct: Hyperkalemia.

Common side effects of any apheresis procedure include syncopal episodes and the effects related to citrate toxicity (which include hypomagnesia and hypocalemia).

316
Q

Therapeutic plasma exchange requires that a replacement fluid be used to replace the volume of plasma removed.

For which of the following disorders is Fresh Frozen Plasma indicated as a replacement fluid?

Myasthenia gravis

Acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy

Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura

Refsum’s syndrome

All of the above

A

Correct: Thrombotic Thrombocytopenia Purpura

For the conditions listed, TTP is most likely to be associated with bleeding. The replacement fluid should be something that will lack the offending agent and yet provide additional coagulation factors to help control bleeding.

The other conditions are better served with plasma substitutes as replacement fluids (hydrocolloid fluids).

317
Q

A 30 year old woman is donating platelets via apheresis. Near the end of the collection, the donor complains of light-headedness and nausea. The donor subsequently vomits. The most likely cause for her complaints is:

Hypotension due to a vasovagal reaction

Hypotension due to hypovolemia as a result of large extracorporeal volume

Allergic reaction to ethlyene oxide used to sterilize the disposable kit

Presence of low ionized calcium due to anticoagulant

Presence of an underlying viral illness not detected during donor screening

A

The most common apheresis-related reaction is hypocalcemia due to citrate anticoagulation which reduces ionized calcium and magnesium levels.
Plateletpheresis procedures are generally well tolerated by most donors and adverse reactions due to citrate are generally mild and easily managed.
Unlike whole blood collection, the apheresis procedure is time-consuming because a donor must stay connected to the apheresis machine often for 1 to 2 h. During this entire period, an anticoagulant (most commonly citrate) is used to prevent the clotting of blood in the apheresis circuit. Generally, citrate is the anticoagulant used which prevents the clotting of the blood.
This citrated blood is returned to the donor at the end of each collection cycle. In continuous flow centrifugation equipment, citrate is continuously infused to the recipient. Citrate chelates divalent
cations, such as calcium and magnesium. Since citrate binds the ionized calcium (physiologic active form), the coagulation cascade is inhibited effectively which causes
a reduction in ionized calcium levels (which will restore to baseline values post-procedure). Donors generally tolerate up to 20% decreases in ionized calcium levels. Citrate related reactions are generally transient and self limiting.
(1) Mild symptoms include perioral or acral paresthesias,
sneezing, flushing, shivering, lightheadedness and headache.
(2) Moderate symptoms include nausea and vomiting, nervousness and irritability, abdominal cramping, carpopedal spasm, tetany, tremors, hypotension, etc.
(3) Severe symptoms include cardiac arrhythmias, seizures, etc.

318
Q

Which of the following statements about therapeutic erythrocytopheresis (red cell exchange) is false?

It can be used to treat hyperparasitemia due to Babesia or Plasmodium

It is indicated for the treatment of priapism in sickle cell disease

It is indicated for the treatment of painful crises in sickle cell disease

It is indicated for the treatment of acute chest syndrome in sickle cell disease

A

Correct: It is NOT indicated for the treatment of painful crises in sickle cell disease

However, in SCD patients it is used to control iron accumulation in patients with SCD who undergo long-term transfusion, as well as the achieving adequate Hb and HbS concentrations without exceeding the normal concentration.

319
Q

An inpatient with rare anti-Tca has a colostomy reversal surgery scheduled next month. The patient has agreed to donate autologously. The care team is pleased to inform the patient that their hospital staff is capable of collecting and processing the unit on site!

If a hospital has the means to collect blood units and is not transporting the unit to another facility for processing, which test(s) of the answers provide below are required?

ABO/Rh

ABO/Rh, Antibody Screen

ABO/Rh, Antibody Screen, Viral Markers

ABO/Rh, Antibody Screen, Viral Markers, WNV, Syphilis

A

Correct: ABO/Rh

If a hospital has the means to collect blood units and is not transporting the unit to another facility for processing, only an ABO/Rh are required (along with the patient sample to be used for transfusion).

If the patients autologous unit will be used outside of the collection facility (e.g. collected at a local blood center than shipped to the hospital), the unit must be tested for ABO/Rh, Antibody, Viral Markers, WNV, and Syphilis.

Viral Markers required:

HBV-DNA, HBsAg, anti-HBc
HCV-RNA, anti-HCV
HIV 1-RNA, anti-HIV 1/2
anti-HTLV I/II
anti-T.cruzi (Once per lifetime)

320
Q

Which of the following plasma products should be given to a patient that is actively bleeding?

Thawed Fresh Frozen Plasma

Thawed Plasma, Cryoprecipitate Reduced

Thawed Plasma, Frozen within 24 hours after phlebotomy

None of the above

A

Correct: Thawed Fresh Frozen Plasma

Thawed FFP contains Factor V and VIII to help bleeding. After 24 hours, thawed plasma is no longer “fresh” and lacks Factor V and VIII.

Thawed Plasma, Cryoprecipitate Reduced lacks necessary factors for transfusion because they were pulled out with the Cryo

Thawed Plasma, Frozen within 24 hours after Phlebotomy most likely exceeded the bag manufacturer’s timeline for creating FFP and therefore is lacking Factor V, VIII, and vonWillebrand’s.

321
Q

Which of the following anticoagulants and preservatives is added to a unit of blood to stabilize the RBC membrane?

Dextrose

Adenine

Citrate

Mannitol

Sodium Biphosphate

A

Correct: Mannitol

Dextrose: Supports ATP generation by Glycolytic pathway

Adenine: Substrate for RBC ATP synthesis

Citrate: anticoagulant, chelates calcium

Sodium Biphosphate: buffers pH

322
Q

A unit of blood containing CP2D anticoagulant has an outdate of how many days?

21

35

42

5

A

Correct: 21 Days

ACD, CPD, and CP2D expire after 21 days.

CPDA-1 expires after 35 days.

Red cells with AS-1,3, or 5 (in addition to ACD, CPD, CP2D, or CPDA-1 that has been added within 72 hours of collection) expire after 42 days.

323
Q

Red cells prepared without an additive solution should be prepared by a method known to result in a final hematocrit less than or equal to:

90%

50%

65%

80%

A

Correct: 80%

A standard red cell prepared with anticoagulant and additive solution should have a hematocrit of approximately 65%

If NO additive solution was added, the final hematocrit should be 65-80%

324
Q

Hydroxyethyl starch (HES) is often used as a sedimenting agent when a donor is undergoing what procedure?

Plasmapheresis

Plateletpheresis

Leukapheresis

RBC Apheresis

A

Correct: Leukapheresis

Leukapheresis is the only effective method for collecting leukocytes, specifically granulocytes. Sedimenting agents, such as HES, help collect the required amount of granulocytes for therapeutic effectiveness (> 1x1011).

Other, less common, meds that can be used:

Corticosteroids (prednisone, dexamethasone) - work by pulling granulocytes into circulation and increasing the amount available for harvesting.
Growth Factors - Newest agent being used, produce 4-8 times the volume of cells in each collection compared to other methods

325
Q

Which of the following is NOT required for a leukapheresis (granulocyte) donation?

ABO/Rh

HLA Type

Crossmatch with recipient if RBC contamination is greater than 2 mL

All of the above are required

A

Correct: All of the above are required

326
Q

Which of the following would be a cause for deferral for a male donor for whole blood donation?

99.3F Temperature

38% Hematocrit

Had a blood transfusion 3 years ago in the United States

Visited Southeast Asia for two week in 2019

A

Correct: 37=8% Hematocrit

Temperature: Donor must be less than or equal to 37.5C or 99.5F

Hematocrit: Male donor hematocrit must be greater than or equal to 39% for males (38% is only acceptable for women)

Blood Transfusion: 12 month deferral for anyone who has received a blood transfusion due to risk of exposure. Blood transfusions in UK or France since 1980 are an indefinite deferral.

Travel: A visit to Southeast Asia results in a 12 month deferral due to malaria risk. 3 year deferral after departure is in place for anyone that lived 5+ consecutive years in a malaria endemic area.

327
Q

Which of the following donor screening tests does not have a confirmatory
test?

a. HBsAg
b. WNV
c. STS
d. Chagas

A

B: WNV

328
Q

Which screening test is not required for volunteer blood donors?
a. Chagas
b. HBV DNA
c. Antibody Screen
d. ALT

A

D: ALT

329
Q

What is the final interpretation for the following volunteer donor test results:
Initial EIA: reactive, Repeat 1: reactive, Repeat 2: non-reactive?

a. Non-reactive
b. Repeat Reactive
c. Indeterminate

A

B: repeat reactive

330
Q

What is the purpose of the fourth step of the EIA Methodology-Antibody Test?

a. Remove unbound conjugate
b. Bind patient antibody (if present) to the solid phase
c. Remove unbound serum proteins
d. Allow conjugate to bind to the Fc portion of the bound antibody

A

A: remove unbound conjugate

1: incubate sample with solid phase
2: wash to remove excess sample
3: add conjugate antibody
4: wash to remove excess conjugate
5: add substrate
6: read

331
Q

Which RBC anticoagulant has an expiration of 21 days?

a. CPDA-1
b. AS-3
c. CPD
d. AS-1

A

C: CPD

CPDA-1 and the AS’s (in addition to another additive) expire after 42 days

332
Q

What are the ingredients in AS-1 anticoagulant?

a. Saline-Glucose-Adenine-Mannitol
b. Saline-Glucose-Adenine-Mannitol- Phosphate
c. Anticoagulant-Cirate-Dextrose
d. Citrate-Phosphate-Dextrose-Adenine Formula 1

A

A: saline (for osmotic stability), glucose (for ATP production), adenine (for ATP production), mannitol (for membrane stability)

333
Q

AS-5 RBCs have a shelf life of:

a. 21 days
b. 30 days
c. 35 days
d. 42 days

A

D: 42 days

334
Q

Which of the following transfused factors has the shortest half-life?

a. Factor I
b. Factor II
c. Factor V
d. Factor VII

A

D: Factor VII

335
Q

Which of the following is an acceptable pH quality control result for platelets?

a. 5.9
b. 6.0
c. 6.1
d. 6.2

A

D: platelets must have a pH of at least 6.2

336
Q

How long after pooling do platelets expire?

a. 4 hours
b. 8 hours
c. 12 hours
d. 24 hours

A

A: platelets derived from whole blood donations expire 4 hours after pooling

337
Q

Four hours after thawing cryoprecipiated AHF the mean levels of present
Factor VIII decline by what percent?

a. 10%
b. 20%
c. 30%
d. 40%

A

B: 20% (activity declines by roughly 5% every hour)

338
Q

What is the minimum temperature a unit of whole blood can be cooled
towards to be acceptable to prepare platelets from it?

a. 10 C
b. 15 C
c. 20 C
d. 25 C

A

C: 20C

WB intended for platelet preparation cannot cool lower than 20C prior to platelet extraction

339
Q

How long after washing do RBCs expire?

a. 12 hours
b. 24 hours
c. 48 hours
d. 72 hours

A

b. 24 hours

340
Q

What % of hemoglobin/platelets do products lose after washing red cells/platelets respectively?

a. 30-40%/10%
b. 10-20%/33%
c. 20-50%/25%
d. 5-10%/40%

A

B: 10-20% of red cells are lost and up to 33% of platelets are lost

341
Q

At what temperature are glycerolized RBCs stored?

a. < -18
b. < -25
c. <- 45
d. < -65

A

D: less than or equal to 65 degrees C

342
Q

At what temperature are deglycerolized RBCs thawed?

a. 37 C
b. 20 C
c. 4 C
d. 2 C

A

A: 37 degrees C, using separate washes of decreasing concentrations of saline

343
Q

Which of the following increases in stored RBCs?

a. ATP
b. HGB O2 AFFINITY
c. pH
d. 2,3-DPG

A

B: HgB O2 affinity increases during red cell storage due to decreases in 2,3-DPG

344
Q

Which of the following is an appropriate temperature to transport RBCs?

a. 9 C
c. 11 C
c. 15 C
d. 20 C

A

A: 9 degrees C

Red cells may be transported at 1-10 C for up to 24 hours but must be stored long term at 1-6 C

345
Q

What is the second step of the EIA Methodology-Antibody Test?

a. Addition of substrate
b. Addition of conjugate
c. Addition of patient serum
d. Wash

A

D: wash

1: incubate sample with solid phase
2: wash to remove excess sample
3: add conjugate antibody
4: wash to remove excess conjugate
5: add substrate
6: read

346
Q

Which of the following is less toxic to infants?

a. ACD
b. CPD
c. CP2D
d. CPDA-1

A

B: CPD

CPD or CPDA-1 WITHOUT additive solutions should be used for neonatal blood products.

347
Q

What is the desired ratio of anticoagulant : whole blood for standard collections?

a. 63 mL : 100 mL
b. 38 mL : 450 mL
c. 500 mL : 500 mL
d. 14 mL : 100 mL

A

D: 14 mL anticoagulant to 100 mL WB collected

For 450 mL collections, 63 mL anticoagulant is used.
For 500 mL collections, 70 mL anticoagulant is used.

348
Q

What is the purpose of Dextrose?

a. Chelates calcium
b. buffers pH
c. Supports ATP generation by Glycolytic Pathway
d. Substrate for RBC ATP synthesis

A

C: supports ATP generation by the glycolytic pathway

349
Q

Which of the following is an acceptable HCT for a unit of RBCs in CPD?

a. 55%
b. 50%
c. 60%
d. 70%

A

D: 70%

Red cells without additive solutions need a final HCT of 65-80%. Red cells with additive need a final HCT of 55-65%.

350
Q

How much hemoglobin is in a typical red cell product and how will it affect a normal adult patient?

A

50-80 grams; this will raise an average adult’s total hgb by 1g/dL or hct by 3%

351
Q

If maintained in a frozen state, how long after collection does
Cryoprecipitated AHF expire?

a. 6 months
b. 12 months
c. 24 months
d. 48 months

A

B: 12 months if stored at less than -18 C, 7 years if stored at less than 65 C (same as FFP and PF24)

352
Q

How much fibrinogen and clotting factor activity is present in a typical unit of plasma?

A

300mg/100mL^6 fibrinogen and 1 IU of factor activity of the stable factors (all except V and VIII)

353
Q

What temperature should thawed Cryoprecpitated AHF be stored at?

a. 1-6 C
b. 1-10 C
c. 20-24 C
d. <-18

A

C: 20-24 C

354
Q

The number of residual leukocytes present in a leukocyte reduced unit of
RBCS must be less than?

a. 5.0 x 10 3
b. 5.0 x 10 4
c. 5.0 x 10 5
d. 5.0 x 10 6

A

D: 5.0 x 10^6

355
Q

What is the expiration for a thawed single unit of Cryoprecipitated AHF?

a. 2 hours
b. 4 hours
c. 6 hours
d. 8 hours

A

C: 6 hours

356
Q

Which of the following blood donor blood types has the least amount of
Factor VIII present?

a. A
b. B
c. O

A

C: O

357
Q

Normal amounts of which of the following are present in FFP?
a. Coagulation Factors
b. Antithrombin
c. ADAMTS13
d. All of the above

A

D: all of the above

358
Q

Iron content in a single unit of RBCs (mg)

a. 100
b. 250
c. 300
d. 500

A

B: 250 mg iron

359
Q

How often a storage device containing blood or blood products should be recorded.

a. 1 hour
b. 2 hours
c. 3 hours
d. 4 hours

A

D: 4 hours

360
Q

Systolic blood pressure range for eligible blood donor (mmHg)?

a. 90-100
b. 80-180
c. 90-180
d. 50-100

A

c: 90-180 mmHg

361
Q

Diastolic blood pressure range for eligible blood donor (mmHg)?

a. 60-100
b. 50-100
c. 90-180
d. 90-100

A

b. 50-100 mmHg

362
Q

Minimum hemoglobin concentration of an eligible autologous donor (g/dL)?

a. 11
b. 20
c. 12.5
d. 13

A

a: 11 g/dL

363
Q

NOT a symptom of a vasovagal reaction

a. nausea
b. low pulse rate
c. syncope
d. anemia

A

D: anemia

364
Q

AABB Reference Standards 5.4.1A permits collection of __ mL of blood per Kg of a donor’s
weight for each donation

a. 10
b. 10.5
c. 11
d. 11.5

A

b: 10.5 mL/kg bodyweight allowed for WB collection

365
Q

Minimum require weight for an eligible blood donor?

a. 100
b. 105
c. 110
d. 115

A

C: 110 lb

366
Q

The maximum storage time for a unit containing CPDA-1?

a. 28 days
b. 45 days
c. 21days
d. 35 days

A

D: 35 days

367
Q

Average blood volume of a normal donor (mL/Kg)?

a. 75
b. 80
c. 30
d. 60

A

A: 75 mL/kg

368
Q

When a whole blood unit is not intended for platelet production. The whole blood unit may be
cooled to 1-6C within ___ hours of collection

a. 1
b. 10
c. 8
d. 6

A

C: 8

369
Q

RBCs from WB in anticoagulant-preservative CPD have a shelf life of __ days?

a. 21
b. 35
c. 42
d. 28

A

A: 21 days

If an additive solution is used, the shelf life extends to 42 days

370
Q

RBCs from WB in anticoagulant-preservative CPD have a shelf life of __ days?

a. 21
b. 35
c. 42
d. 28

A

A: 21 days

If an additive solution is used, the shelf life extends to 42 days

371
Q

Delayed freezing of fresh plasma can result in lower levels of which factors:

a. V and VIII (labile factors)
b. V and VII
c. V and X
d. V and VI

A

a. V and VIII (labile factors)

372
Q

Thawed FFP has a shelf life of…

a. 12 months
b. 4 days
c. 24 hours
d. 10 days

A

c: 24 hours

373
Q

Thawed Plasma has a shelf life of an additional…

a. 12 months
b. 4 days
c. 24 hours
d. 10 days

A

b: 4 days

374
Q

FFP can be thawed to prepare cryoprecipiate AHF by placing the FFP in….

a. refrigerator (1-6C) for 24 hours
b. agitation shelf RT (20-24C)
c. agitation shelf warmed to 37C
d. refrigerator (1-6C) overnight

A

D; refrigerator 1-6 C overnight

375
Q

The FDA requires that the residual number of leukocytes be less than ____ per unit of RBCs
and apheresis platelets with 95% confidence.

a. 3 x106
b. 5 x106
c. 4 x106
d. 6 x106

A

b: 5 x10^6

376
Q

After filtration, a single-donor platelet must contain greater than or equal to ____ platelets per
unit

a. 5.5 x1010
b. 5.5 x1011
c. 3.5 x1010
d. 3.0 x1011

A

a: 5.0 x 10^10

377
Q

After filtration, an apheresis donor platelet must contain greater than or equal to ___ plateltets
per unit

a. 5.5 x1010
b. 5.5 x1011
c. 3.5 x1010
d. 3.0 x1011

A

d. 3.0 x1011

378
Q

Pathogen inactivation methods damage the nucleic acids of all of the following except:

a. viruses
b. bacteria
c. prions
d. parasites

A

c: prions

379
Q

How many pounds in 1 kilogram?

a. 2.5
b. 2.0
c. 1.2
d. 2.2

A

D; 2.2

380
Q

Pretransfusion compatibility testing must include:

Antibody Screening

Autocontrol

Weak D test on the recipient

DAT

A

Antibody screening

We are NOT required to perform DAT or an autocontrol as part of routine pretransfusion testing. These two tests are performed to determine if there is in-vivo sensitization of the patient’s RBCs or if the patient has an autoantibody. These tests might be included as part of an extended antibody ID workup but are not included in routine pre-transfusion testing.

The weak D phase is also not required for patients. If the patient anti-D result is negative at immediate spin then the patient can be called Rh-negative without additional testing.

If this was a DONOR, we would need to test for weak D as the D antigen is highly immunogenic and even a weaker expression of D antigen in donor cells can possibly stimulate a patient to produce allo-anti-D

381
Q

Severe intravascular hemolysis is most likely caused by antibodies of which blood group system?

ABO

Rh

Kell

Lewis

A

ABO

INTRAvascular hemolysis is caused by a sudden destruction of RBCS in the circulating peripheral blood stream.

This can be caused by a chemical reason such as infusing a non-isotonic solution along with RBCs or an antibody. IgM antibodies are more capable of causing intravascular hemolysis because the IgM antibody is much larger than IgG, and can more effectively bind and activate complement.

Both Lewis and ABO are typically IgM antibodies, but it is only ABO antibodies that will cause intravascular hemolysis. IgM ABO antibodies can easily react at 37C.

Lewis antibodies have a much lower thermal amplitude, typically reacting at room temperature or below. Another factor is that the Lewis antigens are soluble so if a patient has a Lewis antibody and antigen positive RBCs are transfused, the antigens will come off the RBC membrane and convert to the patient’s Lewis phenotype, usually within a few days of transfusion.

382
Q

Under extreme emergency conditions when there is no time to determine patient ABO group for transfusion, the technologist should:

Refuse to release any blood until the patient’s sample has been typed

Release O negative whole blood

Release O negative red blood cells

Release O positive red blood cells

A

Release O negative red blood cells

If the patient ABO/Rh cannot be determined, then the safest route is to transfuse RBCs that lack all possible antigens = O Negative.

We don’t select whole blood because a group O donor would have anti-A, anti-B and anti-A,B that could potentially harm the patient.

Note: AABB Standards have recently changed and hospital policies are adapting for the use Low Titer Group O Whole Blood in emergency situations. Since this is relatively new and things are changing fast, the best answer is still O Negative red blood cells.

383
Q

At 2 AM, a 20 year old female gunshot victim arrives in the emergency room. She is group A, Rh negative. You have 3 A negative units on your shelf. In the event the patient needs more than the 3 units of type specific blood, the technologist should:

Switch ABO types prior to switching Rh types

Switch Rh types prior to switching ABO types

Switch ABO & Rh types simultaneously

None of the above

A

Switch ABO types prior to switching Rh types

This is a female of childbearing years. It would be OK to switch to another ABO type that is compatible, but we should NOT consider switching Rh types, so that she does not become immunized to anti-D, which could cause severe HDN.

384
Q

What are the indications for granulocyte transfusions?

WBC count less than 500/ul, febrile, and non-responsive to antibiotic therapy

Non-responsive to antibiotic therapy

Myeloid hyperplasia

Aplastic anemia

A

WBC count less than 500/ul, febrile, and non-responsive to antibiotic therapy

A neutropenia less than 500/ul is a very specific indication for granulocyte transfusion. The fact that a patient is unresponsive to antibiotic therapy, by itself, is not an indication. The unresponsiveness to antibiotics, with fever, and evidence of a progressing infection is an indication. Myleoid HYPOplasia is an indication, not Myeloid HyPERplasia. Aplastc Anemia requires a more broad treatment than just giving granulocytes.

385
Q

What is the primary reason of initiating a red cell transfusion?

To raise the hematocrit to a normal level.

To aid in wound healing.

To restore oxygen carrying capacity to the tissues.

To replace lost volume

A

Correct: To restore oxygen carrying capacity to the tissues.

The goal is not to just raise the HCT to a “normal” level. Some patients have persistent low HCT levels with no ill effects.

Transfusing RBCs just to replace lost volume or aid in wound healing is not appropriate.

The point of RBCs is to provide hemoglobin which carries oxygen to tissues.

386
Q

A patient is transfused with platelets and the post transfusion corrected count increment (CCI) for platelets is 7,000.

Which choice below best represents the assessment of this response?

Acceptable response- a CCI of 7,000 or greater is considered acceptable response

Unacceptable: A CCI above 7,000 is too high and NOT considered an acceptable response

Unacceptable: A CCI should be 7,500 or greater to be considered an acceptable response

None of the above

A

Correct: Unacceptable: A CCI should be 7,500 or greater to be considered an acceptable response

387
Q

Mixed field agglutination at the anti-human globulin phase of a crossmatch may be attributed to:

Recently transfused cells

Patient has multiple antibodies, but donor unit is positive for only one of the corresponding antigens

An antibody such as anti-Sda

Donor is DAT+

A

Correct: An antibody such as anti-Sda

Anti-Sda has a classic MF pattern of agglutination.

A recent transfusion of a different ABO type may cause MF agglutination in the patient’s ABO typing.

Multiple antibodies: If a patient has multiple antibodies and the donor RBCs have a corresponding antigen, then we typically won’t see a MF reaction. All donor RBCs will be sensitized and agglutinated because they all have the antigen. You do not need more than one antibody to react with the donor RBC in order to get a consistent agglutination pattern.

Positive DAT: If the donor unit had a positive DAT, then there would be normal agglutination in the AHG phase of the crossmatch, not MF. The donor should not have a mixed cell population, as a recently transfused or transplanted individual would be excluded from donating.

388
Q

Which of the indications below is the best one for using a blood warmer?

Patient has an auto-anti-I reacting at 24oC

Patient has a hemolytic anti-Lea

Rapid transfusion of a trauma patient through a central venous catheter

Cardiac patient whose surgery includes the patient undergoing hypothermia

A

Correct: Rapid transfusion of a trauma patient with a central venous catheter

Of the patients listed, only the trauma patient needs the blood warmed to prevent hypothermia. Trauma patients who are massively transfused can suffer from hypothermia due to transfusion of large amounts of cold RBCs coming from the refrigerator, so using a blood warmer is typically part of the Massive Transfusion protocol.

Auto-anti-I: Patients with the auto-anti-I are not going to benefit from using a blood warmer. The presence of an auto-anti-I is only an issue if the patient’s treatment will involve being chilled, such as with a cardiac patient who undergoes hypothermic therapy as part of the surgical process. There is no indication that these patients are going to have their body temperature lowered, so there is no established risk.

Cardiac Patient: There is no indication this patient has a cold reacting antibody. Since the goal is to chill the patient as part of the procedure, we would ONLY suggest a blood warmer if the patient had an antibody capable of causing intravascular hemolysis during the hypothermia phase of treatment, e.g. if they had an auto-anti-I.

Hemolytic anti-Lea: Most antibodies to Lea are IgM, react at room temperature, and hospital policies on these antibodies may vary due to their soluble nature. Very few known hemolytic anti-Lea’s have been reported, however they reacted at 37C and therefore a blood warmer would have no effect.

389
Q

A patient has a platelet count of 15,000. The physician wants to raise the platelet count to 50,000. How many units of platelet concentrates (plt from whole blood donors) should be transfused?

1-2

3-5

4-7

7-10

A

Correct = 4-7

KNOW: 1 random donor, whole blood platelet will raise the platelet count by 5,000 - 10,000.

  1. Target platelet count - Initial platelet count = Desired increase in platelets
    50,000 - 15,000 = 35,000
  2. Desired increase in platelets / minimum amount one whole blood platelet can increase = Highest # of platelets needed for transfusion to reach desired increase
    35,000 / 5,000 = 7 platelet concentrates
  3. Desired increase in platelets / maximum amount one whole blood platelet can increase = Lowest # platelets needed for transfusion to reach desired increase
    35,000 / 10,000 = 3.5 (Round up) = 4 platelet concentrates
390
Q

A patient is transfused with a pool of 10 random donor platelets. During the transfusion the patient develops the following symptoms: fever, shock, abdominal cramps, nausea, flushing.

Which type of reaction is most likely in this case?

Bacterial contamination

TRALI

Allergic reaction

Febrile Non-hemolytic Transfusion reaction (FNHTR)

A

Correct: Bacterial Contamination

Bacterial contamination usually presents during transfusion of room temperature components and involves the symptoms noted above.

TRALI: Typically manifests as respiratory and circulatory symptoms such as dyspnea, cyanosis, hypotension or pulmonary edema noted. Also, TRALI usually occurs 1-2 hours post transfusion, up to 6 hours

Allergic Reaction: There is no evidence of rash and hives. Also, allergic reactions do not typically present with fever. Flushing is not the same as hives or rash.

FNHTR: Fever and chill of FNHTR are usually more benign and do not involve abdominal cramping or nausea.

391
Q

A patient receives a unit of apheresis platelets. One hour after the transfusion is finished, the patient develops the following symptoms: acute respiratory distress, hypoxia, cyanosis, hypotension, tachycardia and fever.

Which type of reaction is most likely?

Bacterial contamination

TRALI

Allergic reaction

Febrile non-hemolytic transfusion reaction (FNHTR)

A

Correct: TRALI

The patient has fever, but the respiratory symptoms are much more pronounced. Of the choices given, TRALI makes the most sense.

TRALI is caused by leukocyte antibodies in the DONOR plasma that react with patient antigens.

Bacterial Contamination and FNHTR: Do not exhibit respiratory distress

Allergic Reaction: May show respiratory distress if it is anaphylaxis, but would NOT have a fever.

392
Q

Which component modification below is the best choice to prevent transfusion associated Graft vs Host disease (TA-GVHD)?

Washing

Leukoreduction

Irradiation

Giving ABO/Rh identical blood components

A

Correct: Irradiation

TA-GVHD occurs when donor WBCs mount an immune response to donor antigens. Only irradiation will render the T-lymphocytes incapable of replication without affecting cell function.

Washing and Leukoreduction both leave residual WBCs which are fully active

ABO/Rh matching would have no impact in preventing TA-GVHD

393
Q

A patient is admitted through the ER with black stool, fatigue, weakness, pallor. The laboratory values are:

Hgb: 6.0 g/dL

Platelet Count: 190,000

PT: 11 seconds

aPTT: 27 seconds

What is the most appropriate component to transfuse?

Fresh frozen plasma

Platelets

Red blood cells

No transfusion

A

Correct: Red blood cells

This patient has a low hemoglobin, and the tarry stool suggests blood in the stool. Couple that with fatigue, weakness and pallor and it sounds like this patient is either bleeding internally or at a minimum is presently anemic.

The platelet count is normal as is the PT and aPTT so there is no indication for platelets or FFP.

394
Q

Which of the patients below would MOST benefit from CMV-negative blood components?

AIDS patient

Patient with history of febrile non hemolytic transfusion reactions

Patient receiving a HPC transplant

A woman who just delivered a baby suffering from HDFN

A

Correct: Patient receiving a HPC transplant

Patients undergoing transplant with hematopoietic progenitor cells are typically very immunocompromised, so efforts are made to reduce risk of infection. Giving CMV negative, or CMV safe components is the rule of thumb.

CMV negative does NOT equal leukoreduced. A leukoreduced unit is “CMV safe”, but a unit cannot be considered “CMV Negative” unless it is tested serologically.

An AIDS patient may also be immunocompromised, but there is no indication here that the AIDS patient is actually in a compromised state of health.

A patient with a history of FNHTR is not necessarily going to fare better with CMV negative units; they should receive premedication or a washed component.

A baby affected by HDFN would require CMV safe products, but the mother would not require it after the baby is delivered.

395
Q

The most effective component to treat a patient with fibrinogen deficiency is:

Platelets

Fresh Frozen Plasma

Cryoprecipitate

DDAVP

A

Correct: Cryoprecipitate

Cryoprecipitate is the best choice here. It has just as much fibrinogen as FFP, but is less volume, so there is more “bang for the buck”.

DDAVP is typically given to vWD and Hemophilia A patients as it releases endogenous VWF.

396
Q

All of the following are indications for a platelet transfusion, except:

Thrombocytopenia with bleeding

Patient with Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura (TTP)

Patient is undergoing chemotherapy for malignancy with a platelet count of 6,000/uL

Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation (DIC)

A

Correct: Patient with Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura (TTP)

Platelets may be indicated for the following situations:

Bleeding due to thrombocytopenia, or abnormal platelet function

Thrombocytopenia with planned invasive procedure

Patient is undergoing chemotherapy for malignancy with a platelet count of 5-10,000/uL due to decreased production

Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation (DIC)

Massive Transfusion due to rapid consumption of platelets for hemostasis and dilution of platelets by resuscitation fluids

Some contraindications for platelets: TTP, HUS, & HIT. All have thrombocytopenia but are in a pro-thrombotic state. Adding more platelets in the absence of bleeding may increase the destruction
Post Transfusion Purpura, since platelet specific antibodies against high frequency platelet antigens are part of the pathophysiology of this potentially fatal disorder.

Immune thrombocytopenic purpura (ITP) should not be transfused in the absence of bleeding because the transfused platelets will be quickly removed similarly to the patient’s own platelets without clinical benefit.

397
Q

Washing platelets or red cells is indicated for which of the following (select all that apply)?

Severe Allergic Reactions

Remove Alloantibodies in Neonatal Alloimmune Thrombocytopenia

Prevent Graft vs Host Disease

Lower risk of Transfusion Transmitted Infectious Diseases

A

Correct: Severe Allergic Reactions, Remove Alloantibodies in Neonatal Alloimmune Thrombocytopenia

Washing platelets or red cells removes some platelets/plasma proteins and may negatively impact platelet adhesion and activation. Therefore, only in the above circumstances should platelets or red cells be washed. Note If using an open system method, the product changes to a 4 hour expiration time.

398
Q

DDAVP is used to treat what coagulation factor deficiency (select all that apply)?

Hemophilia A

Vitamin K Deficiency

vonWillebrand’s Disease

DIC

A

Correct: vonWillebrand’s Disease

Desmopressin. or DDAVP, is used to treat vonWillebrand’s Disease which is characterized by a deficiency in vWF. DDAVP is a vasopressin that can stimulate release of vWF from the endothelium in vonWillebrand’s Type 1.

399
Q

What is the recommended treatment for a warfarin overdose?

FFP

Factor VII

Cryoprecipitate

Vitamin K Infusion

A

Correct: Vitamin K Infusion

Warfarin interferes with vitamin K metabolism and in turn affects clotting factors II, VII, IX, and X. Vitamin K administration instead of plasma is recommended to correct Vitamin K deficiency or a warfarin overdose.

Note it takes several hours for vitamin K administration to have an effect. If the patient is hemorrhaging or has surgery, transfusing plasma may be the faster option but is generally not the preferred route.

400
Q

A 34 year old woman presents to her doctor with easy bruising and fatigue. The following lab results are obtained:

Hgb: 8.7 g/dL

HCT: 27%

PLT: 5000/uL

WBC: 12,000/uL

The doctor plans a bone marrow biopsy. What blood component should be given prior to surgery?

Platelets

Red Blood Cells

FFP

None

A

Correct: Platelets

The platelet count is low and the patient has noted bruising. A platelet transfusion is indicated to prevent risk of bleeding at the biopsy site.

HgB/HCT: Slightly lower than the reference range but transfusion is not indicated (< 6 g/dL in a healthy adult)

401
Q

Which patient does not need an irradiated blood product?

Bone marrow recipient

Adult receiving a directed donation from their brother

Adult donating an autologous unit

Oncology patient with Hodgkin’s Lymphoma

A

Correct: Adult donating an autologous unit

A patient donating a unit for themselves will not see the cells as foreign.

Reasons a patient may require irradiation:

A patient receiving treatment for Hodgkin’s lymphoma requires irradiation due to chemotherapy drugs.

A patient receiving a directed donation from a blood relative must be irradiated due to the chance that the relative may be homozygous for one of the patient’s HLA haplotypes, leaving the patient unable to reject the donor’s T lymphocytes

Bone marrow recipients have a suppressed immune system due to treatments and to prevent rejection of HSC transplant

Neonate Exchange Transfusion

Intrauterine Transfusion of fetus

HLA Matched Platelets

402
Q

An acute hemolytic transfusion reaction (AHTR) may be caused by which of the following?

Transfusion of ABO incompatible blood

Transfusion of ABO incompatible blood and Failure to irradiate cellular products

Transfusion of ABO incompatible blood and Exposure to a red cell antigen when the corresponding antibody is present

Transfusion of ABO incompatible blood and Leukocyte antibodies

A

AHTR results from the transfusion of incompatible blood. The interaction of pre-formed antibodies, both ABO and other cell antibodies, is the basis for an immune reaction that causes hemolysis.

They mostly occur within 24 hours of blood component administration and often during transfusion itself due to transfusion of incompatible RBC but may also result from incompatible plasma containing components such as FFP or platelets

Most commonly due to mistransfusion of ABO incompatible RBC
as a result of transfusion service error, typing, labeling, crossmatching, wrong patient sample, wrong unit transfused at the bedside to a patient, or transfusion of incompatible RBCs (could be ABO incompatible to patient antibodies)

Intravascular hemolysis via ABO incompatible RBCs (pre-existing naturally occurring anti A or anti B antibodies of IgM type → fixation of complement → formation of membrane attack complex → red cell lysis), IgG antibodies (can also fix complement → mild to fatal AHTR), most often
occurs with mistransfusion of antigens in Kell, Duffy and Kidd systems

403
Q

Leukocyte-reduced blood components prevent the development of which type of transfusion reaction? (choose the most appropriate answer)

TRALI

a delayed hemolytic transfusion reactions (DHTR).

an acute hemolytic transfusion reactions (AHTR).

febrile nonhemolytic transfusion reactions (FNHTR).

A

FNHTRs can be reduced or eliminated by the use of pre-storage leukocyte-­reduced blood components.

WBCs release inflammatory cytokines as they age in blood products that can induce fevers during transfusions; filtering out the WBCs will prevent most of these reactions.

404
Q

A febrile nonhemolytic transfusion reaction (FNHTR) is characterized by which of the following symptoms?

Increase in temperature of >1°C above the baseline during transfusion or up to two hours following transfusion

An increase in temperature of >5°C above the baseline immediately following transfusion

Fever above the baseline, which develops 24 hours after the transfusion is completed

Appearance of rash

A

FNHTR is defined as a >1°C rise in temperature above the baseline during transfusion or up to two hours following the transfusion. Fever usually appears during the transfusion, but may develop 1-2 hours later.

405
Q

Which type of antibodies are known to cause transfusion-related acute lung injury (TRALI) reactions?

Red cell antibodies

Platelet antibodies

HLA antibodies

All of the above

A

Human leukocyte antigen (HLA) antibodies in donor or patient plasma are known to cause TRALI reactions.

Because women are commonly exposed to foreign HLA antigens during pregnancies, FFP from female donors should not be given to patients for transfusion unless they have been tested as nonreactive for anti-HLA antibodies since the termination of their last pregnancy.

406
Q

Reactions due to a delayed hemolytic transfusion event (DHTR) typically take what length of time after transfusion?

10 days

less than 24 hours

5 days

1 day

A

Correct: 5 days

Delayed hemolytic transfusion reaction occur 3 - 7 days after transfusion. The reaction is caused by a secondary immune response which requires time for enough antibody to be produced by the patient to cause signs and symptom of extravascular hemolysis.

407
Q

Post-transfusion purpura (PTP) is characterized by all of the following EXCEPT….

Appearance of purpura

Fever

Mucosal membrane bleed

Platelet count of less than 10,000/µL

Bonus: what is the mechanism and treatment?

A

Correct: fever

PTP is characterized by thrombocytopenia. Platelet counts in PTP are usually less than 10,000/µL. Patients usually present with purpura, bleeding of the mucosal membranes, gastrointestinal, and/or urinary tract bleeding.

PTP is a very rare adverse event of transfusion that typically appears 5-10 days after RBC transfusion (but any blood component can trigger it). It is most commonly seen in multiparous women with previous stimulation to foreign platelets antigens; it is immune-mediated (most commonly anti-HPA-1a against very rare residual platelet fragments) that results in severe thrombocytopenia.

There is a risk of significant morbidity from bleeding complications with a > 10% mortality rate. The condition is usually
self-limiting, but due to the severity of complications, treatment (IVIG) is warranted.

408
Q

Which one of the following conditions may be associated with warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia (WAIHA)?

Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE)

Mycoplasma pneumoniae infection

Hemolytic disease of the fetus and newborn (HDFN)

A

WAIHA may be associated with SLE.

A patient infected with Mycoplasma pneumoniae may experience cold hemagglutinin disease (CHD) secondary to infection. Usually the hemolytic episode is resolved when the infection subsides.
HDFN causes an alloimmune hemolytic anemia that occurs before and/or after birth. Fetal red blood cell destruction occurs when maternal antibody reacts with an antigen or antigens present on the fetal red cells that were inherited from the father.

409
Q

______ can potentially cause a drug-induced hemolytic anemia.

penicillin

tylenol

warfarin

heparin

A

Penicillin may be implicated in red cell destruction via the drug adsorption mechanism. It is most likely to occur when high doses of penicillin are given intravenously.

note: patients exhibiting drug-induced hemolytic anemia are often on IV (long term) administration of the drug. Short term use of penicillin will not cause these problems. When faced with a case study consider how long the patient has been treated with the drug.

410
Q

What is (are) the causative autoantibody(ies) in paroxysmal cold hemoglobinuria (PCH)?

IgM

IgG

IgA

IgM/IgG

A

The causative antibody in cases of PCH is always IgG.

It is a biphasic IgG autoantibody that reacts with red cells in cold areas of the body such as the extremities when the individual is exposed to cold. Complement binds irreversibly to the red cells. When the cells circulate to warmer areas of the body, the cells undergo complement-mediated hemolysis.

411
Q

Therapeutic plasma exchange is most useful in treating patients with:

high-titered IgG antibodies

circulating immune complexes

autoimmune disease

hyperimmune syndromes

A

Correct: circulating immune complexes

412
Q

FFP is indicated as replacement fluid in which of the following?

cryoglobulinemia

guillian-barre syndrome

multiple myeloma

TTP

A

Correct: TTP

The main treatment for patients with inherited TTP is an infusion of donor plasma, also called fresh frozen plasma. The aim of the treatment is simple: to replace the ADAMTS13 enzyme in the patient’s plasma. Platelets are NOT indicated.

413
Q

State the approx elevation in platelet count expected from transfusion of one random donor platelet

3,000/uL

5,000/uL

10,000/uL

1,000/uL

A

correct: 5,000/uL

note that this value represents a single whole blood derived platelet, which were typically given in “six-packs”

414
Q

A resident physician is requesting granulocytes for a patient. The resident is not confident in the decision to transfuse granulocytes and is seeking guidance to confirm indications are met. The resident is also concerned about administration guidelines. Besides consulting with the blood bank MD, which resource should you recommend to the resident to retrieve this information fast!

SBB lecture notes

Harmening 7th edition

AABB tech manual

circular of information

A

Correct: the circular of information!

The Circular was designed as an extension of container labeling to provide specific instructions for the administration and use of blood and blood components intended for transfusion. The Circular must be available for review by Transfusion Services, prescribing physicians, and staff anywhere blood is issued or transfused. If the environment includes blood transfusion, the Circular should be available.

While the textbooks and school notes should be appropriate, this is not the best answer to this question. The circular of information will provide indications and administration techniques for blood and blood products.

415
Q

What do the numbers below represent?

patient 1: 19,000/uL platelets

patient 2: active bleed 30,000/uL platelets

suggestive indication for platelet transfusion

QC standards for a single unit of platelets

suggestive contraindication for platelet transfusion

within normal range, transfusion not indicated

A

Correct: suggestive indication for platelet transfusion

platelet transfusion indications:
platelets <20,000 OR
actively bleeding with a platelet count <50,000

416
Q

A 3 year old male was admitted to the hospital with scattered petechiae and epistaxis. The patient had normal growth and no other medical problems other than a bout of chicken pox 3 weeks earlier. His family history was unremarkable. All other values were within normal reference ranges.

These clinical and laboratory manifestations are consistent with which condition?

ITP

TTP

HUS

DIC

A

Correct: ITP (Idiopathic Thrombocytopenia Purpura)

The clues:

  1. Patient is very young-acute ITP happens in young children, and develops within a 1-2 week period. The child was sick with chicken pox 3 weeks earlier, but was otherwise healthy.
  2. While both ITP and HUS can also follow a viral infection, the symptoms in this child currently are due to bleeding, with no symptoms consistent with hemolysis. The child has petechiae and nosebleeds, which suggest low or dysfunctional platelets. There are not signs listed of diarrhea, abdominal pain, swelling, etc.
  3. The history does not fit a normal pattern for DIC and a chicken pox infection is not typical as a cause. Something more dramatic such as placental abruption, trauma or epithelial cell damage due to liver disease are more typical causes.
417
Q

A 28-year-old woman bleeds profusely following the birth of her first child. She has had a mild systemic bleeding tendency (following hemostatic challenges) throughout her life.

Which of the following disorders may be indicated?

Factor VIII deficiency
von Willebrand Disease Type 1
von Willebrand Disease Type 2
von Willebrand Disease Type 3

A

Correct: von Willebrand Disease Type 1

Von Willebrand disease is an inherited bleeding disorder that can result in defect in platelet performance to adhere at the site of a vascular injury and form the hemostatic plug (vWD acts as the glue).

The disorder can be quantitative or qualitative
It is important to distinguish between types of vWF so that the appropriate treatment can be selected

vWD Type 1: Quantitative Defect
Autosomal dominant inheritance
Accounts for about 70-80% of vWD cases, most common type (know type 1 for SBB)
The severity of the disease varies from patient to patient
Clinical Presentation:
vWF antigen: Low
vWF multimers: Normal

vWD Type 2: Qualitative Abnormalities
Autosomal Dominant inheritance
20-30% of vWD
Four subtypes: 2A, 2B, 2M, 2N
Clinical Presentation (varies between subtypes, see chart below for greater detail):
vWF multimers: Abnormal with a decrease in functional activity

vWD Type 3: Quantitative Defect
Autosomal Recessive
Rare
Clinical Presentation:
vWF: Absent
vWF antigen: Low or Undetectable
vWF activity: Low or Undetectable
vWF multimers: Undetectable or normal distribution if present

PT (Platelet Type) vWD:

Rare Autosomal Dominant
Mutation in gene encoding platelet glycoprotein (GPIbα), “Pseudo-vWD”
Clinical Presentation:
Looks similar to Type 2B, distinguish it from Type 2B because PT-vWD has normal binding of vWF to platelets (increased affinity) - Perform Ristocetin-induced platelet aggregation testing

418
Q

Which of the following does NOT cause DIC?

Obstetric complications

Hemophilia

Sepsis

Transfusion Reactions

A

Correct: Hemophilia

Disseminated intravascular coagulation is a condition in which small blood clots develop throughout the bloodstream, blocking small blood vessels. The increased clotting depletes the platelets and clotting factors needed to control bleeding, causing excessive bleeding.

Typically it is caused by some additional substance that enters the blood stream. So the conditions of obstetric complications, sepsis and transfusion reactions will all result in “something new” being produced that enters the blood stream. Hemophilia is a condition in which blood will not properly clot, but does not result in an “additional” substance to be produced that will cause DIC.

419
Q

ABO HDFN is usually mild because:

ABO antigens are not present on fetal cells

ABO antigens are poorly developed on fetal cells

ABO IgM antibodies will not cross the placenta

Most maternal IgG class ABO antibodies are subclass IgG2 which does not cross the placenta

A

Correct: ABO antigens are poorly developed on fetal cells

ABO antibodies are predominantly IgM, but there are IgG isotypes present (especially anti-A,B in type O Mothers) that can cause significant damage

420
Q

Which of the following is a characteristic of Factor XII deficiency?

Negative bleeding history

Normal clotting times

Decreased risk of thrombosis

Epistaxis (nosebleeds)

A

Correct: Negative bleeding history

Factor XII, or Hageman factor:

A Factor XII deficiency is the rare result of an autosomal recessive inheritance. Factor XII Initiates the intrinsic pathway of the coagulation cascade.

In-vivo: Not a critical coagulation factor and a decreased level, or even complete absence, of the factor will not cause bleeding complications

In-VITRO: the lack or reduction of Factor XII will cause a prolonged PTT because it plays a role in clot formation in the test itself.
Clinical Presentation: aPTT = Prolonged, no signs of bleeding problems
Diagnosed via a Factor XII Assay

421
Q

A 28 year old woman who is O Negative delivers a healthy full term infant who is A Positive. A Kleihauer Betke stain is performed and 2200 total cells are counted, with 20 fetal RBCs counted.

Which dose of Rh Immune Globulin is the correct amount to administer?

None

1

2

3

A

Correct: 3

FMH=(% fetal cells/100)(mother’s blood volume in mL)

RhIg vials needed=FMH/30mL/vial

assumption: a woman’s blood volume is about 5000mL

An extra vial is added because the methods used to determine FMH are not exact, the extra vial provides an extra level of assurance that we are preventing the mom from immunization to the D antigen.

422
Q

After delivering an RH positive child, the Rh negative mother should be administered Rh Immune Globulin within what time period?

24 hours

72 hours

7 days

30 days

A

Correct: 72 hours

RhIG should be administered within 72 hours of any event that would be associated with a risk for FMH, such as amniocentesis, delivery, termination, abruption, etc.; however, RhIG should not be withheld if this time limit has been exceeded.

Because RhIG contains IgG anti-D, when given antepartum, it can cross the placenta and sensitize fetal D-positive red cells. Occasionally the fetus may be born with a weakly positive DAT, but significant hemolysis does not occur. For this reason some guidelines recommend that labs do NOT routinely perform DATs on infants whose mothers have received antepartum RhIG.

423
Q

What is the main purpose of performing an exchange transfusion in a neonate affected by HDFN?

To remove excess amounts of bilirubin and maternal antibody

To replace lost blood volume due to hemolysis, and dilute maternal antibody

Suppression of erythropoiesis and increase of baby’s HCT

To raise the baby’s hemoglobin value

A

Correct: To remove excess amounts of bilirubin and maternal antibody

The purpose of doing an exchange transfusion is to both replace lost RBCs in the infant and remove unwanted substances. If we look at these choices, only the first one is a situation in which both reasons are correct. If we simply want to raise the HCT or HgB then a small volume RBC transfusion is the most appropriate, not exchange transfusion.

In a baby suffering from HDFN, the neonate RBCs are sensitized with maternal antibody and there is excess antibody in the serum. There is also a build up of bilirubin in the neonatal serum because the baby liver is not fully capable of conjugating bilirubin for excretion.

424
Q

A 30 year old female (G2, P1) is tested at 24 weeks and found to be O Negative with a negative antibody screen. At the time of delivery, the mother is found to have the following screen results:

SCI: 1+
SCII: 1+
SCIII: 0/2+CC

She delivered a baby who is group B Negative. Which choice below best explains the reason for these results?

Mother developed an anti-D in response to the baby’s D antigen

Mother is a weak D, now making an anti-D

Pre-natal antibody screen was not sensitized enough to identify the antibody

Mother received prenatal Rh Immune Globulin

A

Correct: Mother received prenatal Rh Immune Globulin

The mother is Rh negative - at 28 weeks she should have received Rh Immune Globulin according to ACOG standards. Rh Immune Globulin contains IgG anti-D, which often shows up in the antibody screen.

The baby is also found to be Rh negative at birth, so the baby should not be stimulating the mother to produce anti-D.
Even if the mother were a weak D or partial D, her immune system should not be stimulated to produce anti-D since the baby is Rh negative.
It is possible that there was a problem with the initial antibody screen performed prenatally, but this is not the MOST likely scenario.
Screening cell 1 and 2 at most hospitals are R1R1 and R2R2 respectively. SCIII is rr (D-).

425
Q

A baby is born 2 weeks premature with petechiae, purpura and develops intercranial hemorrhage. The mother is healthy, with a negative antibody screen and the baby has a negative DAT.

Which assay will you want to perform on the baby sample?

platelet count

coagulation factor assays

HLA typing

bilirubin level

A

Correct: Platelet count

The baby is exhibiting petechiae, purpura and cranial hemorrhage. These are all signs of low platelet count. Coagulation problems would more likely present with oozing and bleeding at the umbilical stump. They might also develop more slowly since the mother was providing coagulation factors for the baby in utero.

It would make sense to include coagulation tests such as PT, PTT, etc in the testing, but we would not start with coagulation factor assays. We aren’t going to assay for individual coagulation factors until we have a suspicion of which ones could be deficient.

I would not also jump to HLA typing. It is probably a platelet antibody causing this problem, and as such we would first want to do platelet antibody screen.

426
Q

Refer to Question 10. If this infant required a platelet transfusion, what would be the best choice of donor?

HLA matched

Father

Mother

random donor

A

Correct: Mother

The baby is affected by thrombocytopenia caused by neonatal autoimmune thrombocytopenia (NAIT). Therefore, maternal antibodies are causing the platelet destruction. So, we want platelets that will lack the antigen that corresponds to maternal antibody. Of the donors listed, we can only be certain that the mother will lack the offending antigen, since she is the one producing the antibody.

427
Q

A four-year-old male presents to the emergency department with a history of six days of fever and acute onset of red colored urine. Birth history and past medical history are unremarkable. Family history is non-contributory. He has a two-year-old sister who is healthy. There has been no recent travel. He was seen by his primary care physician approximately five days ago for evaluation of cough and rhinorrhea and was prescribed Augmentin for an ear infection. He has no increased bruising, no petechiae, and no extremity pain. He has been having intermittent fevers for three days.

Lab results are:
DAT: IgG, C3 (+).
Urinalysis: dark, red-brown urine, 3+ blood, 3+ protein, 0-4 RBCs/hpf, 0-4 WBCs/hpf, urobilinogen >8mg/dL.
Initial hemoglobin 10.4 g/dL; decreased to 6.3 g/dL 12 hours late
Platelets 153,000 cells/UL
Reticulocyte count 0.4%,
White blood cells 11.1 x103 cells/UL (48% bands, 16% lymphocytes)

Which condition below is most likely for this patient?

Paroxysmal Nocturnal Hemoglobinuria

Cold autoimmune disease

Warm auto antibody with e specificity

Paroxysmal Cold Hemoglobinuria

A

Correct: Paroxysmal Cold Hemoglobinuria (PCH)

Paroxysmal cold hemoglobinuria (PCH) is a very rare subtype of autoimmune hemolytic anemia (AIHA, see this term), caused by the presence of cold-reacting autoantibodies in the blood and characterized by the sudden presence of hemoglobinuria, typically after exposure to cold temperatures.

Acute cases almost exclusively affect children and are often preceded by symptoms of infection.

Diagnosis is based on evidence of anemia linked to hemolysis, the presence of hemoglobin in urine, a positive result from the Donath-Landsteiner (DL) test and evidence of anti-P specificity of the IgG autoantibodies.

Not that hemolysis has a sudden onset here (acute).

The child has also been having fevers on and off for several days.

Cold autoagglutinin syndrome and PNH often affect the extremeties .

It is very unlikely that a child of this age would develop a warm autoantibody with e specificity.

428
Q

Refer to Question 12. Below are the Donath-Landsteiner results of the patient. Based on the results, select the correct interpretation:

Antibody is likely an auto-anti-I
Antibody is likely an auto-anti-P
Antibody is likely an allo-anti-P1
Antibody is likely an auto-anti-P1

A

Correct: Antibody is likely an auto-anti-P

The results of the DL test shown above show hemolysis in the tubes that were in the refrigerator and at 37C. This suggests a biphasic hemolysin. Of the antibodies listed, only the auto-anti-P is a biphasic hemolysin.

429
Q

You are trying to prove that an untransfused patient’s hemolytic episode is due to anti-penicillin. It was noted the patient is on a round of Penicillin following a positive strep test. The following results were obtained:

DAT = 2+ with IgG and 1+ with C3

Eluate + penicillin treated cells = 2+

Eluate + non treated cells = 2+

Which conclusion is the most correct?

Eluate contains anti-penicillin and an autoantibody

Eluate contains anti-penicillin only

Eluate contains an autoantibody

Eluate contains an alloantibody

A

Correct: Eluate contains an autoantibody

Note: patients who develop antibodies to drugs are often heavily exposed to large quantities of the drug over a significant period of time (months-years). In the case question, look for IV penicillin and inpatient status. In this case the patient received penicillin after an acute strep infection, which is most likely an oral from.

Anti-penicillin should only react with penicillin treated cells. The fact that this antibody reacts with both treated and untreated suggests that this is an autoantibody. The patient has not been recently transfused, so an allo antibody is also not indicated.

430
Q

Factor V deficiency is most likely suspected when both the PT and aPTT are

1._______ when unmixed

2._______ when mixed with normal plasma.

  1. prolonged, 2. corrected
  2. prolonged 2. prolonged
  3. normal 2. prolonged
  4. corrected 2. prolonged
A

The answer is 1. prolonged when unmixed and 2. corrected when mixed with normal plasma.

Factor V deficiency is most likely suspected when both the PT and aPTT are initially prolonged and then corrected when mixed with normal plasma.

Mixing studies help distinguish clotting time prolongation due to:

  1. coagulation factor deficiency; If the patient is deficient for a factor, adding Normal Pooled Plasma provides sufficient clotting factors to overcome a deficiency and correct the clotting time.
    OR
  2. an inhibitor; If an inhibitor is present, the clotting factor would be inhibited in both the patient’s plasma and Normal Pooled Plasma. The PT and aPTT would therefore remain prolonged (and not corrected)
431
Q

A patient develops severe, unexpected bleeding following 4 red cell transfusions. The following test results were obtained:

Prolonged PT and aPTT
Decreased Fibrinogen
Increased Fibrin Split Product
Decreased Platelets

Which of the following blood products should be recommended to the physician for this patient?

platelets

Cryoprecipitate

FFP

All of the above

A

Correct: all of the above

This patient is suffering from DIC. The clotting factors are being consumed, the platelets are low and the fibrin split products are increased (meaning fibrinolysis is also occurring). In DIC, we actually want to treat the underlying cause so that the process does not continue to be activated. But we also are going to have to transfuse multiple types of products because it is a consumptive coagulopathy, meaning that the consumed factors must be replaced.

432
Q

Hemophilia B is caused by a deficiency of which factor?

Factor VII

Factor IX

Factor X

Factor XI

A

Correct: Factor IX

Hemophilia B is an X-linked recessive disease, also called Christmas disease.

433
Q

A patient presents with a warm autoantibody reacting 3+ with all cells tested, including the autocontrol, at 37C .

The technologist performs an alloadsorption because the patient had been recently transfused. The results are below of testing the adsorbed serum at AHG

Serum adsorbed with rr (K-, Fya+, Fyb-, Jka+, Jkb-) = 2+

Serum adsorbed with R1R1 (K-, Fya-, Fyb+, Jka-, Jkb+) = 2+

Serum adsorbed with R2R2 (K+, Fya-, Fyb+, Jka-, Jkb+) = O

Which interpretation below best explains this pattern of results?

Patient has an autoantibody with K specificity

Patient has an autoantibody with an underlying allo-anti-K

Patient has an autoantibody with an underlying allo-anti-Jka

Patient has only an allo-anti-Jka

A

Correct: Patient has an autoantibody with an underlying allo-anti-K

The patient clearly has an autoantibody from the initial results that were given. So, when the alloadsorption is performed, cells are chosen that have a variety of antigen typings. The purpose is to adsorb out the autoantibody. Because these are allogeneic cells, and not autologous, additional antigens on the cells may adsorb out alloantibodies as well as the warm autoantibody.

The first two cells are K-, meaning that the anti-K would NOT be adsorbed by those cells. The third cell is K+ meaning that the anti-K would be adsorbed out, so the remaining plasma would be negative. Cells 1 and 2 complement each other in that one is Jka+ while the other is Jka-, and so on for the other antigens listed.

434
Q

Ankylosing spondylitis is associated with which HLA antigen?

DQA1

A23

B27

DR2

A

Correct: B27

AS is a form of arthritis that primarily affects the spine, although other joints can become involved. It causes inflammation of the vertebrae that can lead to severe, chronic pain and discomfort.

Most individuals who have AS also have a gene that produces a “genetic marker,” a protein called HLA-B27. This marker is found in more than 95 percent of people in the Caucasian population with AS.

Total hip arthroplasty (THA) has been highlighted as the best treatment option for ankylosing spondylitis (AS) patients with advanced hip involvement. The significant blood loss associated with THA is a common concern of postoperative complications.

435
Q

A patient presents with a case of compensated hemolytic anemia. Which type of unusual RBC will you most likely see on a blood smear?

Stomatocytes

Reticulocytes

Sickle cells

smear is normal

A

Correct: reticulocytes

In a COMPENSATED anemia, the bone marrow releases RBCs before they are fully mature, resulting in RBCs with small amounts of nucleated material from the precursor stages, which are called reticulocytes.

436
Q

Which cell type primarily mediates graft-vs-host disease (GVHD)?

B cells

T cells

Monocytes

Granulocytes

A

Correct: T cells

GVHD is mediated by donor “passenger” T cells which engraft in the recipient and mount a cellular immune response against host tissues. Target tissues include skin, gut, lymphoid tissue, and liver. In the case of transfusion-associated GVHD, the marrow is also involved. TA-GVHD presents 2-30 days after transfusion with pancytopenia with marrow aplasia or hypoplasia. It can occurs in 1:400,000 non-irradiated transfusions of susceptible patients. Treatment is largely unsuccessful and there is a 100% mortality rate among known cases.

437
Q

The following phenotypes have been derived from the patient’s family to determine the best candidate for a kidney donor.
Father Group A / A3,28; B18,37
Mother Group B / A2,11; B7,40
Patient Group B / A3,11; B7,37
Sibling #1 Group AB / A3,11; B7,37
Sibling #2 Group B / A2,3; B18,40
Sibling #3 Group B / A3,11; B7,37
Sibling #4 Group A / A11,28; B7,18

The haplotypes of the mother are:

A2,B7; A11,B40

A2,All; B7, B40

A2, B40; A11, B7

B7, B40; A2, A11

A

Correct = A2, B40; A11, B7

First, look at the antigens that the children inherited. You can see that Sibling 1 must have gotten A11 and B7 from the Mom. This suggests that this is a possible haplotype. If this is one of the Mom’s haplotypes, then the other haplotyps must be A2, B40. You then look at the other siblings to determine if these haplotyes exist as a means to confirm this guess.

438
Q

In which patient are you most likely to find HLA antibodies?

40 year old male, one previous RBC transfusion

15 year old female, no previous transfusions

30 year old male, father of 6 children

32 year old female, 4 previous pregnancies

A

Correct: 32 year old female, 4 previous pregnancies

The more exposures to foreign antigens someone has experienced, the more likely they are is to produce HLA antibodies. The 32 year old female had the most exposures due to her four pregnancies. A father, no matter how many children he has, is not at high risk for developing HLA antibodies since HE does not carry the babies to term in utero.

439
Q

Ristocetin is a(n)

used in a test to determine the etiology of a prolonged PT or PTT

used in a test used to help distinguish clotting time prolongation due to a coagulation factor deficiency or an inhibitor

used in a relatively nonspecific and nonsensitive test of platelet function, whose use is declining

antibiotic that causes vWF to bind to and activate platelets

A

Answer: Ristocetin is an antibiotic that causes vWF to bind to and activate platelets.

The test involving ristocetin is called the von Willebrand factor activity test.

Recall the primary hemostasis event when vWF reaches out to GPIB for platelet aggregation to establish a weak platelet plug, Ristocetin accelarates this process.

440
Q

Bernard Soulier Syndrome is NOT a…

a bleeding disorder often characterized by oversized platelets on peripheral blood smear

a bleeding disorder patients commonly present with prolonged mucosal bleed history

a disorder of secondary hemostasis

a bleeding disorder treated with platelet transfusions

A

correct: a disorder of secondary hemostasis

Bernard-Soulier syndrome (BSS) is a rare inherited disorder of coagulation characterized by unusually large platelets, low platelet count, and prolonged bleeding time. Patients present with current and historical prolonged mucosal bleeding, skin bleeding and bruising. BS is caused by a deficiency in GP1b (which binds to vWF to form a loose platelet plug in primary hemostasis) due to an autosomal recessive genetic abnormality. Platelet transfusion is used to treat Bernard-Soulier syndrome when surgery is necessary or when there is a risk for life-threatening hemorrhage. Some patients with Bernard-Soulier syndrome become refractory to platelet transfusions because they develop antibodies against the GPIb protein- to reduce this risk, it is now recommended that specially selected platelet transfusions (from HLA-matched single donors) should be used.

441
Q

Glanzmann Thrombasthenia is NOT….

a rare inherited coagulation disorder

a bleeding disorder which typically presents later in life

a bleeding disorder where symptoms usually begin at birth or shortly thereafter

associated with unusally heavy menstrual bleeding

A

Answer; symptoms of Glanzmann thrombasthenia usually begin at birth. Glanzmann thrombasthenia is NOT a bleeding disorder which presents later in life.

Glanzmann thrombasthenia (GT) is a rare inherited coagulation disorder characterized by an abnormality in either the gene for GIIb or the gene for GPIIIa results in an abnormal platelet GPIIb/IIIa. This prevents platelets from forming a weak plug when bleeding occurs. The symptoms of Glanzmann thrombasthenia usually begin at birth or shortly thereafter and include the tendency to bruise and bleed easily and sometimes profusely, especially after surgical procedures.
Most individuals affected with Glanzmann thrombasthenia have a normal number of platelets but have a prolonged bleeding time. Platelet aggregation studies are abnormal.
Some individuals with GT may require platelet transfusions. Since transfusions may continue to be necessary throughout life, affected individuals may benefit from transfusions from HLA matched donors.

442
Q

Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura is associated with a deficiency of…

Fibrinogen

Factor IX

ADAMTS13

D-dimer

A

Answer: TTP is associated with a deficiency of ADAMTS13

Recall that ADAMTS13 is the enzyme responsible for cleaving vWF multimeres. In the absence of ADAMTS13, vWF multimers build uncontrollably and passing red blood cells are sheared (IE schistocytes are observed in a peripheral blood smear). The patient is at risk of diffuse micro-thrombi leading to severe complication.

443
Q

a resident physician calls the blood bank and asks a new MLS graduate the following question:

“My patient has a severe form of hemophilia A , what should I order to treat this patient?”

The MLS is seeking your SBB guidance. What do you say?

platelet pheresis

recombinant factor concentrates

fresh frozen plasma

cryoprecipitate

DDAVP

A

Answer: recombinant factor concentrates

platelet pheresis and FFP are ineffective in treating hemophilia A. You’ll want large doses of a product containing factor VIII.

If factor concentrates are unavailable, cryo could be used as a last resort. DDAVP can be used in cases of minimal deficiency with no current severe bleeding.

444
Q

What are the two major roles of vWF?

A
  1. promotes platelet adhesion to thrombogenic surfaces as well as platelet-to-platelet cohesion during thrombus formation
  2. it is the carrier for FVIII in plasma
445
Q

During platelet adhesion (primary hemostasis)…

platelet membrane receptor GP1b links to subendothelial vWF

crosslinking fibrin strands stabilize the clot

fibrinolysis helps stabilize the clot

A

Answer; platelet membrane receptor GP1b links to subendothelial vWF- primary hemostasis

“crosslinking fibrin strands stabilize the clot” is describing SECONDARY hemostasis

Fibrinolysis begins the process of clot breakdown via plasminogen/plasmin activation

446
Q

Prothrombin complex is indicated for the treatment of what disease?

severe hagemann’s disease (factor XII)

severe christmas disease (factor IX)

severe hemophilia C (factor XI)

severe von willebrand’s disease

A

answer: severe christmas disease (factor IX)

Christmas disease, also called hemophilia B or factor IX hemophilia, is a rare genetic abnormality that results in a deficiency of factor IX.

Christmas disease may not be diagnosed until later in life. It’s estimated that two-thirds of cases are inherited. The other cases are caused by spontaneous gene mutations that occur for unknown reasons during fetal development. The disease almost exclusively in males.

The disease is named for Stephen Christmas, who was the first person diagnosed with the condition in 1952.

symptoms: prolonged bleeding after invasive procedures, unexplained, excessive bruising or prolonged nosebleeds, unexplained blood in the urine or feces, ori nternal bleeding that pools in the joints, which causes pain and swelling.

PTT will be abnormal, but a factor IX activity level is necessary for diagnosis.

Prothrombin complex concentrate (PCC), also known as factor IX complex, is a medication made up of blood clotting factors II, IX, and X. Some versions also contain factor VII.

(Recognize these numbers? II. VII, IX and X??!?!? They are the calcium and vitamin K dependent factors!)

447
Q

An autologous donor weighing 90 lb is scheduled to give WHOLE BLOOD for an elective surgery. What volume of anticoagulant should be removed if a 450 mL bag collection bag is being used?

None

17

10

28

A

Correct: 10 mL REMOVED

Pay attention to wether the question is asking you how much anticoagulant is NEEDED or how much should be REMOVED (from the standard 63 mL for a 450mL collection or 70 mL for a 500 mL collection).

AABB Reference Standard 5.4.1A: Allows collecting 10.5 mL blood/kg of donors weight for each donation. This includes the unit volume AND tubing/tubes for testing, assuming 50 mL for tubing/testing.

Note: Autologous donations do not have a minimum weight requirement. Allogeneic donors in the United States must weigh a minimum of 50 kg, or 110 lb. Donor qualification varies around the world based on local regulations.

1) Convert pounds to kilograms using the equation: 2.2 lb = 1 kg

90 lb/2.2 = 40.90 kg

2) Calculate the maximum amount of blood that can be drawn using the equation:

        (Donor weight in kg)(10.5mL/kg) = Volume of blood that can be removed

        (40.90 kg)(10.5mL/kg) = 429.55 mL 

3) Subtract 50 mL for tubing/test tubes.

429.55 mL - 50 mL = 379.55, or 380 mL into WB collection bag, this is the amount that needs anticoagulant

4) Determine the amount of anticoagulant we need for 379.55 mL

M1V1 = M2V2

63/450 = X/380; X = 53 mL

(Note: If this was a 500 mL collection bag with 70 mL anticoagulant, you can replace the 63/450 accordingly in the equation)

5) Calculate the amount of anticoagulant to remove by subtracting how much is needed from the original amount of anticoagulant in the bag.

63 - 53 = 10 mL should be removed

448
Q

A given population is tested and the phenotype frequencies are below:

Fya+ = 65%

Jkb+ = 73%

C+ = 70%

e+ = 98%

What is the combined phenotype frequency of Fy(a-), Jk(b-), C-, e- individuals?

A

Correct: 0.06%

The table gives you antigen frequencies. Therefore, you must subtract the frequencies given from 100% in order to get the frequency of those who LACK the antigen for each antigen system given. Divide by 100 to then get the fraction to use in the equation.

Fy(a-) = 100 - 65 = 35% (0.35)

Jk(b-) = 100 - 73 = 27% (0.27)

C- = 100 - 70 = 30% (0.30)

e- = 100 - 98 = 2% (0.02)

To calculate the combined frequency, multiple the negative frequencies together, multiply by 100 to get the combined frequency.

(0.35) (0.27) (0.30) (0.02) = 0.000567 or 0.06%

449
Q

A 70 kg patient with severe hemophilia has a Hematocrit of 40% and an initial factor VIII level of 2 units/dl (0.02units/ml). How many bags of cryoprecipitate should be given to raise the factor VIII level to 50 units/dl (0.5 units/ml)?

A

Correct: 18

1) Calculate the patient’s blood volume (If patient’s weight was given in pounds, divide by 2.2 to get kg):

70 kg x 70 mL/kg = 4900 mL Total Blood Volume

2) Calculate the patient’s plasma volume:

4900 mL X (1 - 0.40)= 4900 X 0.60= 2940 mL Plasma Volume

3) Plug the numbers into the equation to calculate the number of cryo needed:

MAKE SURE YOUR UNITS MATCH!  The question gives you written two ways, 2 units/dL and 0.02units/mL.  If you are only given the factor level in units/dL, you will need to divide by 100 to convert dL to mL and match the plasma volume in mL or convert plasma volume to dL.

2940 mL plasma x 0.48 units/mL needed = 1411.2 IU needed total

1411.2 IU needed / 80 IU average Factor VIII per unit = 17.64 bags needed

The blood volume will most likely be given to you on the SBB exam at this time. The standard blood volume to use is 70 mL/kg, different references vary between 60-75 depending on gender.

450
Q

A woman receives a shot of Rh Immune Globulin on May 1st. What percentage of the immunoglobulin will remain on June 12th?

75%

50%

25%

12.5%

A

Correct: 25%

Recall the half life of IgG is 21 days.

June 12th is 6 weeks from the day of injection. After 21 days (3 weeks), the amount of Immunoglobulin left will be 50%. After 6 weeks, another half of the IgG will be gone, and half of 50% is 25%

451
Q

A given population is tested 84% are found to be Rh positive. What is the frequency of the DD genotype?

0.4

0.16

0.36

0.64

A

Correct: 0.36

We are given the PHENOTYPE of a population and need to solve for a GENOTYPE.

84% of the population is Rh positive, therefore 16% must be Rh negative and have the dd genotype, which is q^2. Therefore, q = .4, and p = .6.

DD is represented by p^2, which equals 0.36.

452
Q

A Kleihauer-Betke test indicates 10 fetal cells per 1000 adult cells. If a woman has 5000 mL of blood volume, how many doses of RhIg should she receive?

A

Answer: 3

10/1000 = 0.01 x 5000 = 50 mL whole blood of FMH.

1 vial of RhIg protects against 30 mL whole blood of an FMH, or 15 mL RBCs of an FMH.

50/30 = 1.66, rounded = 2, add 1 per AABB standards = 3 vials needed

453
Q

A given population is tested and the phenotype frequencies are below:

Fya+ = 65%

Jkb+ = 73%

C+ = 70%

e+ = 98%

Approximately how many units of RBCs would you have to screen to find 4 units that are Fy(a-), Jk(b-), C-, e-?

A

Correct: 7055

1) Calculate the negative phenotypes:

Fya+ = 65% –> 100 - 65 = 35% or 0.35

Jkb+ = 73% –> 100 - 73 = 27% or 0.27

C+ = 70% –> 100 - 70 = 30% or 0.30

e+ = 98% –> 100 - 98 = 2% or 0.02

2) Multiply the negative phenotypes together:

(0.35)(0.27)(0.30)(0.02) = 0.000567

3) Divide the number of units needed by the sum of the negative phenotypes calculated above:

= 7,055 units

454
Q

A fetomaternal hemorrhage of 20 mL of fetal Rh-positive RBCs has been detected in an Rh-negative woman. How many vials of Rh Immune Globulin should be given?

A

Answer: 2

20 mL RBCs / 15 mL RBCs protected by 1 vial RhIg = 1.3, rounded = 1, add 1 per AABB standards = 2 vials needed

455
Q

A 30% solution of albumin is currently in stock, but you need 5 mL of 6% albumin. How can you dilute the albumin in stock to meet this requirement?

A

Answer: 1 mL of 30% solution into 4 mL saline

M1V1 = M2V2

30x = 5 x 6, x = 1 mL of 30% soln; always dilute blood proteins into 0.29% saline media

456
Q

An adult hemophiliac needs a single dose of Factor VIII. If the dose for the patient is determined to be 1200 units, how many bags of cryoprecipitate would be required?

A

Answer: 15 bags of cryo

1200 units Factor VIII needed

Recall: 80 IU/bag of cryo, so 1200/80 = 15 bags needed

457
Q

A female trauma patient was airlifted to the nearest Level II Trauma Center. She has lost approximately 1600 mL of blood following a drive-by shooting and her weight is estimated at 180 lbs. What percentage of her total blood volume has been lost? For blood volume, use 60 mL/kg

A

Answer: 33%

180 lb / 2.2 lBbper kg = 81.8 kg x 60 mL/kg = 4909 mL blood volume

1600/4909 x100 = 32.5%

458
Q

The physician wants to know if his chemotherapy patient is becoming refractile. His pretransfusion platelet count was 32,000. After receiving 1 single donor pheresis, his platelet count went up to 54,000. His BSA is 2.5 m2. Calculate the Corrected Count Increment (CCI).

A

Answer: 18,333 (acceptable CCI >7500)

54,000-32,000 = 22,000 x 2.5 BSA = 55,000 / 3.0 (x10^11 minimum for 1 unit apheresis platelets) = 18,333

acceptable CCI is >7500, two subsequent transfusions with CCI <7500 = refractory

459
Q

A trauma patient has a fibrinogen level of 80 mg/dl. How much cryo should be given to this patient who is 5’ 2” and weighs 125 lb and has a HCT of 22% to raise his fibrinogen level to 150 mg/dl?

A

Answer: 9 bags cryo needed

Need to raise patient’s fibrinogen by 70mg/dL or 0.7mg/mL

125 lb / 2.2 lb per kg = 56.8 kg x 70 ml per kg = 3977 mL blood volume x (1-0.22) = 3102 mL plasma volume x 0.7 mg/mL needed = 2171 mg fibrinogen needed / 250 mg fibrinogen average in one bag of cryo = 8.7 bags cryo needed

460
Q

Cryoprecipitate was manufactured from 276 mL of FFP that contained 0.5 units of Factor VIII per mL. The 15 mL bag of cryoprecipitate was tested and demonstrated 7 units of Factor VIII per mL. What is the % yield of Factor VIII?

A

Answer: 76% yield

7 units per mL x 15 mL in bag cryo = 105 units in bag of cryo

0.5 units per mL x 276 mL in bag FFP= 138 units in bag of FFP

105/138 x 100 = 76% yield Factor VIII

461
Q

How many grams of CuSO4 would be needed to prepare 25 mL of a 2.5% solution?

A

Answer: 0.625 grams

2.5% solution = 2.5 grams in 100 mL

2.5/100 = X/25 mL… cross multiply to get 100X = 62.5

X = 0.625 grams

462
Q

A 32 kg preoperative patient with severe hemophilia and antibody to Factor VIII has a current Factor VIII level of 2% and hematocrit of 34%. In order to maintain the patient at 50% activity, how many FVIII units/mL (not units of cryo) are required for injection? Use 70 mL/kg for TBV.

A

Answer: 710 IU Factor VIII

32 kg x 70 mL per kg = 2240 mL blood volume x (1-0.34) = 1478.4 mL plasma vol

need to increase factor FVIII by 48% = 48 IU/dL = 0.48 IU/mL

0.48 IU per mL x 1478.4 mL plasma = 709.6 IU Factor VIII needed

463
Q

Your laboratory performs an average of 145,150 tests with a unit value of 9.

Determine the number of FTEs required for this workload:

Vacation: 20 days

Avg. Sick Time: 5 days

Holidays Paid: 12 days

8 hr day with a ½ hr break

Productivity: 75%

A

Answer: 17 FTE

  1. calculate

52 weeks x 5 days per week = 260 work days per year - 20 days vacation - 5 days sick time - 12 days holiday = 223 days x 7.5 hours per day = 1673 hours x 60 minutes per hour = 100350 minutes worked in one year per employee x 75% productivity = 75262.5 productive minutes per year per FTE

145150 tests x 9 (unit value = minutes to perform) = 1306350 units per year

1306350/75262.5 = 17.3 FTE needed

464
Q

There is a two gene system with S and s as alleles. The frequency of the S gene is 0.2. What percentage of the population are ss?

A

Answer: 64% (0.64)

We are given the dominant allele’s frequency, p, and asked to find the recessive PHENOTYPE frequency (ss).

0.2 + q = 1, q = 0.8

q^2 = 0.64

465
Q

Antigen X and antigen Y are coded for by codominant alleles X and Y respectively. A population of 1000 individuals was tested for X; 750 individuals tested X positive and 250 individuals tested X negative. What is the gene frequency of X?

A

Answer: 0.5

We are given PHENOTYPE frequencies (75% of people are either XX or XY, 25% of people at YY AKA X negative), so we can deduce that q^2 = 0.25, so q (AKA Y genotype frequency) = 0.5.

Therefore, X genotype frequency (p) = 0.5 as well

466
Q

An adult patient suffering from aplastic anemia has a hematocrit of 18%. He receives 3 units of compatible packed RBCs. What would be the patient’s expected hemoglobin post-transfusion?

A

Answer: expected 9 g/dL

Each unit of RBCs should raise hemoglobin by 1 g/dL or hematocrit by 3%.

Roughly, hemoglobin level should be 1/3 of the hematocrit, so we can deduce that the patient’s starting Hgb is 6 g/dL.

6 g/dL + estimated 3 g/dL raised = 9 g/dL

467
Q

Of 288 patients with Type I Diabetes, 148 test positive for the HLA B8 antigen. Only 110 of the 375 Healthy individuals tested positive for the HLA B8 antigen. What is the relative risk for people with the HLA B8 gene for developing Type I Diabetes?

A

Answer: 2.5%

((# disease pos & marker pos) x (# disease negative & marker neg)) / ((#disease neg & marker pos) x (#disease pos & marker neg))

148 x 265 / 140 x 110 = 2.5

468
Q

A chemotherapy patient has a platelet count of 25,000. The doctor is performing eye surgery and desires a preoperative count of 100,000. How many random donor platelets should be transfused?

A

Answer:
Correct 8-15

Need to raise patient’s platelet count by 75,000

Each unit of random donor platelets should raise total platelet count by 5000-10000/uL, but we will assume each unit has the least amount (5000)

75/5 = 15 units ESTIMATED need with low platelet yields
75/10- 7.5 units

469
Q

A chemotherapy patient has a platelet count of 25,000. The doctor is performing eye surgery and desires a preoperative count of 100,000. How many random donor platelets should be transfused?

A

Answer: 8-15 units

Need to raise patient’s platelet count by 75,000

Each unit of random donor platelets should raise total platelet count by 5000-10000/uL, but we will assume each unit has the least amount (5000)

75/5 = 15 units ESTIMATED need with low platelet yields
75/10= 7.5 units ESTIMATED need with high platelets yields

So, anywhere from 8 -15 units of random donors (which would have been 2-3 pooled “six packs”) are needed

470
Q

A population is tested and is found to have 64% of individuals positive for Jkb. What percentage of individuals is heterozygous for Jka?

A

Answer: 48%

Assign Jka as p and Jkb as q.

64% of people are either Jk(a-b+) or Jk(a+b+), so p^2 + 0.64 = 1. if p^2 = .36, p = 0.6 and q = 0.4.
2pq = 2 x 0.6 x 0.4 = 0.48 or 48% of the population is heterozygous for Jka

471
Q

How would you prepare 200 ml of 70% alcohol from a 95% alcohol stock solution?

A

Answer: 147.4 mL stock with 52.6 mL water

200 mL x 70% = X mL x 95%

X = 147.4 mL of 95% stock solution into 52.6 mL DI H2O

472
Q

If a 500 ml whole blood unit has a hematocrit of 43%, how much plasma must be removed to obtain a unit with a hematocrit of 80%?

A

Answer: 231 mL

500 mL x 43 HCT = X mL x 80 HCT

X = 268.75 mL, 500-268.75 = 231.25 mL plasma should be removed

473
Q

The following results were obtained for the QC on four platelet apheresis products. After evaluating the QC, what can one conclude?

3.15 x 1011

5.5 x 1010

2.89 x 1011

37.4 x 1010

Unacceptable since 50% of the results are too low

Unacceptable since 100 % of the results are too low

Acceptable since good yields are obtained in all units tested

Meaningless since no data is given on whether the platelet donors received HES

A

Correct: Unacceptable since 50% of the results are too low

Minimum acceptability for yield of apheresis products is 3.0 x 1011

474
Q

What is the RCF of a centrifuge with a radius of 13 inches rotating at 4000 RPMs?

A

Correct: 5907

RCF = 1.118 x 10-5 x radius in cm x (rpm)^2 (1.118x10-5 is a constant value)

1.118x10^-5 x (13 x 2.54 cm per inch) x 16000000 = 5907

475
Q

At the end of the month, the technologist calculated the mean value for the normal fibrinogen control. It is 225 mg/dl. If the standard deviation is 25 mg/dl, what is the acceptable control range using 2 standard deviations?

A

Answer: 175 mg/dL to 275 mg/dL

2 standard deviations = 50 mg/dL, plus or minus the mean.

476
Q

A newly diagnosed TTP patient requires an urgent plasma exchange. The physician has ordered 1.5 volume exchanges daily using FFP until the platelet counts stabilize. She weight 165 lbs and her hematocrit is 36%. How much plasma will be processed during each procedure? (Use 70 kg for TBV)

A

Answer: 5040 mL (5 liters)

165 / 2.2 lb per kg = 75 kg x 70 mL per kg = 5250 blood volume x (1-0.36) = 3360 mL plasma volume x 1.5 = 5040 mL plasma needs to be processed

477
Q

A 6 lb infant was delivered 20 minutes ago and your blood bank records indicate mom has Anti-K. The cord blood shows a 3+ DAT and Anti-K is eluted from the infant’s red cells. The pediatrician wants to perform a two-volume exchange transfusion. You have 2 fresh O Negative units of RBCs on your shelf with volumes of 190 mL and 225 mL. The doctor requests that each unit of blood have a hematocrit of 55%. How much FFP needs to be added to each unit?

A

Answer:

Unit #1 (190 mL): 190mL x 70%HCT = XmL x 55%HCT, x = 242 mL total volume. 242-190mL = 52 mL plasma needs to be added

Unit #2 (225 mL): 225mL x 70% HCT = XmL x 55%HCT, x = 286 mL total volume, 286-225mL = 61 mL needs to be added

478
Q

As you prepare to open a new laboratory, you have been asked to determine how many technical positions will be required to complete the expected workload of 27,900 hours/year. To be consistent with the organization, employees will be expected to work 40 hours per week and receive four weeks of vacation (VAC = 160 hours/year), nine sick days (SICK = 72 hours/year), and six holidays (HOL = 48 hours/year) per year.

A

Answer: 15.5 employees needed

52x5 = 260 days - 20 days vacation - 9 sick days - six holidays = 225 days worked per year x 8 hours per day = 1800 hours worked per year per employee

27900/1800 = 15.5 employees needed

479
Q

What is not a typical initial training step when hiring a new employee in a blood bank?

Orientation to the department

Compliance training

Contracts and purchasing inventory

Safety training

A

Answer: C. Contracts and purchasing is NOT a typical initial training step when hiring a new employee in a blood bank.

The hospital’s purchasing department usually handles contracts and purchasing inventory for routine blood banks. Very rarely will a new employee be trained on contracts and purchasing supplies in the beginning. Orientation to the department, compliance training and safety training are all vital steps to the new-hire orientation process.

480
Q

A new employee has made a mistake in crossmatching blood. The unit of blood was transfused to a patient. Luckily, the patient was unharmed and no grievances were filed. What type of nonconformance best fits this scenario?

Accident

Adverse reaction

Post-donation

Error

A

Answer: D, error.

The type of nonconformance that best fits this scenario is called an error.

An error is a nonconformance attributed to a human or system problem, such as a problem resulting form failure to follow established procedure or part of a process that did not work as expected.

An accident is a nonconformance that generally is NOT attributed to a person’s mistake, such as a power outage or an aged instrument’s malfunction.

An adverse reaction is a complication that occurred to the donor during or after the donation process or to the recipient of transfused blood components.

A post-donation nonconformance is when the donation center receives information from a donor with additional details regarding his or her donation, such as a subsequent illness or neglecting to mention an illness or medication.

481
Q

Employees are guaranteed the right to engage in self-organization and collective bargaining through representative of their choice or to refrain from these activities by which of the following?

Civil Rights Act

Freedom of Information Act

Clinical Laboratory Improvements Act (CLIA)

National Labor Relations Act

HITECH act

A

Correct: The National Labor Relations Act

482
Q

A workload reporting system is an important part of laboratory management because it

tells exactly how much should be charge per test

helps provide a standing list of duties designated for lab staff to reference when workload is calm

counts only tests done and specimens received in the lab without inflating these figures by adding in quality control and standardization efforts

helps in planning, developing, and maintaining efficient lab services with administrative and budget controls

A

answer: D a workload reporting system helps in planning, developing, and maintaining efficient lab services with administrative and budget controls

The Resource Workload report shows WHICH/WHAT teams or individual people are working on, when they’re working on it, and how much work they have over time. Workload reporting helps managers visualize team capacity and allocate resources where they’re needed most.

483
Q

A good way to monitor precision is by:

running duplicate assays

repeat serial testing

process unknown specimens

running normal and abnormal controls

A

Answer: running duplicate assays is a good way to measure precision

A test method is said to be precise when repeated determinations on the same sample give similar results. When a test method is precise, the amount of random variation is small. The test method can be trusted because results are reliably reproduced time after time.

Repeating serial testing would establish a range for a specific test.

Running unknown specimens or running controls would be measures of accuracy. Accuracy is a measure of how close a value is to the target. Accuracy does NOT measure repeatability like precision does.

484
Q

Quality Assurance (QA) includes which of the following?

Review all red cell antigen typing records on a weekly basis

Verify the unit and recipient identity via a two-person check- at the bedside before transfusion.

Inspect all blood components visually before release from the blood bank.

Monitor the temperature of all refrigerators and freezers on a daily basis.

Before an anticipated increase in staff technologists, create a dedicated training position.

A

Correct: Review all red cell antigen typing records on a weekly basis

485
Q

Evaluating the performance of employees should be done:

annually

semiannually

as needed in judgment of management

in the form of immediate feedback and at regular intervals

A

Correct: in the form of immediate feedback at regular intervals

To be effective, performance reviews should be held more frequently than annually. Quarterly reviews may serve the purpose when working with experienced staff members. Frequency is left up to the discretion of the organization. Lab managers can discuss project assignments for the coming year and review what skills are required on the part of the staff member. The two can work together to propose a professional development program for the employee that will enable him/her to achieve high performance levels (making the later performance review a more pleasant experience for both the lab manager and the staff member).

486
Q

A new clinic in the area is sending a very large number of additional chemistry tests to the lab The existing chemistry instrument is only 2 years old and works well; however, there is a need to acquire a high throughput instrument. Which one of the following is appropriate “Justification Category”?

replacement

volume increase

reduction of FTEs

new service

A

Correct: volume increase

487
Q

Which of the following questions can be legally asked on an employment application?

Are you a U.S. citizen?

What is your date of birth?

Is your wife?husband employed full time?

Do you have any dependents?

A

Correct: Are you a US Citizen?

In general, one should avoid any questions that, either directly or indirectly, are likely to elicit information about an applicant’s membership in a protected class, including the applicant’s race, color, creed, religion, gender, age, national or ethnic origin, physical or mental disability, military or veteran status, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, genetic information, predisposition or carrier status, domestic violence victim status, familial status or any other characteristic protected by applicable federal, state, or local laws.

488
Q

Which of the following organizations was formed to encourage the voluntary attainment of uniformly high standards in institutional medical care?

Center for Disease Control (CDC)

Health Care Finance Administration (HCFA)

The Joint Commission (TJC)

Federal Drug Administration (FDA)

A

Correct: The Joint Commission

489
Q

The reliability of a test to be positive in the presence of the disease it was designed to detect is known as:

accuracy

sensitivity

precision

specificity

A

Correct: sensitivity

490
Q

A general term for the formal recognition of professional or technical competence is:

regulation

licensure

accreditation

credentialing

A

Correct: credentialing

Credentialing: is the process of obtaining, verifying, and assessing the qualifications of a practitioner to provide care or services in or for a health care organization. Credentials are documented evidence of licensure, education, training, experience, or other qualifications. (per the joint commission)

regulation: a rule or directive made and maintained by an authority.

licensure: the granting or regulation of licenses, as for professionals.

accreditation: the action or process of officially recognizing someone or something as having a particular status or being qualified to perform a particular activity.

491
Q

If a laboratory technologist has been working in a given laboratory for 3 years, what is the minimum number of competency assessments that should be in his or her file (exclude initial training)?

Two

Three

Four

Five

A

Answer: Four

1 at 6 months of hire

1 before end of year 1

1 before end of year 2

1 before end of year 3

492
Q

RBCs with diminished deformability pass through the spleen and lose part of their membrane. In a peripheral blood smear, these altered RBCs would appear as:

normal

spherocytes

nucleated RBCs

sickle cells

A

Correct: Spherocytes

As the RBC loses a portion of its membrane, the cells have a reduced surface to volume ratio and the cells become smaller and more dense with hemoglobin, resulting in spherocytes.

493
Q

The RBC membrane is freely permeable to which of the substances below?

sodium and potassium

water and cations

water and anions

The RBC membrane is not permeable to any of these

A

Correct: Water and Anions

The RBC membrane readily allows water and anions to pass through via exchange channels located through the RBC membrane.

Cationic pumps in the RBC membrane will transport sodium out of the cell and potassium into the cell, but these pumps require large amounts of ATP. The need for ATP to help maintain permeability explains why the RBC membrane loses permeability as it ages and the ATP levels drop.

494
Q

Which of the following samples for blood bank testing is MOST likely to contain active complement?

EDTA-anticoagulated sample

Heparin-anticoagulated sample

Serum sample stored at 4C for 72 hours

Serum sample drawn 2 hours ago

A

Correct: Serum sample drawn 2 hours ago

If you need the specimen to have active complement, then collect serum and use it as soon as possible.

Complement is only stable at 4C for about 48 hours, so the specimen drawn in serum and kept for 72 hours at 4C is unacceptable.

Anticoagulated specimens do not have adequate levels of calcium, magnesium, or both due to the actions of the anticoagulants. Specifically, EDTA will totally obstruct complement activation.

Heparin prevents complement activation because it inhibits the cleavage of C4.

As an aside, most blood banks prefer to use anticoagulated specimens for testing so that complement does not bind in-vitro, causing false results in testing. Also does not require waiting for the specimen to clot before using it.

495
Q

A patient is given IVIG (IV Immunoglobulin). This is an example of:

Active Immunity

Passive Immunity

Naturally Occurring Antibodies

Vaccination

A

Correct: Passive Immunity

Passive immunity occurs when an individual is given antibodies in order to fight infection or prevent sensitization.

Active immunity occurs when an individual is exposed to a foreign substance, and his immune system actually produces antibodies specific to the foreign antigen.

496
Q

A patient produces an IgG anti-Fya. What portion of the immunoglobulin molecule is responsible for binding specifically to the Fy(a) antigen on RBCs?

Fc Fragment

J Chain

Hinge Region

Fab Fragment

A

Correct: Fab Fragment

When an immunoglobulin molecule is cleaved, three portions are produced. One Fc fragment, and two Fab fragments. The Fab fragments are specific to one antigen. In this case, they would be specific to the Fy(a) antigen.

Splenic macrophages have a receptor for the Fc portion when the antibody is bound to the red cell; it will then engulf and digest it as a part of the reticuloendothelial system.

497
Q

The presence of bacteria, fungi, parasites, and tumor cells might activate the complement cascade via which pathway?

Alternative Pathway

Classical Pathway

Both the alternative and classical pathway

Neither the alternative nor classical pathway

A

Correct: Alternative Pathway

Polysaccharide and liposaccharides, such as those found on the surfaces of Bacteria, fungi, tumor cells, can activate complement via the alternative pathway.

The classical pathway is activated by the binding of C1 to the Fc fragment of IgM or IgG molecules.

498
Q

A group O patient is given 50cc of group A red blood cells and has an immediate severe hemolytic transfusion reaction.

In this case, the hemolysis was most achieved via which complement pathway?

Classical

Alternative

A

Correct: Classical

The anti-A,B and anti-A in the group O recipient attached to the A antigen on the donor RBCs and initiated the complement cascade via the Classical pathway. ABO antibodies are IgM and have the pentamer form which can easily bind and activate the Classical pathway much quicker and more efficiently than IgG.

499
Q

MHC Class II antigens are found on most of which kind of cells?

Nucleated Cells

Dendritic Cells

Hematopoietic Stem Cells

Antigen Presenting Cells

A

Correct: Antigen Presenting Cells

The Major Histocompatibility (MHC) antigens are important in recognizing foreign substances and the immune reaction against them.

MHC Class I antigens are found on nucleated cells (except sperm or trophoblasts) and play a critical role in cytotoxic T-Cell function.

MHC Class II antigens are found on most antigen-presenting cells (B Cells, activated T Cells, and dendritic cells). Note dendritic cells would not be wrong above, but there is a better answer.

500
Q

Human somatic cells have _____ pairs of chromosomes?

46

23

22

2

A

Correct: 23 pairs

Human somatic cells have 46 chromosomes that exist as 23 pairs (22 autosomal that divide via meiosis and 1 sex that divide via meiosis)

One half of each chromosome pair is inherited from each parent.

501
Q

Which of the following have sex-linked recessive inheritance?

Hemophilia A

Factor VII Deficiency

von Willebrand’s Disease

Factor V Deficiency

A

Correct: Hemophilia A

Hemophilia A and Hemophilia B are sex-linked

Remember that “sex-linked” means that the gene is carried on either the X or Y chromosome. In the case of Hemophilia A, the gene is carried on the X chromosome. Sex-linked recessive means that you have to inherit TWO copies of the recessive gene for the disease to be fully manifested (therefore, hemophilia only ever manifests in males as it is carried on the mother’s X chromosome which their son will inherit).

502
Q

If males transmit a genetic trait to all their daughters but never to their sons, the gene could have which inheritance patterns?

Autosomal dominant

Autosomal recessive

Sex-linked dominant

Sex-linked recessive

A

Correct: Sex-linked dominant.

A male passes on only the X chromosome to his daughters. If an X-linked gene is expressed in all daughters, then it is most likely a dominant sex-linked trait. If it were autosomal dominant, then you would expect to see the trait expressed in both males and females.

If it were sex-linked recessive, you would not see it in any of the females. Since Females are XX, the “normal” X from the Mom would be dominant over the recessive X trait. In other words, the daughters would have to inherit two of the X genes with the recessive trait in order for the trait to be expressed. Since there is no mention of the Mom being affected, we assume that she is normal.

503
Q

A parent has the genotype JkaJkb. Meiosis occurs and 4 gametes are produced. Two gametes have the Jka gene, and the other two have the Jkb gene. This represents which genetic concept?

Crossing-Over

Segregation

Cloning

Linkage Disequilibrium

A

Correct: Segregation

In segregation, two members of a single gene pair are never found in the same gamete. Remember that gametes are sex cells (ova and sperm) so they only have 23 chromosomes. During meiosis, the chromosome pairs double (2 copies of each pair = 4 chromosomes), and then the genetic material randomly segregates to a gamete. One chromosome to each gamete.

504
Q

Which of the following phenotypes is seen MORE frequently in those of European descent than in those of African descent?

Fy(a-b-) phenotype

S-s-U phenotype

R0 haplotype

K+k+ phenotype

Le(a-b-) phenotype

A

Correct: K+k+ phenotype

The Fy(a-b-) phenotype is far more common in African-Americans than Caucasians (68% vs. very rare). S-s-U- is seen in about 1% of African-Americans, but is essentially never seen in Caucasians. The R0 haplotype (also known as “Dce”) is the most frequently seen Rh haplotype in African-Americans, while R1 (“DCe”) is most common in caucasians (R0 is actually fourth in frequency in Caucasians). A person who lacks the Lewis antigens, i.e., is Le(a-b-) is much more common in those of African descent (22% vs 6%). K antigen, however, is present in 9% of Caucasians vs. only 2% of African-Americans.

505
Q

Which of the following red blood cell antigens shows increased expression following incubation with proteolytic enzymes?

Duffy antigens

MN antigens

Kidd antigens

Kell antigens

Lutheran antigens

A

Correct: Kidd antigens

M and N antigens, as well as all the major Duffy (Fy) antigens, show decreased expression following exposure of red cells to proteolytic enzymes (think “Duffy is destroyed”). The same is true for antigens in the Lutheran system. On the other hand, the same enzymes lead to stronger expression of Rh, and Kidd (Jk), and all ABO-related antigens.

506
Q

You are told that a patient has the “McLeod Syndrome.” Which of the following is most likely to be TRUE regarding the patient?

The patient is susceptible to Streptococcus infections

The patient has stomatocytes in his peripheral blood smear

The patient has increased levels of Kell blood group antigens

The patient presents with seizures or involuntary movements

The patient has an increased level of Kx antigen in his blood

A

The “McLeod Syndrome” is caused by absence of an antigen known as “Kx.” This syndrome is quite rare, and is seen almost exclusively in males (since it is linked to the X-chromosome). Kx (which was formerly considered part of the Kell blood group system) is a transmembrane protein that may play a role in maintaining red blood cell membrane stability. As a result, people with McLeod have abnormal RBCs, in particular acanthocytes (not stomatocytes). Affected adults may develop a neurological disorder resembling Huntington’s Disease (chorea), seizures, cardiomyopathy, and a poorly defined muscular abnormality with elevated creatine kinase levels. They may also have decreased Kell system antigens (NOTE: This part of the syndrome is called the “McLeod phenotype”). Perhaps McLeod’s most famous association is with Chronic Granulomatous Disease (CGD), an inherited deficiency of NADPH oxidase, in which catalase-positive organisms like Staphylococcus aureus (not Strep as in choice A) may cause chronic, recurrent, severe infections. .

507
Q

Which of the following lectins is matched appropriately with its target antigen?

Vicea graminea: N antigen

Dolichos biflorus: H antigen

Salvia: A2 antigen

Ulex europaeus: A1 antigen

Ulex europaeus: Sda antigen

A

Correct: Vicea graminea: N antigen

Lectins are substances derived from seeds of different plants (especially flowers) which act kinda like antibodies; i.e., they agglutinate RBCs carrying particular antigens.
Dolichos biflorus: Agglutinates RBCs of A1 phenotype
Ulex europaeus: Agglutinates RBCs carrying H antigen (more H, more agglutination)
Vicea graminea: Agglutinates RBCs carrying N antigen
Salvia, which is used in polyagglutination workups and agglutinates cells in the “Tn type”.

508
Q

Which of the following red cell antigens is fully and strongly expressed on red blood cells from a term neonate?

I antigen

K antigen

A antigen

Lea antigen

P1 antigen

A

Correct: K antigen
ABO antigens, while present on fetal and neonatal RBCs, are not fully developed until between age 2 and 4 (ABO antibodies are not reliably present until after age 4 months). The I antigen is found on adult RBCs, while the other I system antigen, i, is strongly present on fetal and neonatal RBCs. Lewis antigens are also not found in significant quantities on neonatal RBCs; this is part of the reason that Lewis antibodies don’t usually cause hemolytic disease of the newborn (the other is that the antibodies are IgM and don’t cross the placenta). P1 antigens, being built on similar chains as ABO antigens, are likewise weakly expressed at birth. Kell antigens, on the other hand, are well-expressed on newborn RBCs, as well as on RBC precursors. The presence of Kell antigens on RBC precursors is the reason that anti-K can cause such significant anemia in K-positive babies born to K-negative moms with anti-K, as the antibody powerfully suppresses RBC formation in the precursor cells, resulting in severe fetal and neonatal anemia (note that it’s not really a hemolytic process, but many people still call it Hemolytic Disease of the Fetus/Newborn).

509
Q

Which of the following is TRUE about the I blood group system?

Auto-anti-i is associated with Mycoplasma pneumonia

Auto-anti-I is associated with infectious mononucleosis

i antigen is stronger on adult RBCs than neonatal RBCs

Patients with auto-anti-I may require a “prewarmed” crossmatch before transfusion

Antibodies in this system are usually clinically significant

A

Correct: Patients with auto-anti-I may require a prewarmed crossmatch

The I antigens are biochemically and structurally related to ABO antigens but are distinct, and they typically cause issues with the formation of “cold-reacting” antibodies, usually cold-reacting autoantibodies. Although such antibodies are very common, most of them do NOT cause hemolysis (i.e., they are not clinically significant). Once the antibodies are found, however, it may be difficult to find blood that is crossmatch-compatible without warming up the reaction mixture first (“prewarmed crossmatch”). These cold antibodies may cause hemolysis of transfused and native red blood cells, especially in the two classic scenarios listed above.

510
Q

Which of the following is TRUE of the P1PK and GLOB blood group systems?

The P antigen is the point of entry of Plasmodium vivax into the red cell

Anti-P1 is a common cause of hemolytic disease of the fetus/newborn

Anti-P1 is an insignificant antibody neutralized by pigeon egg white fluid

The lack of antigens in these systems may lead to the McLeod syndrome

Antibodies against these antigens are not associated with hemolytic transfusion reactions

A

Correct: Anti-P1 is an insignificant antibody neutralized by pigeon egg white fluid

The P1PK and GLOB blood group systems are really odd. First, the names: The “P1” and “PK” parts are easy enough (P1 and Pk are the names of the two main antigens in the system). The “GLOB” system name stands for “globoside,” and the P antigen is the main antigen in that system. The P1, Pk, and P antigens are related biochemically and were once part of the same group of “P antigens.” Even though the ISBT now classifies them as part of two different systems, we often discuss them as if they were all one screwy group. Here are some of the weird things:
The P antigen is the point of entry for Parvovirus B19 (not P. vivax) into the red cell
The P1 antigen is found in hydatid cyst fluid and pigeon egg whites (either fluid can be used to neutralize anti-P1)
Most examples of anti-P or anti-P1 are benign, naturally occurring, IgM class antibodies that are boring as heck (no hemolytic transfusion reactions and no hemolytic disease of the fetus/newborn)
One example of anti-P associated with paroxysmal cold hemoglobinuria is not so boring
Very rare persons lack all three P-related antigens (P, P1, and Pk), and as a result, make an antibody against all three (anti-PP1Pk) that CAN cause hemolytic transfusion reactions and spontaneous abortions when present in pregnant ladies

511
Q

A 5 year old child had an upper respiratory infection 5 days ago. Today, his mother brings him to the emergency room because his urine was bright red this morning. Upon admission, he appears pale, his hemoglobin is 6.4 g/dL, his urine and serum have free hemoglobin, and his direct antiglobulin test (DAT) is weakly positive with anti-C3 only (anti-IgG is negative). Which of the following is most likely TRUE?

This child has Paroxysmal Nocturnal Hemoglobinuria

The antibody specificity is most likely anti-P

The child should be tested for syphilis

Transfusion should wait until antigen-negative blood is available

The antibody is most likely a high-titer IgM antibody

The diagnostic test is the “Donath-Wiener” test

A

Correct: the antibody specificity is most likely anti-P

This case is a fairly classic presentation of Paroxysmal Cold Hemoglobinuria (PCH), a transient autoimmune hemolysis that most frequently occurs in children in association with a viral infection. PCH is caused by an unusual IgG (not IgM) antibody that reacts in a very strange way. Most IgG antibodies react with their target antigens at body temperature (37C), but this IGG, known famously as the “Donath-Landsteiner biphasic hemolysin” binds to the P antigen on the patient’s own RBCs in cold temperatures (4C in the laboratory, and in the cooler extremities in the body), and fixes complement to the surface of the RBC. The antibody then dissociates and hemolyzes the red cell when the temperatures get warmer! This “biphasic” hemolysis (bind in the cold, hemolyze when it’s warm) can be detected through the use of the Donath-Landsteiner Test,” in which the blood bank tries to mimic the cold to warm temperature change. Hemolysis only when the patient serum and test RBCs go from cold to warm constitutes a positive D-L test and confirms the diagnosis. PCH was formerly seen most often in patients with syphilis, but this association is far less common today (so no need to test the poor 5 year old for syphilis!). The autoantibody here, targeted against the P antigen as mentioned above, will generally not destroy transfused P-positive RBCs, so if transfusion is necessary due to intense hemolysis, P-positive units may be used (good thing, too, since P-negative units are really rare!). The clinical situation is what distinguishes this hemolysis from that seen in cold autoimmune hemolytic anemia (choice E).

512
Q

D anf

A

0.15

513
Q

C anf

A

0.32

514
Q

c anf

A

0.20

515
Q

E

A

0.71

516
Q

e

A

0.02

517
Q

f anf

A

0.36

518
Q

K anf

A

0.91

519
Q

k anf

A

0.012

520
Q

Kpa anf

A

0.98

521
Q

Kpb anf

A

0.001

522
Q

Jsa anf

A

99.9

523
Q

Jsb anf

A

0.001

524
Q

Fya anf

A

0.35

525
Q

Fyb anf

A

0.17

526
Q

Jka anf

A

0.23

527
Q

Jkb anf

A

0.27

528
Q

Lea anf

A

0.78 (22% prevalence in caucasians)

529
Q

Leb anf

A

0.28 (72% prevalence in caucasians, 55% prevalence in blacks)

530
Q

P1 anf

A

0.21 (0.06 in blacks)

531
Q

M anf

A

0.22

532
Q

N anf

A

0.28

533
Q

S anf

A

0.45

534
Q

s anf

A

0.11

535
Q

Lua anf

A

0.92

536
Q

Lub anf

A

0.002

537
Q

Rh17 wiener nomenclature & expression

A

Hr0, present on all RBCs with the common Rh phenotypes (R1R1, R2R2, rr, etc.) against RHCE protein

538
Q

Rh19 & Rh31

A

e variant, anti-hr5/anti-hrB

539
Q

Rh32 wiener nomenclature & expression

A

D (Ce)

540
Q

Rh43 nomenclature and expression

A

Crawford, low prevalence expressed from variant Rhce gene: ceCF

541
Q

Rh29 expression

A

Rh null (—/—)

542
Q

anti-Rh3

A

anti-E

543
Q

conditions for which platelets are contraindicated

A

TTP, HUS, HIT, and ITP. All have thrombocytopenia but are in a pro-thrombotic state. Adding more platelets in the absence of bleeding may increase the destruction
Post Transfusion Purpura, since platelet specific antibodies against high frequency platelet antigens are part of the pathophysiology of this potentially fatal disorder.

Immune thrombocytopenic purpura (ITP) should not be transfused in the absence of bleeding because the transfused platelets will be quickly removed similarly to the patient’s own platelets without clinical benefit

544
Q

The Rh system genes are:

A: RHD & RHCE
B: RHD & LW
C: RHD & RHAG
D: RHCE & RHAG

A

Correct: RHD & RHCE

The RHD and RHCE genes on chromosome 1 encode for the production of D, C, E, c, and e (among other compound/low frequency) antigens on the multi pass Rh protein.

The RHAG gene is located on chromosome 6 and encodes for the production of Rh-associated glycoprotein, which is a coexpressor for the Rh protein and must be present for its normal development and function.

545
Q

Rh antibodies are primarily of which immunoglobulin class? (Bonus: what are the predominant subclasses, if applicable?)

A: IgA
B: IgD
C: IgG
D: IgM

A

C: IgG, predominantly IgG1 and IgG3 (recall that IgG1s are the main perpetrators of HDFN, but both can cross the placenta)

546
Q

Which Rh phenotype has the strongest expression of D?

A: DCe/dce
B: DCe/DCe
C: Dce/dCe
D: D—

A

D:D—

D—, also called exalted D, results from the inheritance of a normal RHD gene and an abnormal RHCE gene in which the RHCE protein is replaced with RHD, resulting in strong D expression with absent C/c and E/e expression. These patients can make anti-Rh17/anti-Hr0.

The next strongest expression of D antigen is DCe/DCe.

The third strongest expression of D is DCe/dce.

The least strong expression of D is Dce/dCe. This inheritance pattern shows C in trans to D (inherited on the other haplotype), AKA the Capenelli effect, which results in a weaker D phenotype expression.

547
Q

Which of the following is the most common haplotype in the African American population?

A: DCe
B: DcE
C: Dce
D: dce

A

C: Dce (R0)

548
Q

If a patient who is R1R1 is transfused with RBCs that are R0r, which antibody is he most likely to produce?

A: anti D
B: anti c
C: anti e
D: anti G

A

B: anti-c

The patient lacks the c and E antigens, so we would anticipate they would make anti-c or anti-E. The transfused cells only have D, c, and e.

549
Q

What is the maximum volume of blood that can be collected from a 110lb donor, including samples for processing?

A: 450 mL
B: 500 mL
C: 525 mL
D: 550 mL

A

C: 525 mL

110 lb / 2.2 lb per kg = 50 kg x 10.5 mL per kg = 525 mL

Standard collection bags and scales are either set to collect 450 mls not including diverted test blood (with 63 mL anticoagulant in the bag) or 500 mls not including diverted test blood (with 70 ml anticoagulant in the bag).

550
Q

When red cells are stored, there is a “shift to the left”. This means:

A: HGB-O2 affinity increases due to increased 23DPG
B: HGB-O2 affinity increases due to decreased 23DPG
C: HGB-O2 affinity decreases due to decreased 23DPG
D: HGB-O2 affinity decreases due to increased 23DPG

A

B: HGB-O2 affinity increases due to decreased 23DPG

551
Q

What are the current storage time and temperature requirements for platelet concentrates and apheresis platelet components?

A: 5 days at 1 to 6 C
B: 5 days at 24 to 27 C
C: 5 days at 20 to 24 C
D: 7 days at 22 to 24 C

A

C: 5 days at 20 to 24 C

Note that this requirement reflects platelet components

552
Q

One criterion used by the FDA for approval of new preservation solutions and storage containers is an average 24-hour post transfusion RBC survival of more than:

A: 50%
B: 60%
C: 65%
D: 75%

A

D: 75%

553
Q

Which of the following is the most common cause of bacterial contamination of the platelet products?

A: entry of skin plugs into the collection bag
B: environmental contamination during processing
C: T in the donor
D: incorrect storage temperature

A

A: entry of skin plugs into the collection bag

554
Q

Which phenotype would be expected from the mating of a Jk(a+b-) female and a Jk(a-b+) male?

A: Jk(a+b-)
B: Jk(a+b+)
C: Jk(a-b+)
D: all of the above

A

B: Jk(a+b+)

Kidd antigens, like the other blood groups, are inherited codominantly.

Remember that even though the phenotype is written with the end result, each antigen is the result of two genes.

The child will phenotype as Jka pos and Jkb pos, but will have a genotype of Jka+/Jka- and Jkb+/Jkb-

555
Q

When a male possesses a phenotypic trait that he passes to all of his daughters and none of his sons, the trait is said to be:

A: X linked dominant
B: X linked recessive
C: autosomal dominant
D: autosomal recessive

A

A: x linked dominant

The daughters get one x from mom and one x from dad- if the trait is expressed on all of them, it is dominant.

Sons NEVER receive an X chromosome from their father, so the trait would never appear.

556
Q

When a female posses a phenotypic trait that she passes to all of her sons and none of her daughters, the trait is said to be:

A: X linked dominant
B: X linked recessive
C: autosomal dominant
D: autosomal recessive

A

B: x linked recessive

The daughters are getting two X chromosomes and not showing the trait, so it can’t be dominant.

The sons are all displaying the trait because the mothers X chromosome is the only X chromosome they inherit.

557
Q

What would genotyping for the GATA gene aid in an unclear antibody identification in someone who phenotypes as Fy(a-b-)?

A

It would help determine if the patient would be expected to make an allo-anti-Fyb.

GATA is the promoter region of the gene that encodes for the Fyb antigen- when it is mutated, the mRNA binding site for the transcription of the Fyb RBC antigen is disrupted. Therefore, the red cells express a silent ‘Fy’ allele and phenotype as Fy(a-b-). However, the transcription for Fyb on TISSUES is not disrupted, so the immune systems of these patients would not recognize Fyb as foreign to produce an anti-Fyb.

This is different from Duffy null individuals (Fy(a-b-)), who would make anti-Fyb upon exposure.

558
Q

Anti-N is typically considered clinically significant unless it reacts at 37C, and the benign form is often found in dialysis patients after the equipment has been cleaned with formaldehyde. Why is the anti-N in M+N-S-s- individuals more likely to be clinically significant?

A

The first 26 amino acids of the glycophorin B protein are identical to the N form of glycophorin A. Because M+N-S-s- individuals lack GPB (and therefore the ‘N’ form on that structure) along with the N antigen on GPA, the anti-N produced is more potent than individuals with GPB.

559
Q

Which of the following characteristics best describes Lewis antibodies?

A: IgM, naturally occurring, cause HDFN
B: IgM, naturally occurring, do not cause HDFN
C: IgG, in vitro hemolysis, cause hemolytic transfusion reactions
D: IgG, in vitro hemolysis, do not cause hemolytic transfusion reactions

A

B: IgM, naturally occurring, do not cause HDFN

560
Q

A type 1 chain has:

A: the terminal galactose in a 1,3 linkage to subterminal N-acetylglucosamine
B: the terminal galactose in a 1,4 linkage to subterminal N-acetylglucosamine
C: the terminal galactose in a 1,3 linkage to subterminal N-acetylgalactosamine
D: the terminal galactose in a 1,4 linkage to subterminal N-acetlygalactosamine

A

Correct: A: the terminal galactose in a 1,3 linkage to subterminal N-acetylglucosamine

561
Q

Anti-LebH will not react (or will react more weakly) with which of the following RBCS?

A: Group O Le(b+)
B: Group A2 Le(b+)
C: Group A1 Le(b+)
D: none of the above

A

Correct: C: Group A1 Le(b+), which has the least amount of H antigen. Anti-LebH reacts to the compound antigen that is formed with Leb and H substances interact, whereas anti-LebL will react with any Leb+ RBC.

562
Q

Which of the following best describes MN antigens and antibodies?

A: well developed at birth, susceptible to enzymes, generally saline reactive
B: not well developed at birth, susceptible to enzymes, generally saline reactive
C: well developed at birth, not susceptible to enzymes, generally saline reactive
D: well developed at birth, susceptible to enzymes, generally anti globulin reactive

A

Correct: A: well developed at birth, susceptible to enzymes, generally saline reactive

563
Q

The null K0 EBC can be artificially prepared by which of the following treatments?

A: Ficin and DTT
B: Ficin and glycine acid EDTA
C: DTT and glycine acid EDTA
D: glycine acid EDTA and sialidase

A

Correct: C: DTT and glycine acid EDTA

564
Q

A multiparous woman is schedule for a c section. Her pre operative type and screen shows she is B positive with an unexpected antibody reacting 1+ on 3/11 cells. The auto control is negative. Chloroquine treatment of the reagent cells removes reactivity. Which of the following is the most likely specificity?

A: anti-K
B: anti-Lua
C: anti-Xga
D: anti-Bga

Bonus: is it clinically significant for HDFN and/or HTR?

A

Correct: D: anti-Bga

While all the options are relatively low incidence, anti-Bga is the only one that would be disrupted with chloroquine, as it is carried on an HLA class 1 protein. Another hint is that she is multiparous, meaning that she has been exposed to HLA antigens as well as RBC antigens.
Bga is rarely implicated in HTR and has never been implicated HDFN. If the antibody is reacting at AHG, Coombs crossmatch compatible units should be given but antigen typing isn’t necessary.

565
Q

Which of the following would be suspected in a HTR workup of a multi-transfused patient with a negative antibody screen/ID?

A: anti-Knb
B: anti-Wra
C: anti-Wrb
D: anti-Gya

A

Correct: B: anti-Wra.

Wrb is high incidence. Diego system antibodies have been known to cause severe HTRs.

Knows system antibodies are usually clinically insignificant.

Gya is high prevalence.

566
Q

The antibody to this high-prevalence antigen demonstrates mixed-field agglutination that appears shiny and refractive under the microscope.

A: Vel
B: JMH
C: Jra
D: Sda

A

Correct: D: Sda

567
Q

What red blood cell treatment can be used to differentiate between anti-D and anti-LW?

A: Ficin
B: Trypsin
C: DTT
D: Papain

A

C: DTT

The LW protein structure contains disulfide bonds that will be destroyed by DTT, whereas RH will not.

Cord cells can also be used to differentiate between anti-D and anti-LW; LW will react with D- negative cord cells whereas anti-D will not.

Proteolytic enzymes will enhance both LW and Rh antigens.

568
Q

Which of the following has been associated with causing severe, immediate HTRs?

A: anti-JMH
B: anti-Lub
C: anti-Vel
D: anti-Sda

A

C: anti-Vel

anti-JMH and anti-Sda are usually clinically insignificant. Anti-Lub can cause delayed HTRs or shortened transfused cell survival but is not implicated in severe or immediate HTRs.

569
Q

Which of the following antibodies would more likely be found in a black patient?

A: anti-Cra
B: anti-Ata
C: anti-Hy
d: all of the above

A

D: all of the above

570
Q

Which of the following antigens is not in a blood group system?

A: Doa
B: LKE
C: JMH
D: Kx

A

B: LKE is a part of the globoside COLLECTION, not to be confused with the globoside blood group system containing the P and PX2 antigens. P is a precursor to the LKE substance)

571
Q

A weakly reactive antibody with a titer of 128 is neutralized by plasma. Which of the following could be the specificty?

A: anti-JMH
B: anti-Ch
C: anti-Kna
D: anti-Kpa

A

B: anti-Ch

The Ch antigen of the Chido-Rogers system is found on the C4b component of complement and are then adsorbed onto the RBC, and can therefore be neutralized by plasma.

Anti-JMH is an HTLA and would be expected to have a low titer/weak reactivity, but it is not neutralized by JMH+ plasma.

Anti-Kna demonstrates variable reactivity and is not neutralized by Kna+ plasma.

Anti-Kpa of the Kell system would typically show stronger reactivity and would not be neutralized by Kpa+ plasma.

572
Q

An antibody reacted with untreated RBCs and DTT -treated RBCs but not with ficin-treated RBCs. Which of the following antibodies could explain this pattern of reactivity?

A: anti-JMH
B: anti-Yta
C: anti-Cra
D: anti-Ch

A

D: anti-Ch

Ch/Rg antigens are resistant to DTT (they donot contain sulfide bonds), but they are susceptible to proteolytic enzymes.

Cromer antigens are resistant to proteolytic enzymes and weakened by DTT.

JMH and Cartwright antigens are destroyed by both proteolytic enzymes and DTT.

573
Q

The following antibodies are generally considered clinically insignificant because they have not been associated with causing increased destruction of RBCs, HDFN, or HTRs.

A: anti-Doa & anti-Coa
B: anti-Ge3 & anti-Wra
C: anti-Cha & anti-Kna
D: anti-Dib & anti-Yt

A

C: anti-Cha & anti-Kna

574
Q

Which antigen is on the receptor for Haemophilus influenzae?

A: AnWj
B: PEL
C: FORS
D: Kna

A

A: AnWj

575
Q

Which antigen is NOT absent or weakened on RBCs of individuals with PNH?

A: Yta
B: Cra
C: CD59
D: Coa

A

D: Coa

PNH is caused by an RBC membrane abnormality that results in hemolytic anemia due to a mutation in the gene that links various proteins to GP1:
1- PNH cells are deficient of the GP1-linked protein MIRL (membrane inhibitor of lysis), which protects against complement-mediated destruction and carries CD59
2 - PNH cells are deficient in the GP1-linked protein DAF (decay accelerating factor) on which the Cromer system antigens exist
3 - PNH cells are deficient in the GPI-linked protein acetylcholinesterase, upon which the Cartwright antigens exist

576
Q

Which of the following blood groups is carried on a structure that helps to maintain the RBC membrane integrity through interaction with protein band 4.1?

A: Di
B: Kn
C: Ge
D: Vel

A

C: Ge

Gerbich antigens are carried on GPC and GPD, which interact with band 4.1, a cytoskeletal protein.

577
Q

What is the name of the Knops system null phenotype?

A: Gregory
B: Leach
C: Helgeson
D: McLeod

A

C: Helgeson

Leach is the null phenotype of the Gerbich system (GPC/GPD deficient).

McLeod is a deficiency of the Kx antigen, resulting in weak Kell phenotypes.

Gregory is nonsense.

578
Q

Which antigen, when absent, produces a null phenotype in the Dombrock system?

A: Hy
B: Joa
C: Dob
D: Gya

A

D: Gya

The Dombrock system contains two antithetical antigens, Doa and Dob, along with the high prevalence antigens Gya, Hy, DOYA, DOMR, DOLG, DOLC, and DODE. Gya- RBCs have been found to also be negative for Doa and Dob.

The antigens are located on a GP1-linked protein, ART4, and thus are absent in PNH patients.

579
Q

Which antigens are strongly expressed on placental tissue, allowing for the adsorption of antibodies?

A: Cromer
B: Knops
C: Diego
D: Vel

A

A: Cromer

DAF is strongly expressed on placental tissue and can adsorb cromer antibodies.

580
Q

What technique can be used to remove the reactivity of Bg antigens?

A: EDTA/glycine HCL
B: platelet adsorption
C: chloroquine treatment
D: all of the above

A

D: all of the above

581
Q

A nurse who is transfusing a patient with two units of red blood cells, one unit of apheresis platelets, and two units of fresh frozen plasma (FFP) calls you. She says that the hospital materials department is running short on blood infusion sets, and wants to know if there is any way to minimize the number of sets she uses while transfusing these products. Which of the following is the best advice?

She can use the same set for up to 4 hours, for any product combination

She must change the set after each product is infused

She may use the same infusion set for all 5 of the products

She can use a regular IV set for the platelets and plasma

She must use 3 different sets (1 for each product type)

A

She can use the same set for up to 4 hours, for any product combination

All blood components (even platelets and plasma) must be infused through some sort of a filter, and regular IV sets do not come with a filter. The “standard” blood filter typically has a 170 micron filter, though some may have up to 260 micron filters. Every manufacturer of standard blood filters has their own set of rules in their package insert, but with most types, you can use the same set for up to four products or for a maximum of 4 hours. Most manufacturers do not require the user to change the infusion set after each product, and most allow multiple different products to be infused through the same set.

582
Q

Fill in the blanks: In general, red blood cell transfusions should start at a flow rate of approximately __ ml/min for the first __ minutes of the transfusion.

2 ml/min; 5 minutes
2 ml/min; 15 minutes
5 ml/min; 15 minutes
5 ml/min; 30 minutes
10 ml/min; 5 minutes

A

2 ml/min for 15 minutes

Manifestations of many (not all) severe complications of transfusion are seen within the first 15-20 minutes of transfusion. This includes symptoms of acute hemolytic, anaphylactic, and septic transfusion reactions. As a result, transfusions of all blood products should start slowly for the first 15 minutes or so, and the blood recipient should be closely monitored. There are various recommendations, but in general, starting at 2 ml/min for the first 15 minutes is reasonable for all products. After that time, the transfusion can be given as rapidly as the patient will tolerate it (but always within 4 hours!). RBC transfusions typically are tolerated well at about 4-5 ml/min, which means that an average-sized unit (300-350 ml) will be completed in 90 minutes to 2 hours (including the slower first 15 minutes).

583
Q

A unit of red blood cells is signed out of the transfusion service at 9:00 am, to be given to an oncology patient who has come in to the facility for an outpatient transfusion. At 9:45 am, the nurse responsible for the transfusion calls to report that before she could spike the unit, the patient’s initial IV failed, and that the staff are having a very hard time re-establishing access. The nurse, who happens to be a regular blood donor, does not want the unit to go to waste, so she asks your help. She states that the unit still feels cool to the touch. Which of the following is your advice about this unit?

Don’t bring it back; finish the transfusion within 4 hours if possible

Don’t bring it back; finish the transfusion within 6 hours if possible

Throw it in the trash and come get a new one as it is compromised

Return it and it will be accepted into inventory

Return it for a temperature check and subsequent reissue decision

A

Don’t bring it back; finish the transfusion within 4 hours if possible

There is no specific standard from either the AABB or the FDA regarding how long a unit of blood can be out of monitored storage until it can no longer be accepted back into inventory. The regulation that does apply here is that units of red cells must stay at a temperature less than 10C when they are shipped. Each facility is required to set up its own time limit, based on that maximum temperature value, and validate that limit by testing what actually happens (i.e., how long does it take a unit to exceed 10C in that specific facility). By far, the most common limit that transfusion services arrive at is around 30 minutes (this has been called the “30 minute rule”). There’s nothing magical about 30 minutes; it’s just a number that people have used since a study was published showing that units of RBCs set on a counter at room temperature take about that long to exceed 10C. So, most facilities set up a 30 minute limit beyond which the unit will be discarded if returned. Remember, though, the time limit to transfuse the unit is 4 hours from when it leaves the transfusion service! As a result, if the unit came back to the transfusion service, it would likely be discarded, but if it is transfused, it’s all good as long as it is infused within 4 hours! That leads to choice A as the most likely advice you would give to our conscientious nurse. IMPORTANT NOTE: Remember, the “30 minute rule” is not actually a rule at all! Each facility must validate their own time limit. Inspectors will cite facilities that say, “Oh, we just use the ‘30 minute rule’” without any additional thought.

584
Q

An anesthesiologist wants to return a unit of red blood cells which was not used during surgery. Which of the following is a TRUE statement regarding the transfusion service’s ability to accept and later reissue the unit?

Reissue of products is not possible under any circumstances

If the product temperature has not exceeded 24C, it may be reissued

At least one integral segment must remain attached to the unit

The unit must not have been out of the transfusion service for > 4 hours

If the product was “spiked” in a sterile manner, it may be reissued

A

In order for a product to be accepted by the transfusion service and reissued, four things must be true, according to AABB Standard 5.26 (32nd ed, 2020):
The container closure has not been disturbed
The appropriate temperature has been maintained
For RBCs, at least one integral “segment” must remain attached
Visual inspection of acceptability is documented
Appropriate storage temperature for RBCs is 1-6C, with 1-10C allowed for shipping; either way, choice B is incorrect. Choice D is tricky, as the question gives no information on how the unit was issued (handed directly to someone from the OR? sent in a validated “cooler?” Sent via pneumatic tube?), so there is no way to tell if a 4 hour limit would apply. Choice E is incorrect, as “spiking” the unit violates requirement 1 from AABB Standards listed above.

585
Q

Which of the following is a TRUE statement regarding the administration of blood products?

Blood warmers are required for patients with cold agglutinin disease

Blood in syringes for neonates does NOT need bedside filtration

Granulocytes from a CMV+ donor should be leukoreduced before transfusion

After starting the transfusion, it is acceptable to remove the “bag tag” from the unit

The empty bag must be returned to the transfusion service after the transfusion

A

When transfusion services prepare an aliquot of blood for a neonatal transfusion with a syringe, they generally filter the product before placing it in the syringe (often through a built-in filter in the syringe kit). As a result, the blood need not be filtered again before administration (especially since the syringe aliquot expires in 4 hours, giving little time for clot formation). Note: Check with your facility to ensure that this is how they operate. The remaining statements are false. Blood warmers may be used in patients with cold agglutinins, theoretically to decrease the risk of hemolysis from the receipt of “cold blood,” but their use in that situation is not required (nor is the benefit proven). Granulocyte concentrates (composed of “leukocytes”) should never be “leukocyte-reduced!” Think about it for a second…yeah, it doesn’t make sense, does it? The bag tag and all identifying information should always stay attached to the unit, even after properly identifying the patient and unit and starting the transfusion. Finally, while some facilities choose to require the return of the bag after transfusion, there is no regulation that mandates the practice.

586
Q

Which of the following is an acceptable solution to be infused in the same intravenous line with a blood component?

0.45% USP saline

5% dextrose in water (D5W)

Lactated Ringer’s

ABO-compatible plasma

Vancomycin

A

The best solution to administer in the same intravenous line with a blood component is normal saline (0.9% USP). ABO-compatible plasma and 5% albumin are also considered acceptable. Most everything else is not as good, and some non-approved things may be harmful. Hypotonic solutions like 0.45% (half-normal) saline and dextrose-only solutions will cause RBC destruction for osmotic reasons (the RBCs appear hypertonic, so fluid rushes in and bursts the cell). Drugs (including antibiotics like vancomycin), total parenteral nutrition (TPN) supplements, or other medications can also damage the blood component. Lactated Ringer’s (LR) is a terrible solution to put in the same line with blood products, primarily because LR contains 2.7 mEq/L of calcium (potentially enough to overwhelm the citrate anticoagulant in blood products and clot the blood). Granted, this doesn’t happen often (despite the widespread use of LR in operative settings, often in the same line as blood), but it absolutely CAN occur. As part of their package inserts, the FDA has approved several crystalloid solutions as acceptable to infuse with blood components

587
Q

Which of the following is TRUE about premedication of patients before they receive transfusion?

Premedication is required by AABB Standards

Premedication is beneficial in most cases

Premedication typically masks fever from an acute hemolytic reaction

Diphenhydramine and prednisone is the most common combination

Premedication is not considered effective as prophylaxis

A

Premedication is not considered effective as prophylaxis

Premedication of transfusion recipients became popular a number of years ago as an attempt to reduce the incidence of benign transfusion reactions such as febrile nonhemolytic and mild allergic (urticarial) reactions. Typically, patients would be given 325 mg of acetaminophen and 25-50 mg of diphenhydramine prior to transfusion (choice D). Despite its widespread use, there were (and are) no great studies proving premedication actually worked! It has never been required (choice A), and there has been concern that acetaminophen premedication may block fever but not other uncomfortable aspects of a febrile nonhemolytic reaction (though it is hard to believe that a little bit of acetaminophen could block the fever of an acute hemolytic reaction reliably). The few studies that have been done, summarized nicely in an article in Transfusion in 2007 by Aaron Tobian and colleagues at Johns Hopkins, show that premedication is not an effective way to prevent reactions when purely prophylactic, and routine use should be discouraged.

588
Q

What is the required hematocrit for red cells prepared using additive solutions compared to red cells prepared using NO additive solutions?

A

additive: 55-65%
no additive: 65-80%

589
Q

clinically significant ‘rare’ blood groups

A

Vel, OK, colton, Dombrock (DHTR), Indian, Cartwright (HTR), Sda (HTR)

(Vel… Ok, Colton DICSda, they ARE clinically signficiant!)

590
Q

GPI linked ‘rare’ blood groups

A

Cartwright, Scianna, Cromer, Dombrock, JMH, Knops

(Geesus! Carwright and Cromer went Sciing on JMHill and knopped into a Dombrock)

591
Q

Rhi

A

compound antigen that results from C and e

592
Q

most antithetical high/low prevalence pairs follow the pattern that the ‘a’ version is low prevalence and the ‘b’ version is high prevalence; what are the blood group exceptions?

A

Cartwright (Yta) & Colton (Coa) & Knops (McCa/Kna)

593
Q

Blood group antigens enhanced by enzymes (14)

A

Rh, Lw, P/P1, Lewis, Vel, Diego, U, GE3, Sda, Cromer, Kidd, Dombrock, Ok

Vel Ge3! Rh… Sdop (sda) enhancing U dumb as rocks (dombrock) LWLewis Kidds! I’ll PP1on your doggo (diego) named Cromer!

594
Q

Blood group antigens not affected by enzymes (8)

A

I, ABO, Pk, Kell, Lutheran, Fy3/5, Colton

I dunnO (ABO) any lutherans who’d pik (Pk) water (colton) to bless the 35th helen keller memorial…. they just don’t care

595
Q

Blood group antigens variably affected by enzymes (2)

A

S/s, Yta/b

596
Q

Blood group antigens destroyed by enzymes (13)

A

Fya/b/6, Ch/Rg, Knops, Ena/M/N, GE2/4, Indian, Xga, JMH

Eminem (ENs/M/N) knopped into the indian grounds on JMHill driving his GE24 while high on X (Xga). F ya, b-sixally (B/6) he could use a complement (CH/Rg & knops)

597
Q

blood group antigens well developed on cord cells (14)

A

i, LW, Rh, Diego, MNS, Kell, Gerbich, Scanna, Cromer, Kidd, Dombrock, Ok, Duffy, Colton

remember “lower right quadrant of diagram: LW, Rh, Diego, Kell, Rh, Duffy, MNS, Gerbich” and KIDD (baby cord cells!) AND:
dont throw babies off of DOCCS (except you, cartwright: dombrock, ok, colton, cromer, scianna)

598
Q

13 infectious disease screening test for blood components

A
  1. anti-HIV 1/2
  2. HIV NAT
  3. HCV NAT
  4. anti-HCV
  5. STS
  6. HbsAg
  7. HBV NAT
  8. anti-Hbc
  9. anti-HTLV
  10. WNV NAT
  11. anti-T. cruzi
  12. Zika NAT
  13. Babesia NAT
    optional: anti-CMV
599
Q

2 week vaccine deferrals

A

measles (rubeola), mumps, polio, typhoid, yellow fever

600
Q

4 week vaccine deferrals

A

rubella, chickenpox, smallpox (if scab is off)